Galls Broward SO piggyback
,
005 ALT 008 ALT,
--
September 30
004 ALT, PC007 ALT, PC
--
Road
0010
-
788
003 ALT, PC006 ALT, PC009 ALT
-
---
October 5, 2015Asphalt Paving System, Inc,9021 Wire Zephyrhills, FL 33540813 Robert Capoferriponderosamark@hotmail.comPCPCPCOctober 5, 2015 through 201821600220
,
-
September 30
18956309
--
892333
002
--
-
October 5, 2015Pavement Technology Inc.24144 Detroit RoadWestlake, OH 44145440800John J. Schlegeljschlegel@pavetechinc.comPCOctober 5, 2015 through 201821600219
ITEMS:
ADDRESS
CONTACT:
MASTER PO#
AWARD DATE:
AWARDED TO:
PHONE NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS:
CONTRACT PERIOD:
TOLL FREE NUMBER
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC002
PavementAsphalt Paving
ystems
TechS
PC-002 ASPHALT REJUVENATOR
Item No.DescriptionUnitUnit Price
PC-002ASPHALT REJUVENATOR
PC-002-1ASPHALT REJUVENATOR PER SPECIFICATIONSY$0.78
No Bid
902-2SILICA SANDSY$0.02
No Bid
101-1MOBILIZATION
Work Order Total$0.00-$50,000LS$1,500.00
No Bid
Work Order Total$50,001-$100,000LS$1,200.00
No Bid
Work Order Total$100,001-$500,000LS$1,000.00
No Bid
Work Order Total Over $500,000LS$500 .00
No Bid
102-1Maintenance of Traffice (MOT)
Standard Index 600 Series MOT for 2-Lane,2-Way ClosurePer Day$800 .00
No Bid
BASIS FOR AWARD TOTAL BID: $5,000.80
ADDITIONAL PRICING FOR INFORMATION
PC-012REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS
PC-012-1REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS (REMOVE)EA$1.10
No Bid
PC-012-2FURNISH/INSTALL Bl-DIRECTIONAL YELLOW MARKER (A/A)EA$5.50
No Bid
PC-012-3FURNISH/INSTALL Bl-DIRECTIONAL WHITE/RED MARKER (C/R)EA$5.50
No Bid
PC-012-4FURNISH/INSTALL MONO-DIRECTIONALYELLOW MARKER (M/A)EA$5.50
No Bid
710PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS
11-111Standard,White, Solid 6"NM$1,742.00
No Bid
11-122Standard,White, Solid 8"LF$0.55
No Bid
11-123Standard, White, Solid 12"LF$1.65
No Bid
11-124Standard, White, Solid 18"LF$2.47
No Bid
11-125Standard, White, Solid 24"LF$3.30
No Bid
11-131Standard, White Skip 6"GM$580.00
No Bid
11-151Standard, White,Dotted/Guideline 6-10 Gap,6"LF$0.55
No Bid
11-160Standard,White,MessageEA$55.00
No Bid
11-170Standard,White,ArrowsEA$27.50
No Bid
11-180Standard, White,YieldLineLF$5.50
No Bid
11-211Standard,Yellow,Solid 6"NM$1,742.00
No Bid
11-222Standard, Yellow ,Solid8"LF$0.55
No Bid
11-223Standard, Yellow,Solid 12 "LF$1.65
No Bid
11-224Standard, Yellow ,Solid 18"LF$2 .47
No Bid
11-225Standard, Yellow,Solid 24"LF$3 .30
No Bid
11-231Standard,Yellow,Skip 6"GM$726 .00
No Bid
11
11-251Standard, Yellow,Dotted/Guideline 6-10 Gap,6 LF$0.55
No Bid
711Thermoplastic Pavement Markings (711)
11-111Thermo, Standard,White,Solid 6"NM$4,356.00
No Bid
11-122Thermo, Standard,White, Solid 8"LF$1.32
No Bid
11-123Thermo ,Standard,White, Solid 12"LF$2.75
No Bid
11-124Thermo, Standard,White, Solid 18"LF$4.12
No Bid
11-125Thermo, Standard,White,Solid24"LF$5 .50
No Bid
11-131Thermo, Standard,White Skip 6"GM$1,234.00
No Bid
11-151Thermo, Standard,White, Dotted/Guideline 6-10 Gap, 6"LF$1.21
No Bid
11-160Thermo,Standard,White,MessageEA$209 .00
No Bid
11-170Thermo,Standard,White, ArrowsEA$66 .00
No Bid
11-180Thermo, Standard,White,YieldLineLF$8.80
No Bid
11-211Thermo, Standard,Yellow, Solid 6"NM$4,356 .00
No Bid
11-222Thermo, Standard,Yellow,Solid 8"LF$1.21
No Bid
11-223Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid 12"LF$2.75
No Bid
11-224Thermo, Standard,Yellow,Solid 18"LF$4.12
No Bid
11-225Thermo, Standard,Yellow, Solid 24"LF$5.50
No Bid
11-231Thermo, Standard, Yellow ,Skip 6"GM$1,234.00
No Bid
11-251Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline 6-10 Gap,6"LF$1.21
No Bid
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC002AltNOBID
PC002ALT.ASPHALTREJUVENATOR
PavementAsphalt
TechPaving
ItemNo.DescriptionUnitUnitPrice
Systems
PC002ASPHALTREJUVENATOR NoBidNoBid
PC0022ASPHALTREJUVENATORALTERNATEMATERIALSYNoBidNoBid
NoBidNoBid
9022SILICASANDSY
1011MOBILIZATION NoBidNoBid
WorkOrderTotal$0.00$50,000LSNoBidNoBid
WorkOrderTotal$50,001$100,000LSNoBidNoBid
WorkOrderTotal$100,001$500,000LSNoBidNoBid
WorkOrderTotalOver$500,000LSNoBidNoBid
1021MaintenanceofTraffice(MOT)NoBidNoBid
NoBidNoBid
StandardIndex600SeriesMOTfor2Lane,2WayClosurePerDay
PC012REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS NoBidNoBid
PC0121REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS(REMOVE)EANoBidNoBid
PC0122FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(A/A)EANoBidNoBid
PC0123FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALWHITE/REDMARKER(C/R)EANoBidNoBid
PC0124FURNISH/INSTALLMONODIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(M/A)EANoBidNoBid
710PAINTEDPAVEMENTMARKINGS NoBidNoBid
11111Standard,White,Solid6"NMNoBidNoBid
11122Standard,White,Solid8"LFNoBidNoBid
11123Standard,White,Solid12"LFNoBidNoBid
11124Standard,White,Solid18"LFNoBidNoBid
11125Standard,White,Solid24"LFNoBidNoBid
Skip6"GMNoBidNoBid
11131Standard,White
11151Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LFNoBidNoBid
11160Standard,White,MessageEANoBidNoBid
11170Standard,White,ArrowsEANoBidNoBid
11180Standard,White,YieldLineLFNoBidNoBid
11211Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NMNoBidNoBid
11222Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LFNoBidNoBid
11223Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LFNoBidNoBid
11224Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LFNoBidNoBid
11225Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LFNoBidNoBid
11231Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GMNoBidNoBid
11251Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LFNoBidNoBid
711ThermoplasticPavementMarkings(711)NoBidNoBid
11111Thermo,Standard,White,Solid6"NMNoBidNoBid
11122Thermo,Standard,White,Solid8"LFNoBidNoBid
123Thermo,Standard,White,Solid12"LFNoBidNoBid
11
11124Thermo,Standard,White,Solid18"LFNoBidNoBid
11125Thermo,Standard,White,Solid24"LFNoBidNoBid
11131Thermo,Standard,WhiteSkip6"GMNoBidNoBid
11151Thermo,Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LFNoBidNoBid
11160Thermo,Standard,White,MessageEANoBidNoBid
ArrowsEANoBidNoBid
11170Thermo,Standard,White,
11180Thermo,Standard,White,YieldLineLFNoBidNoBid
11211Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NMNoBidNoBid
11222Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LFNoBidNoBid
11223Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LFNoBidNoBid
11224Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LFNoBidNoBid
11225Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LFNoBidNoBid
Yellow,Skip6"GMNoBidNoBid
11231Thermo,Standard,
11251Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LFNoBidNoBid
BASISFORAWARDTOTALBID:
$0.00
CompanyName
Page2of11
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC003
PC003CRACKSEALING
Asphalt
Paving
Systems
PavementTech
ItemNo.DescriptionUnit NoBid
UnitPrice
PC003CRACKSEALING NoBid
0500GAL 20 NoBid
5011,000GAL 18 NoBid
1,0015,000GAL 16 NoBid
5,001ANDOVERGAL 15 NoBid
1011MOBILIZATION NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$0.00$50,000LS500NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$50,001$100,000LS200NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$100,001$500,000LS200NoBid
WorkOrderTotalOver$500,000LS200NoBid
1021MaintenanceofTraffice(MOT)NoBid
NoBid
StandardIndex600SeriesMOTfor2Lane,2WayClosurePerDay1250
BASISFORAWARDTOTALBID:
$2,419.00
ADDITIONALPRICINGFORINFORMATION
NoBid
PC011 NoBid
STRIPINGANDPAVEMENTMARKINGREMOVAL
PC0111REMOVALBYWATERBLASTINGSF1NoBid
PC0112SF0.5NoBid
REMOVALBYGRINDING
PC012REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS NoBid
PC0121REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS(REMOVE)EA1NoBid
PC0122FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(A/A)EA5NoBid
PC0123FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALWHITE/REDMARKER(C/R)EA5NoBid
PC0124FURNISH/INSTALLMONODIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(M/A)EA5NoBid
710PAINTEDPAVEMENTMARKINGS NoBid
11111Standard,White,Solid6"NM1585NoBid
11122Standard,White,Solid8"LF0.5NoBid
11123Standard,White,Solid12"LF1.5NoBid
11124Standard,White,Solid18"LF2.25NoBid
11125Standard,White,Solid24"LF3NoBid
11131Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM530NoBid
11151Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5NoBid
11160Standard,White,MessageEA50NoBid
11170Standard,White,ArrowsEA25NoBid
11180Standard,White,YieldLineLF5NoBid
11211Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM1585NoBid
11222Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF0.5NoBid
11223Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF1.5NoBid
11224Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF2.25NoBid
11225Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF3NoBid
11231Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM675NoBid
11251Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5NoBid
711ThermoplasticPavementMarkings(711)NoBid
11111Thermo,Standard,White,Solid6"NM4000NoBid
11122Thermo,Standard,White,Solid8"LF1.2NoBid
11123Thermo,Standard,White,Solid12"LF2.5NoBid
11124Thermo,Standard,White,Solid18"LF3.75NoBid
11125Thermo,Standard,White,Solid24"LF5NoBid
11131Thermo,Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM1125NoBid
11151Thermo,Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1NoBid
11160Thermo,Standard,White,MessageEA190NoBid
11170Thermo,Standard,White,ArrowsEA60NoBid
11180Thermo,Standard,White,YieldLineLF8NoBid
11211Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM4000NoBid
11222Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF1.1NoBid
11223Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF2.5NoBid
11224Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF3.75NoBid
11225Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF5NoBid
11231Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM1125NoBid
11251Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1NoBid
Page3of11
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC004
PC004CHIPSEAL
AsphaltPavement
Tech
Paving
Systems
ItemNo.DescriptionUnitUnitPrice NoBid
PC0041CHIPSEAL(SINGLEAPPLICATION)NoBid
025,000SY 2.8 NoBid
25,00150,000SY 2.39 NoBid
50,001ANDOVERSY 2.26 NoBid
PC0042CHIPSEAL(DOUBLEAPPLICATION)NoBid
025,000SY 4.15 NoBid
25,00150,000SY 3.88 NoBid
50,001ANDOVERSY 3.78 NoBid
50,001ANDOVERSY 3.78 NoBid
9022 SilicaSandSY 0.15 NoBid
PC011STRIPINGANDPAVEMENTMARKINGREMOVAL NoBid
PC0111REMOVALBYWATERBLASTINGSF1NoBid
PC0112REMOVALBYGRINDINGSF0.5NoBid
PC012REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS NoBid
PC0121REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS(REMOVE)EA1NoBid
PC0122FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(A/A)EA5NoBid
PC0123FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALWHITE/REDMARKER(C/R)EA5NoBid
PC0124FURNISH/INSTALLMONODIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(M/A)EA5NoBid
710PAINTEDPAVEMENTMARKINGS NoBid
11111Standard,White,Solid6"NM1585NoBid
11122Standard,White,Solid8"LF0.5NoBid
11123Standard,White,Solid12"LF1.5NoBid
11124Standard,White,Solid18"LF2.25NoBid
11125Standard,White,Solid24"LF3NoBid
11131Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM530NoBid
11151Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5NoBid
11160Standard,White,MessageEA50NoBid
11170Standard,White,ArrowsEA25NoBid
11180Standard,White,YieldLineLF5NoBid
11211Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM1585NoBid
11222Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF0.5NoBid
11223Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF1.5NoBid
11224Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF2.25NoBid
11225Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF3NoBid
11231Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM675NoBid
11251Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5NoBid
711ThermoplasticPavementMarkings(711)NoBid
11111Thermo,Standard,White,Solid6"NM4000NoBid
11122Thermo,Standard,White,Solid8"LF1.2NoBid
11123Thermo,Standard,White,Solid12"LF2.5NoBid
11124Thermo,Standard,White,Solid18"LF3.75NoBid
11125Thermo,Standard,White,Solid24"LF5NoBid
11131Thermo,Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM1125NoBid
11151Thermo,Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1NoBid
11160Thermo,Standard,White,MessageEA190NoBid
11170Thermo,Standard,White,ArrowsEA60NoBid
11180Thermo,Standard,White,YieldLineLF8NoBid
11211Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM4000NoBid
11222Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF1.1NoBid
11223Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF2.5NoBid
11224Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF3.75NoBid
11225Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF5NoBid
11231Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM1125NoBid
11251Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1NoBid
1011MOBILIZATION NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$0.00$50,000LS2500NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$50,001$100,000LS2500NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$100,001$500,000LS2500NoBid
WorkOrderTotalOver$500,000LS2500NoBid
1021MaintenanceofTraffice(MOT)NoBid
NoBid
StandardIndex600SeriesMOTfor2Lane,2WayClosurePerDay1250
BASISFORAWARDTOTALBID:
$26,296.19
ADDITIONALPRICINGFORINFORMATION
NoBid
SHOULDERANDROADSIDE NoBid
57011PERFORMANCETURFSEEDANDMULCHSY1.95NoBid
57012APERFORMANCETURFSOD(ST.AUGUSTINE)SY2.75NoBid
57012BPERFORMANCETURFSOD(BAHIA)SY2.25NoBid
57770SHOULDERREWORKSY1.75NoBid
104131SILTFENCETYPEIIILF0.85NoBid
NoBid
11010MAILBOX(REMOVEANDREPLACE)EA200
Page4of11
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC005
PC005MICROSURFACING
Asphalt
Pavement
Paving
Tech
Systems
NoBid
ItemNo.DescriptionUnitUnitPrice
NoBid
PC003CRACKSEALING
NoBid
0500GAL 20
NoBid
5011,000GAL 18
NoBid
1,0015,000GAL 16
NoBid
5,001ANDOVERGAL 15
NoBid
PC005MICROSURFACCING
NoBid
PC0051SINGLEMICROSY 2.25
NoBid
PC0052DOUBLEMICROSY 3.45
NoBid
PC0053RUTFILLINGTON 150
NoBid
PC011STRIPINGANDPAVEMENTMARKINGREMOVAL
NoBid
PC0111REMOVALBYWATERBLASTINGSF1
NoBid
PC0112REMOVALBYGRINDINGSF0.5
NoBid
PC012REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS
NoBid
PC0121REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS(REMOVE)EA1
NoBid
PC0122FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(A/A)EA5
NoBid
PC0123FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALWHITE/REDMARKER(C/R)EA5
NoBid
PC0124FURNISH/INSTALLMONODIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(M/A)EA5
NoBid
710PAINTEDPAVEMENTMARKINGS
NoBid
11111Standard,White,Solid6"NM1585
NoBid
11122Standard,White,Solid8"LF0.5
NoBid
11123Standard,White,Solid12"LF1.5
NoBid
11124Standard,White,Solid18"LF2.25
NoBid
11125Standard,White,Solid24"LF3
NoBid
11131Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM530
NoBid
11151Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5
NoBid
11160Standard,White,MessageEA50
NoBid
11170Standard,White,ArrowsEA25
NoBid
11180Standard,White,YieldLineLF5
NoBid
11211Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM1585
NoBid
11222Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF0.5
NoBid
11223Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF1.5
NoBid
11224Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF2.25
NoBid
11225Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF3
NoBid
11231Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM675
NoBid
11251Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5
NoBid
711ThermoplasticPavementMarkings(711)
NoBid
11111Thermo,Standard,White,Solid6"NM4000
NoBid
11122Thermo,Standard,White,Solid8"LF1.2
NoBid
11123Thermo,Standard,White,Solid12"LF2.5
NoBid
11124Thermo,Standard,White,Solid18"LF3.75
NoBid
11125Thermo,Standard,White,Solid24"LF5
NoBid
11131Thermo,Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM1125
NoBid
11151Thermo,Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1
NoBid
11160Thermo,Standard,White,MessageEA190
NoBid
11170Thermo,Standard,White,ArrowsEA60
NoBid
11180Thermo,Standard,White,YieldLineLF8
NoBid
11211Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM4000
NoBid
11222Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF1.1
NoBid
11223Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF2.5
NoBid
11224Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF3.75
NoBid
11225Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF5
NoBid
11231Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM1125
NoBid
11251Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1
NoBid
1011MOBILIZATION
NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$0.00$50,000LS1500
NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$50,001$100,000LS1500
NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$100,001$500,000LS1500
NoBid
WorkOrderTotalOver$500,000LS1500
NoBid
1021MaintenanceofTraffice(MOT)
NoBid
StandardIndex600SeriesMOTfor2Lane,2WayClosurePerDay1250
BASISFORAWARDTOTALBID:
$22,497.70
ADDITIONALPRICINGFORINFORMATION
NoBid
NoBid
SHOULDERANDROADSIDE
NoBid
57011PERFORMANCETURFSEEDANDMULCHSY1.95
NoBid
57012APERFORMANCETURFSOD(ST.AUGUSTINE)SY2.75
NoBid
57012BPERFORMANCETURFSOD(BAHIA)SY2.25
NoBid
57770SHOULDERREWORKSY1.75
NoBid
104131SILTFENCETYPEIIILF0.85
NoBid
11010MAILBOX(REMOVEANDREPLACE)EA200
Page5of11
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC006
PC006SCRUBSEAL
Asphalt
Paving Pavement
Systems Tech
No Bid
ItemNo.DescriptionUnitUnitPrice
No Bid
PC006SCRUBSEAL
No Bid
025,000SY 3.65
No Bid
25,00150,000SY 3.25
No Bid
50,001ANDOVERSY 3.15
No Bid
PC009FOGSEAL
No Bid
025,000SY 0.55
No Bid
25,00150,000SY 0.4
No Bid
50,001ANDOVERSY 0.35
No Bid
9022 SilicaSandSY 0.15
No Bid
PC011STRIPINGANDPAVEMENTMARKINGREMOVAL
No Bid
PC0111REMOVALBYWATERBLASTINGSF1
No Bid
PC0112REMOVALBYGRINDINGSF0.5
No Bid
PC012REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS
No Bid
PC0121REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS(REMOVE)EA1
No Bid
PC0122FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(A/A)EA5
No Bid
PC0123FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALWHITE/REDMARKER(C/R)EA5
No Bid
PC0124FURNISH/INSTALLMONODIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(M/A)EA5
No Bid
710PAINTEDPAVEMENTMARKINGS
No Bid
11111Standard,White,Solid6"NM1585
No Bid
11122Standard,White,Solid8"LF0.5
No Bid
11123Standard,White,Solid12"LF1.5
No Bid
11124Standard,White,Solid18"LF2.25
No Bid
11125Standard,White,Solid24"LF3
No Bid
11131Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM530
No Bid
11151Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5
No Bid
11160Standard,White,MessageEA50
No Bid
11170Standard,White,ArrowsEA25
No Bid
11180Standard,White,YieldLineLF5
No Bid
11211Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM1585
No Bid
11222Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF0.5
No Bid
11223Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF1.5
No Bid
11224Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF2.25
No Bid
11225Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF3
No Bid
11231Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM675
No Bid
11251Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5
No Bid
711ThermoplasticPavementMarkings(711)
No Bid
11111Thermo,Standard,White,Solid6"NM4000
No Bid
11122Thermo,Standard,White,Solid8"LF1.2
No Bid
11123Thermo,Standard,White,Solid12"LF2.5
No Bid
11124Thermo,Standard,White,Solid18"LF3.75
No Bid
11125Thermo,Standard,White,Solid24"LF5
No Bid
11131Thermo,Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM1125
No Bid
11151Thermo,Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1
No Bid
11160Thermo,Standard,White,MessageEA190
No Bid
11170Thermo,Standard,White,ArrowsEA60
No Bid
11180Thermo,Standard,White,YieldLineLF8
No Bid
11211Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM4000
No Bid
11222Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF1.1
No Bid
11223Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF2.5
No Bid
11224Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF3.75
No Bid
11225Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF5
No Bid
11231Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM1125
No Bid
11251Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1
No Bid
1011MOBILIZATION
No Bid
WorkOrderTotal$0.00$50,000LS2500
No Bid
WorkOrderTotal$50,001$100,000LS2500
No Bid
WorkOrderTotal$100,001$500,000LS2500
No Bid
WorkOrderTotalOver$500,000LS2500
No Bid
1021MaintenanceofTraffice(MOT)
No Bid
StandardIndex600SeriesMOTfor2Lane,2WayClosurePerDay1250
BASISFORAWARDTOTALBID:
$26,284.50
No Bid
ADDITIONALPRICINGFORINFORMATION
No Bid
SHOULDERANDROADSIDE
No Bid
57011PERFORMANCETURFSEEDANDMULCHSY1.95
No Bid
57012APERFORMANCETURFSOD(ST.AUGUSTINE)SY2.75
No Bid
57012BPERFORMANCETURFSOD(BAHIA)SY2.25
No Bid
57770SHOULDERREWORKSY1.75
No Bid
104131SILTFENCETYPEIIILF0.85
No Bid
11010MAILBOX(REMOVEANDREPLACE)EA200
Page6of11
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC007
PC007COLDINPLACERECYCLING(CIP)
Pavement
Asphalt
Tech
Paving
Systems
ItemNo.DescriptionUnitUnitPrice NoBid
PC001Millingfrom0to1,000SquareYards NoBid
PC00110"1"SqYd 6 NoBid
PC00121.01"2"SqYd 8 NoBid
PC00132.01"3"SqYd 9 NoBid
PC00143.01"4"SqYd 10 NoBid
PC0015greaterthan4"SqYd 11 NoBid
Millingfrom1,001to5,000SquareYards NoBid
PC00160"1"SqYd 4.75 NoBid
PC00171.01"2"SqYd 5.5 NoBid
PC00182.01"3"SqYd 6.25 NoBid
PC00193.01"4"SqYd 6.5 NoBid
PC00110greaterthan4"SqYd 6.75 NoBid
Millingfrom5,001to25,000SquareYards NoBid
Yd 2.5 NoBid
PC001110"1"Sq
PC001121.01"2"SqYd 3 NoBid
PC001132.01"3"SqYd 3.5 NoBid
PC001143.01"4"SqYd 4 NoBid
PC00115greaterthan4"SqYd 4.5 NoBid
Millingover25,000SquareYards NoBid
PC001160"1"SqYd 1.75 NoBid
PC001171.01"2"SqYd 2.25 NoBid
182.01"3"SqYd 2.75 NoBid
PC001
PC001193.01"4"SqYd 3.25 NoBid
PC00120greaterthan4"SqYd 3.75 NoBid
334AsphaltTypesfrom0to100Tons NoBid
3341SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP9.5)(PG6722)Ton 109 NoBid
3341SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP12.5)(PG6722)Ton 107 NoBid
3371SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,FC9.5)(PG7622)Ton 120 NoBid
334AsphaltTypesfrom101to1,000Tons NoBid
3341SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP9.5)(PG6722)Ton 99 NoBid
3341SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP12.5)(PG6722)Ton 97 NoBid
3371SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,FC9.5)(PG7622)Ton 110 NoBid
334AsphaltTypesover1,001Tons NoBid
3341SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP9.5)(PG6722)Ton 94 NoBid
3341SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP12.5)(PG6722)Ton 92 NoBid
C,FC9.5)(PG7622)Ton 105 NoBid
3371SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(Traffic
PC007ColdinPlaceRecycling(CIP)NoBid
PC0071ExcavationforWideningorUnsuitableMaterialCY 25 NoBid
PC0072AddedRAPorAggregateTon 18 NoBid
CIPfrom0to25,000SquareYards NoBid
PC0073ColdinPlaceRecycling(CIP)BituminousPavingSqYd 7.25 NoBid
PC0074AsphaltEmulsionGal 2.45 NoBid
CIPfrom25,001to50,000SquareYards NoBid
PC0075ColdinPlaceRecycling(CIP)BituminousPavingSqYd 5.75 NoBid
PC0076AsphaltEmulsionGal 2.45 NoBid
CIPover50,000SquareYards NoBid
PC0077ColdinPlaceRecycling(CIP)BituminousPavingSqYd 4.95 NoBid
NoBid
PC0078AsphaltEmulsionGal 2.45
SHOULDERANDROADSIDE NoBid
57011PERFORMANCETURFSEEDANDMULCHSY1.95NoBid
57012APERFORMANCETURFSOD(ST.AUGUSTINE)SY2.75NoBid
Page7of11
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC007
PC007COLDINPLACERECYCLING(CIP)
ItemNo.DescriptionUnitUnitPrice NoBid
57012BPERFORMANCETURFSOD(BAHIA)SY2.25NoBid
57770SHOULDERREWORKSY1.75NoBid
104131SILTFENCETYPEIIILF0.85NoBid
NoBid
11010MAILBOX(REMOVEANDREPLACE)EA200
PC012REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS NoBid
PC0121REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS(REMOVE)EA1NoBid
PC0122FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(A/A)EA5NoBid
PC0123FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALWHITE/REDMARKER(C/R)EA5NoBid
PC0124FURNISH/INSTALLMONODIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(M/A)EA5NoBid
710PAINTEDPAVEMENTMARKINGS NoBid
11111Standard,White,Solid6"NM1585NoBid
11122Standard,White,Solid8"LF0.5NoBid
11123Standard,White,Solid12"LF1.5NoBid
11124Standard,White,Solid18"LF2.25NoBid
11125Standard,White,Solid24"LF3NoBid
11131Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM530NoBid
610Gap,6"LF0.5NoBid
11151Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline
11160Standard,White,MessageEA50NoBid
11170Standard,White,ArrowsEA25NoBid
11180Standard,White,YieldLineLF5NoBid
11211Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM1585NoBid
11222Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF0.5NoBid
11223Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF1.5NoBid
11224Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF2.25NoBid
11225Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF3NoBid
11231Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM675NoBid
11251Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5NoBid
711ThermoplasticPavementMarkings(711)NoBid
11111Thermo,Standard,White,Solid6"NM4000NoBid
11122Thermo,Standard,White,Solid8"LF1.2NoBid
11123Thermo,Standard,White,Solid12"LF2.5NoBid
11124Thermo,Standard,White,Solid18"LF3.75NoBid
11125Thermo,Standard,White,Solid24"LF5NoBid
11131Thermo,Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM1125NoBid
11151Thermo,Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1NoBid
11160Thermo,Standard,White,MessageEA190NoBid
11170Thermo,Standard,White,ArrowsEA60NoBid
11180Thermo,Standard,White,YieldLineLF8NoBid
11211Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM4000NoBid
11222Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF1.1NoBid
11223Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF2.5NoBid
11224Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF3.75NoBid
11225Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF5NoBid
11231Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM1125NoBid
11251Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1NoBid
1011MOBILIZATION NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$0.00$50,000LS7000NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$50,001$100,000LS7000NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$100,001$500,000LS7000NoBid
WorkOrderTotalOver$500,000LS7000NoBid
1021MaintenanceofTraffice(MOT)NoBid
NoBid
StandardIndex600SeriesMOTfor2Lane,2WayClosurePerDay1250
BASISFORAWARDTOTALBID:
$45,587.35
Page8of11
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC008
PC008FULLDEPTHRECLAMATION(FDR)
Asphalt
Paving Pavement
Systems Tech
No Bid
ItemNo.DescriptionUnitUnitPrice
No Bid
PC001Millingfrom0to1,000SquareYards
No Bid
PC00110"1"SqYd 6
No Bid
PC00121.01"2"SqYd 8
No Bid
PC00132.01"3"SqYd 9
No Bid
PC00143.01"4"SqYd 10
No Bid
PC0015greaterthan4"SqYd 11
No Bid
Millingfrom1,001to5,000SquareYards
No Bid
PC00160"1"SqYd 4.75
No Bid
PC00171.01"2"SqYd 5.5
No Bid
PC00182.01"3"SqYd 6.25
No Bid
PC00193.01"4"SqYd 6.5
No Bid
PC00110greaterthan4"SqYd 6.75
No Bid
Millingfrom5,001to25,000SquareYards
No Bid
PC001110"1"SqYd 2.5
No Bid
PC001121.01"2"SqYd 3
No Bid
PC001132.01"3"SqYd 3.5
No Bid
PC001143.01"4"SqYd 4
No Bid
PC00115greaterthan4"SqYd 4.5
No Bid
Millingover25,000SquareYards
No Bid
PC001160"1"SqYd 1.75
No Bid
PC001171.01"2"SqYd 2.25
No Bid
PC001182.01"3"SqYd 2.75
No Bid
PC001193.01"4"SqYd 3.25
No Bid
PC00120greaterthan4"SqYd 3.75
No Bid
334AsphaltTypesfrom0to100Tons
No Bid
3341Ton 109
SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP9.5)(PG6722)
No Bid
3341SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP12.5)(PG6722)Ton 107
No Bid
3371Ton 120
SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,FC9.5)(PG7622)
No Bid
334AsphaltTypesfrom101to1,000Tons
No Bid
3341Ton 99
SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP9.5)(PG6722)
No Bid
3341SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP12.5)(PG6722)Ton 97
No Bid
3371Ton 110
SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,FC9.5)(PG7622)
No Bid
334AsphaltTypesover1,001Tons
No Bid
3341Ton 94
SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP9.5)(PG6722)
No Bid
3341SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,SP12.5)(PG6722)Ton 92
No Bid
3371Ton 105
SuperpaveAsphalticConcrete(TrafficC,FC9.5)(PG7622)
No Bid
PC008FullDepthReclamation(FDR)
No Bid
PC0081ExcavationforWideningorUnsuitableMaterialCY 25
No Bid
PC0082AddedRAPorAggregateTon 18
No Bid
FullDepthReclamation(FDR)from0to25,000SquareYards
No Bid
PC0083PulverizationSqYd 7.1
No Bid
PC0084CementCementTreatmentTon 145
No Bid
PC0085AsphalticCementFoamedAsphaltBaseGallon 6
No Bid
PC0086AsphalticEmulsionEmulsionTreatedBaseGallon 2.45
No Bid
FullDepthReclamation(FDR)from25,001to50,000SquareYards
No Bid
PC0087PulverizationSqYd 5.5
No Bid
PC0088CementCementTreatmentTon 145
No Bid
PC0089AsphalticCementFoamedAsphaltBaseGallon 6
No Bid
PC00810AsphalticEmulsionEmulsionTreatedBaseGallon 2.45
No Bid
FullDepthReclamation(FDR)over50,000SquareYards
No Bid
PC00811PulverizationSqYd 4.5
No Bid
PC00812CementCementTreatmentTon 145
No Bid
PC00813AsphalticCementFoamedAsphaltBaseGallon 6
No Bid
PC00814AsphalticEmulsionEmulsionTreatedBaseGallon 2.45
No Bid
SHOULDERANDROADSIDE
Page9of11
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC008
PC008FULLDEPTHRECLAMATION(FDR)
No Bid
ItemNo.DescriptionUnit
UnitPrice
No Bid
57011PERFORMANCETURFSEEDANDMULCHSY1.95
No Bid
57012APERFORMANCETURFSOD(ST.AUGUSTINE)SY2.75
No Bid
57012BPERFORMANCETURFSOD(BAHIA)SY2.25
No Bid
57770SHOULDERREWORKSY1.75
No Bid
104131SILTFENCETYPEIIILF0.85
No Bid
11010MAILBOX(REMOVEANDREPLACE)EA200
No Bid
PC012REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS
No Bid
PC0121REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS(REMOVE)EA1
No Bid
PC0122FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(A/A)EA5
No Bid
PC0123FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALWHITE/REDMARKER(C/R)EA5
No Bid
PC0124FURNISH/INSTALLMONODIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(M/A)EA5
No Bid
710PAINTEDPAVEMENTMARKINGS
No Bid
11111Standard,White,Solid6"NM1585
No Bid
11122Standard,White,Solid8"LF0.5
No Bid
11123Standard,White,Solid12"LF1.5
No Bid
11124Standard,White,Solid18"LF2.25
No Bid
11125Standard,White,Solid24"LF3
No Bid
11131Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM530
No Bid
11151Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5
No Bid
11160Standard,White,MessageEA50
No Bid
11170Standard,White,ArrowsEA25
No Bid
11180Standard,White,YieldLineLF5
No Bid
11211Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM1585
No Bid
11222Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF0.5
No Bid
11223Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF1.5
No Bid
11224Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF2.25
No Bid
11225Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF3
No Bid
11231Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM675
No Bid
11251Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5
No Bid
711ThermoplasticPavementMarkings(711)
No Bid
11111Thermo,Standard,White,Solid6"NM4000
No Bid
11122Thermo,Standard,White,Solid8"LF1.2
No Bid
11123Thermo,Standard,White,Solid12"LF2.5
No Bid
11124Thermo,Standard,White,Solid18"LF3.75
No Bid
11125Thermo,Standard,White,Solid24"LF5
No Bid
11131Thermo,Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM1125
No Bid
11151Thermo,Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1
No Bid
11160Thermo,Standard,White,MessageEA190
No Bid
11170Thermo,Standard,White,ArrowsEA60
No Bid
11180Thermo,Standard,White,YieldLineLF8
No Bid
11211Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM4000
No Bid
11222Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF1.1
No Bid
11223Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF2.5
No Bid
11224Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF3.75
No Bid
11225Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF5
No Bid
11231Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM1125
No Bid
11251Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1
No Bid
1011MOBILIZATION
No Bid
WorkOrderTotal$0.00$50,000LS7000
No Bid
WorkOrderTotal$50,001$100,000LS7000
No Bid
WorkOrderTotal$100,001$500,000LS7000
No Bid
WorkOrderTotalOver$500,000LS7000
No Bid
1021MaintenanceofTraffice(MOT)
No Bid
StandardIndex600SeriesMOTfor2Lane,2WayClosurePerDay1250
BASISFORAWARDTOTALBID:
$46,039.50
Page10of11
Bid15601BidAnalysisPC009
PC009FOGSEAL
Pavement
Asphalt
Tech
Paving
Systems
NoBid
ItemNo.DescriptionUnitUnitPrice
NoBid
PC009FOGSEAL
025,000SY 0.55 NoBid
NoBid
25,00150,000SY 0.4
50,001ANDOVERSY 0.35 NoBid
NoBid
9022 SilicaSandSY 0.15
PC011STRIPINGANDPAVEMENTMARKINGREMOVAL NoBid
NoBid
PC0111REMOVALBYWATERBLASTINGSF1
PC0112REMOVALBYGRINDINGSF0.5NoBid
NoBid
PC012REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS
PC0121REFLECTIVEPAVEMENTMARKERS(REMOVE)EA1NoBid
NoBid
PC0122FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(A/A)EA5
PC0123FURNISH/INSTALLBIDIRECTIONALWHITE/REDMARKER(C/R)EA5NoBid
NoBid
PC0124FURNISH/INSTALLMONODIRECTIONALYELLOWMARKER(M/A)EA5
710PAINTEDPAVEMENTMARKINGS NoBid
NoBid
11111Standard,White,Solid6"NM1585
Bid
11122Standard,White,Solid8"LF0.5No
NoBid
11123Standard,White,Solid12"LF1.5
11124Standard,White,Solid18"LF2.25NoBid
NoBid
11125Standard,White,Solid24"LF3
11131Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM530NoBid
NoBid
11151Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5
11160Standard,White,MessageEA50NoBid
NoBid
11170Standard,White,ArrowsEA25
11180Standard,White,YieldLineLF5NoBid
211Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM1585NoBid
11
11222Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF0.5NoBid
NoBid
11223Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF1.5
11224Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF2.25NoBid
NoBid
11225Standard,Yellow,Solid24"LF3
11231Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM675NoBid
NoBid
11251Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF0.5
711ThermoplasticPavementMarkings(711)NoBid
Standard,White,Solid6"NM4000NoBid
11111Thermo,
11122Thermo,Standard,White,Solid8"LF1.2NoBid
NoBid
11123Thermo,Standard,White,Solid12"LF2.5
11124Thermo,Standard,White,Solid18"LF3.75NoBid
NoBid
11125Thermo,Standard,White,Solid24"LF5
11131Thermo,Standard,WhiteSkip6"GM1125NoBid
NoBid
11151Thermo,Standard,White,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1
NoBid
11160Thermo,Standard,White,MessageEA190
NoBid
11170Thermo,Standard,White,ArrowsEA60
11180Thermo,Standard,White,YieldLineLF8NoBid
NoBid
11211Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid6"NM4000
11222Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid8"LF1.1NoBid
NoBid
11223Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid12"LF2.5
11224Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Solid18"LF3.75NoBid
Solid24"LF5NoBid
11225Thermo,Standard,Yellow,
NoBid
11231Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Skip6"GM1125
NoBid
11251Thermo,Standard,Yellow,Dotted/Guideline610Gap,6"LF1.1
1011MOBILIZATION NoBid
NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$0.00$50,000LS200
WorkOrderTotal$50,001$100,000LS200NoBid
NoBid
WorkOrderTotal$100,001$500,000LS200
WorkOrderTotalOver$500,000LS200NoBid
NoBid
NoBid
1021MaintenanceofTraffice(MOT)
NoBid
StandardIndex600SeriesMOTfor2Lane,2WayClosurePerDay1250
BASISFORAWARDTOTALBID:
$17,074.45
ADDITIONALPRICINGFORINFORMATION
NoBid
NoBid
SHOULDERANDROADSIDE
57011PERFORMANCETURFSEEDANDMULCHSY1.95NoBid
NoBid
57012APERFORMANCETURFSOD(ST.AUGUSTINE)SY2.75
57012BPERFORMANCETURFSOD(BAHIA)SY2.25NoBid
NoBid
57770SHOULDERREWORKSY1.75
104131SILTFENCETYPEIIILF0.85NoBid
NoBid
11010MAILBOX(REMOVEANDREPLACE)EA200
Page11of11
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Award will be made based on the lowest responsive bid per alternative method meeting
specifications. Bidders are not required to bid on all alternative methods, but must bid
on all items contained within each alternative method bid in order for their bid to be
considered responsive. All bid items that are part of the basis of award should be bid at
a fair and reasonable price; failure to do so may cause the bid to be non-responsive.
The Procurement Director shall be the sole judge of what is fair and reasonable. The
Procurement Director reserves the right to reject any or all bids and/or waive any minor
irregularities in the bids received, whichever would be in the best interest of the County.
2. PERFORMANCE OF WORK: Portions of the work required under this bid may be
performed by subcontractors. Should the successful vendor plan to use subcontractors
from the beginning to perform the required work, the vendor must provide a list of
subcontractors to the Procurement Division for approval prior to bid award. Should the
successful vendor require subcontractors to perform any work during the course of the
work assigned under this bid, the vendor must also provide a list of subcontractors to
the Procurement Division for approval. The vendor shall be fully responsible for all acts
and omissions of their subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by
them and of persons for those acts any of them may be liable to the same extent as if
they were employed by the vendor. All submittals required of the prime vendor shall
also be required from the subcontractor. Any work performed by the successful vendor
or sub-contracted out must meet all regulated deadlines.
3. The period of performance for this bid begins on the date of award through September
30, 2016. The bid will automatically renew for two (2) one (1) year periods, unless
otherwise terminated in accordance with General Information Items #12 and #13.
4. All prices bid shall remain unchanged during the period of performance, as specified
herein, and as may be adjusted in accordance with General Information Item # 19.
5. If it becomes necessary to revise or amend any part of this bid, an addendum will be
http://www.polk-
county.net/boccsite/doing-business/bids/. It is the sole responsibility of the bidders to
check the website to ensure that all available information has been received prior to
submitting a bid.
6. Vendors must possess a Polk County Local Business Tax Receipt (f/k/a Business
License) in order to do business with the County. A copy of such license must be
provided to the Procurement Division before award is made to the successful vendor.
7. Upon execution of the bid, the County reserves the right to conduct an audit of the
project. The County or its representatives may
conduct an audit, or audits, at any time prior to final payment, or thereafter. The County
may also require submittal of the records from the contractor, the subcontractor, or both
as the County deems necessary, records include all books of account, supporting
documents, and papers pertaining to the cost of performance of the project work.
15
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
8. If it becomes necessary to revise or amend any part of this bid, an addendum will be
issued and will be posted on the Count-
county.net/boccsite/doing-business/bids/. It is the sole responsibility of the bidders to
check the website to ensure that all available information has been received prior to
submitting a bid.
9. Bidders are advised that in the interests of waste reduction and maximizing the
potential for recycling, they are asked to abide by the following in preparing their
bids:
Return only the required bid submittal pages
Avoid comb, velo binding, and plastic binders
Avoid plastic dividers and/or plastic tabs
Print and/or copy double-sided to the extent feasible
Use at least 30% post-consumer recycled content paper to the extent practicable
16
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS: Bidders should submit a list of three (3) asphalt
maintenance projects for each alternative method bid upon, successfully completed
$50,000.00. The projects must be for FDOT or for local government agencies. The list
shall include the names of the projects, names of the governmental agencies, names of
the Project Managers for the governmental agencies, phone numbers for the Project
Managers, and the dollar amounts of the contracts.
2. The contractor(s) shall provide all services to properly complete the work described in
the Bid document, including but not limited to all labor, materials, supervision,
equipment, tools, transportation and supplies. The contractor(s) is required to have a
qualified superintendent on the job site at all times. If multiple jobs are under
construction concurrently, each job is required to have a qualified superintendent on
site. If the County determines that a job site is not being adequately supervised, a
deficiency letter will be issued to the contractor(s).
3. Except as amended in the Bid document or otherwise directed by the Director User
Division, all work shall conform to the Florida Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction; the Florida Department of
Transportation Roadway and Traffic Design Standards; and the Manual of Uniform
Traffic Control Devices, all current editions.
4. No work shall be performed under the provisions of this bid on any properties outside
the limits of the project area without prior written permission of the lawful affected
landowner. Any such permission shall be obtained by the contractor(s) and shall identify
the provisions under which such work is to be performed and written permission
obtained shall be provided to the County Project Manager prior to the associated work
being performed. The contractor(s) shall not be compensated for any work outside the
project area and shall hold the County harmless for all liabilities associated with said
work outside the project area.
5. DEFINITIONS: The definitions as stated in Section 1-3 of the FDOT Specifications are
modified as follows:
a. The Department or FDOT: Reference is to the County as the owner of the project.
b. Inspector: The person designated as an agent or representative of the County to
perform construction inspection.
c.
as defined in the bid document.
d. State Road: Any public roadway.
e. Tests adopted by the County.
f.
authorized by the County.
6. FDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
a. The current Division II Construction Details and Division III Materials in the FDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, including all revisions
17
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
current at the time of the bid, shall apply to this Bid except as modified by Special
Provisions or Technical Specifications attached to Bid document.
i. For Shoulder Rework, refer to Section 577-70 of the 2000 Edition of FDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
b. If any conflicts exist between the specifications prescribed in the Bid document, the
more stringent requirement shall apply.
7. PROJECT QUOTES AND WORK ORDERS
a. This annual bid includes asphalt roadway treatments and/or recycling for multiple
project work orders at various locations throughout Polk County, according to the
requirements of the Bid document. The project work order locations may be
anywhere within Polk County.
b. The County will perform a preliminary estimate for each project using the unit
prices from the awarded vendors bid submittal for the alternative method to be
used. The preliminary estimates may also include out of scope work items
determined by the Project Manager
returned the County Project Manager, including those out of scope cost
previously identified by the Project Manager, prior to the deadline stated in the
request for final estimate. When the final estimate is approved, a purchase order
will be issued and notice to proceed given to the contractor. A work order with the
approved final estimate must be attached to the purchase order. The contractor
will then commence work and proceed in accordance with the approved
schedule, if applicable. Payment for each project will be based on actual
quantities used and unit prices from the bid, as approved by the County.
c. The approved quote amount on any individual work order shall be the maximum
compensation payable to the contractor for that work order. The work order price
may only be changed for altered quantities authorized by the County. If the
contractor desires to make a claim for a change in quantity or schedule of an
authorized work order, any such claim shall be submitted to the County Project
Manager in writing within three (3) working days of the occurrence of the event
giving rise to the claim.
8. PROJECT SCHEDULES: The County will require that the contractor submit time
.
9. Working Hours: The regular working hours for Polk County are Monday Friday,
7:00 AM to 5:30 PM. Permission to work outside of the regular work hours must be
requested a minimum of 5 working days in advance from the County Project
Management Section. Permission to work on County holidays must be requested a
minimum of 5 working days in advance from the County Project Management Section.
10. OUT OF SCOPE WORK: When preparing a preliminary estimate, if it is known or
reasonably anticipated that there are necessary items of construction that are not
included on the price sheets of the bid or, during the course of executing a work order,
the County Project Manager determines that there are necessary items of construction
that are not included on the price sheets of the bid, then the County Project Manager
expenses and time; the County shall
not be obligated in any event for payment over the amounts identified in the proposal.
--
18
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
until approval is received from the County Project Manager.
11. TESTING AND INSPECTIONS
a. The contractor is responsible for all required testing on the project except when
the Bid document, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction specifically require any Work to be inspected or
tested by someone other than the contractor. For these inspections and testing,
the contractor shall give the County Project Management Section a minimum of
b. For all required inspections, tests and approvals on any work prepared,
performed or assembled away from the site, the Contractor will furnish the
County Project Management Section with the required Certificates of Inspection,
testing or approval. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods
prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM) or such
other applicable organizations as may be required by law or the Bid document.
c. Material or work in place that fail to pass acceptability tests shall be removed and
d. No work shall be performed, nor materials used, without supervision and/or
inspections by a representative of the County. The County representative shall
have the authority to test and reject any materials and suspend the subject work
at any time.
12. EMERGENCIES: In the event of an emergency, the contractor shall immediately notify
the County Project Management Section.
13. SUSPENSION OR STOPPING WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR: The contractor shall
not stop work on any project work order without the consent of the County Project
Manager.
14. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
a. The terms Traffic Control Plan (TCP) and Maintenance of Traffic Plan (MOT
Plan) are intended to be synonymous. The term Maintenance of Traffic (MOT) is
the function presented in the TCP.
b. The contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic devices for any assigned
work according to the FDOT Design Standards Index 600 series, latest edition,
and applicable laws and ordinances. The traffic control shall provide a safe work
zone and safe flow of traffic in and through the project site.
15. SURVEY
a. The County Survey Section will provide any construction layout services
necessary to construct a project under this contract.
b. -
construction is completed.
16. UTILITY COORDINATION: The contractor shall be responsib
19
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
17. MATERIALS
a. The contractor shall provide copies of all delivery tickets, or invoices, for all
materials and equipment to be used for the project to the County Project
Management Section immediately upon delivery or as soon thereafter as is
practical.
b. Arrangements for storage areas for materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor. Before mobilizing or storing any materials or
equipment, the contractor shall identify the areas to be used for storage in writing
to the County. If property other than County right-of-way is proposed for storage,
the contractor shall provide the County a copy of the written approval or
agreement from the property owner before mobilizing or storing any materials or
equipment on said property. The contractor shall be responsible for restoring
any and all damages to storage areas. Restoration of damage to public right-of-
ways, easements, or private properties outside of the work zone area shall be the
price.
18. WORKSITE VISIBILITY: No work shall be performed when the visibility is less than
two (2) times the Stopping Sight Distance for the highest regulatory posted speed
through the project area as defined in the FDOT Manual of Uniform Standards for
Design, Construction and Maintenance for Streets and Highways. Visibility distance
shall be measured in all directions of travel and at locations and directed by the County.
Project time extensions for substandard visibility shall be assessed according to FDOT
Standard Specification Section 8-7.3.2.
19. HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL: If historical or archaeological artifacts are
discovered at any time on the project site, the contractor must notify the County, the
Water Management District, the Florida Department of State and the Division of
Historical Resources. The contractor shall follow any rules or requests from agencies
with jurisdiction. If required to stop work, delay work or perform extra work in the
affected area, delays and additional costs will be considered an unforeseen difficulty. If
the contractor desires to make a delay claim, any such claim shall be submitted to the
County Project Manager in writing within three working days of the occurrence of the
event giving rise to the claim.
20. CONTAMINATION: Any equipment that is leaking fuel, lubricant, coolant, hydraulic
fluid or any other hazardous material shall immediately be repaired by the contractor to
stop the leak. The contractor shall clean up and dispose of any leaked fluids according
to all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations within 24-hours of occurrence.
All repairs, removal, clean-up and/or disposal shall be at no cost to the County.
21. SAFETY
a.
subcon
b. The contractor is required to comply with Florida Statute (F.S.), Chapter 556,
Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act. The contractor is
responsible for contacting Sunshine State One-Call of Florida, Inc., at 811 or
www.callsunshine.com, no less than two (2) business days (48 hours) and no
20
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
more than 5 business days before beginning any excavation, the contractor
provide notification according to the procedures of the F.S. Chapter 556.
22. WORK AREA CLEAN-UP REQUIREMENTS
a. During the progress of the Work, the contractor shall keep the premises and
maintained travel lanes free from accumulations of waste, discarded or surplus
material, rubbish and other debris or contaminates resulting from the work.
b. Following completion of the Work, contractor shall remove all waste material,
rubbish, debris, tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material
from public right-of-ways, easements, and private properties. The contractor
shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the County at final
completion of the work.
23. WORK STOPPAGE: From time to time, it may be necessary for the contractor to stop
a portion of the work or all work to accommodate a civic function. If the contractor will be
required to stop work, the County Project Management Section shall notify the
Contractor a minimum of five (5) Working Days before any requested work stoppage.
Following resuming work, the contractor and the County Project Manager shall agree to
and document the number of additional days to be added to the project completion time
to accommodate the requested work stoppage.
24. WARRANTY: The vendor shall warrant against all defects in material and
workmanship for a period of one year after acceptance, unless otherwise indicated in
the
21
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Bid Item No. PC-002 - Asphalt Rejuvenator
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the sprayed application of an asphalt rejuvenating agent to
bituminous asphaltic concrete surface courses.
b. Method of Measurement: Asphalt Rejuvenator will be measured by the square
yard as provided for in the Bid Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
2. Bid Item No. PC-003 Crack Sealing
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the preparation and sealing of all surface cra
greater.
b. Method of Measurement: Crack Sealing shall be measured in gallons of crack
seal applied to the road, as provided in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: The unit price as shown on the Bid Sheet "Sealing" or
"Routing and Sealing" shall be all inclusive to include cleaning, sealing, FDOT
traffic control, mobilization and any other incidentals required to complete the
work as specified.
3. Bid Item No. PC-004 Chip Seal
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for single or double application of combined layers of polymer modified
liquid asphalt emulsion and spread aggregate.
b. Method of Measurement: Chip seal, single or double application, will be
measured by the square yard as provided for in the Contract Documents.
d. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
4. Bid Item No. PC-005 Micro-Surfacing
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the placement of a polymer modified microsurface on a prepared
existing paved road to the thickness specified by the County.
b. Method of Measurement: Microsurfacing will be measured by the square yard,
with the exception of that used for rut filling. The later will be measured per ton,
as provided for in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
22
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
5. Bid Item No. PC-006 - Scrub Seal
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the sprayed application of a Scrub seal material to bituminous
asphaltic concrete surface courses.
b. Method of Measurement: Scrub Seal will be measured by the gallon as provided
for in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
6. Bid Item No. PC-007 Cold-In-Place Recycling (CIP)
a. Description: Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the in-place construction of Cold Recycled Bituminous Base
Course or CIR, as set forth in the Contract Documents.
b. Method of Measurement: CIR will be measured by the square yard. Refer to the
technical specification for the method of measurements of additional tasks or
materials associated to CIR, as per the technical specification.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
7. Bid Item No. PC-008-3 and PC-008-4 Full Depth Reclamation (FDR)
a. Description: Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform all
operations in the preparation of a stabilized base course done by in-place
pulverizing and blending of the existing pavement and base materials, and the
introduction of asphalt emulsion and additives as called for under the technical
specifications.
b. Method of Measurement: Full Depth Reclamation will be measured by the
square yard. Refer to the technical specification for the method of
measurements of additional tasks or materials associated to FDR, as per the
technical specification.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
8. Bid Item No. PC-009- Bituminous Fog Seal
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the sprayed application of a bituminous fog seal material to
bituminous asphaltic concrete surface courses.
b. Method of Measurement: Fog Seal will be measured by the gallon as provided
for in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
23
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-002 ASPHALT REJUVENATOR
I. Description
This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the application of an asphalt rejuvenating agent to asphalt concrete surface
courses. The rejuvenation of surface courses shall be by spray application of a cationic
rejuvenating agent composed of petroleum oils and resins emulsified with water. All work shall
be in accordance with the specifications, the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and
conditions of this contract.
II. Material
A. Rejuvenator Agent:
The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be an emulsion composed of a petroleum resin oil
base uniformly emulsified with water. Each bidder must submit with their bid a certified
statement from the asphalt rejuvenator manufacturer showing that the asphalt
rejuvenating emulsion conforms to the required physical and chemical requirements.
TEST METHOD REQUIREMENTS
TESTS ASTM AASHTO MIN. MAX.
Tests on Emulsion:
Viscosity # 25°C, SFS D-244 T-59 15 40
1
Residue, % W D-244 (mod) T-59 (mod) 60 65
2
Miscibility Test D-244 (mod) T-59 (mod) No Coagulation
3
Sieve Test, %W D-244 (mod) T-59 (mod) -- 0.1
Particle Charge Test D-244 T-59 Positive
4
Percentage Light Transmittance GB GB -- 30
Tests on Residue from Distillation:
Flash Point, COC, °C D-92 T-48 196 --
Viscosity @ 60°C, cst D-445 -- 100 200
Asphaltenes, %w D-2006-70 -- -- 1.00
Maltene Dist. Ratio D-2006-70 -- 0.3 0.60
5
PC/S Ratio D-2006-70 -- 0.5 --
5
Saturated Hydrocarbons, S D-2006-70 -- 21 28
1
ASTM D-244 Modified Evaporation Test for percent of residue is made by heating 50 gram sample to 149 C (300 F)
until foaming ceases, then cool immediately and calculate results.
2
Test procedure identical with ASTM D-244-60 except that 0.02 Normal Calcium Chloride solution shall be used in
place of distilled water.
3
Test procedure identical with ASTM D-244 except that distilled water shall be used in place of two percent sodium
oleate solution.
4
Test procedure is attached.
5
Chemical composition by ASTM Method D-2006-70:
PC = Polar Compounds A = First Acidaffins
1
A = Second Acidaffins S= Saturated Hydrocarbons
2
B. Material Performance
The rejuvenating agent shall have a record of at least five years of satisfactory service
as an asphalt rejuvenating agent and in-depth sealer. The asphalt rejuvenating agent
shall have the capability to penetrate the asphalt pavement surface. The asphalt
rejuvenating agent shall be absorbed and incorporated into the asphalt binder.
Verification that said incorporation of the asphalt rejuvenating agent into the asphalt
binder has been effected shall be by analysis of the chemical properties of said asphalt
24
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
binder i.e. viscosity shall be improved to the following extent. The viscosity shall be
reduced by a minimum of forty, (40%) percent as determined by dynamic shear
rheometer (DSR) method for asphalt testing in accord with AASHTO T315-05. This
analysis shall apply to extracted asphalt binder, taken from cores extracted fifteen to
thirty days following appli
areas shall be sealed in-depth to the intrusion of air and water.
The rejuvenating agent shall have a record of at least five years of satisfactory service
as an asphalt rejuvenating agent and in-depth sealer. Satisfactory service shall be
based on the capability of the material to decrease the viscosity of the asphalt binder
and provide an in-depth seal.
l
proposed for use is in compliance with the specification requirements. The bidder must
submit with their bid, previous use documentation and test data conclusively
demonstrating that; the rejuvenating agent has been used successfully for a period of
five years by government agencies such as cities, counties, etc.; and that the asphalt
rejuvenating agent has been proven to perform, as heretofore required, through field
testing by government agencies as to the required change in the asphalt binder
viscosity and penetration number. Testing data shall be submitted indicating such
product performance on a sufficient number of projects, each being tested for a
minimum period of three years to insure reasonable longevity of the treatment, as well
as product consistency. In addition, testing data shall be submitted to indicate said
product performance over a testing period of three years to ensure reasonable life
expectancy.
III. Equipment
Any equipment which is not maintained in full working order, or is proven inadequate to obtain
the results prescribed, shall be repaired or replaced at the direction of the Engineer.
A. Distributer Tank:
The distributor for spreading the emulsion shall be self-propelled, and shall have
pneumatic tires. The distributor shall be designed and equipped to distribute the
asphalt rejuvenating agent uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily determined
and controlled rates from 0.05 to 0.5 gallons per square yard of surface, and with an
allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5 percent of the specified rate.
Distributor equipment shall include full circulation spray bars, pump tachometer, volume
measuring device and a hand hose attachment suitable for application of the emulsion
manually to cover areas inaccessible to the distributor. The distributor shall be
equipped to circulate and agitate the emulsion within the tank.
A check of distributor equipment as well as application rate accuracy and uniformity of
distribution shall be made when directed by the Engineer.
The truck used for sanding shall be equipped with a spreader that allows the sand to be
uniformly distributed onto the pavement. The spreader shall be able to apply 1/2 pound
to 3 pounds of sand per square yard in a single pass. The spreader shall be adjustable
so as not to broadcast sand onto driveways or treelawns.
25
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
B. Sand Truck:
Sand blotters may be used to allow early opening to traffic, if so determined by the
Engineer. The truck used for sanding shall be equipped with a spreader that allows the
sand to be uniformly distributed onto the pavement. The spreader shall be able to apply
1/2 pound to 3 pounds of sand per square yard in a single pass. The spreader shall be
adjustable so as not to broadcast sand onto driveways or treelawns.
The sand to be used shall be free flowing, without any leaves, dirt stones, etc. Any wet
sand shall be rejected from the job site.
C. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of projects
governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs associated
herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV. Experience
The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be applied by an experienced applicator of such material.
for use. They must submit with their bid a list of five projects on which they applied said
rejuvenator. They shall indicate the project dates, number of square yards treated in each,
and the name and phone number of the representative in charge of each project. A project
superintendent knowledgeable and experienced in application of the asphalt rejuvenating
outline of the project superintendent.
V. Construction
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
The contractor responsible for applying the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall maintain a
current, written Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) that complies with all
relevant Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory requirements. Prior to the
commencement of application operations, the contractor shall conduct SWPPP training
of all personnel actually applying the asphalt rejuvenating agent. At all times, the
contractor shall ensure that a current copy of their SWPPP is present on-site, wherever
the asphalt rejuvenating agent is being applied.
B. Handling of Asphalt Rejuvenating Agent
Contents in tank cars or storage tanks shall be circulated at least forty-five minutes
before withdrawing any material for application. When loading the distributor, the
asphalt rejuvenating agent concentrate shall be loaded first and then the required
amount of water shall be added. The water shall be added into the distributor with
enough force to cause agitation and thorough mixing of the two materials. To prevent
foaming, the discharge end of the water hose or pipe shall be kept below the surface of
the material in the distributor which shall be used as a spreader. The distributor truck
will be cleaned of all its asphalt materials, and washed out to the extent that no
discoloration of the emulsion may be perceptible. Cleanliness of the spreading
equipment shall be subject to the approval and satisfaction of the Engineer.
26
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
C. Weather and Seasonal Limitations
The temperature of the asphalt rejuvenating emulsion, at the time of application shall be
as recommended by the manufacturer. The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be applied
only when the existing surface to be treated is thoroughly dry. Additionally, application
of the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be prohibited when weather forecasts indicate a
chance of a rain event in the work area, which would produce in excess of 0.10 inches
of rain within four hours of the application of the asphalt rejuvenating agent. The
contractor shall perform follow-up inspections of stormwater inlets, culverts, and
asphalt rejuvenating agent application operations, whenever a precipitation event, in
excess of 0.10 inches of rain, occurs during a two day period following application of the
asphalt rejuvenating agent. The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall not be applied when
the ambient temperature is below 40° F.
D. Resident Notification
The Contractor shall distribute by hand, a typed notice to all residents and businesses
on the street to be treated. The notice will be delivered no more than 24 hours prior to
the treatment of the road. The notice will have a local phone number that the residents
may call to ask questions. The notice shall be of the door hanger type which secures to
the door handle of each dwelling. Unsecured notices will not be allowed. The
contractor shall also place the notice on the windshield of any parked cars on the street.
Hand distribution of this notice will be considered incidental to the contract.
E. Site Preparation
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
and deleterious material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping the
road immediately ahead of the operation to make sure the road is free of loose
aggregate and other debris, as well as sweeping and cleaning the streets after
treatment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the hand cleaning is not sufficient then a
self-propelled street sweeper shall be used.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be
protected from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper
or other suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
F. Application of Rejuvenating Agent
The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be applied by a distributor truck at the temperature
recommended by the manufacturer and at the pressure required for the proper
distribution. The emulsion shall be applied so that uniform distribution is obtained at all
points of the areas to be treated. Distribution shall be commenced with a running start
to insure full rate of spread over the entire area to be treated. Areas inadvertently
missed shall receive additional treatment as may be required by hand sprayer
application.
Application of asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be on one-half width of the pavement at
a time. When the second half of the surface is treated, the distributor nozzle nearest
the center of the road shall overlap the previous application by at least one-half the
width of the nozzle spray. In any event the centerline construction joint of the pavement
27
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
shall be treated in both application passes of the distributor truck.
Before spreading, the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be blended with water at the rate
of two (2) parts rejuvenating agent to one (1) part water, by volume or as specified by
the manufacturer. The combined mixture of asphalt rejuvenating agent and water shall
be spread at the rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gallons per square yard, or as approved by the
Engineer.
Where more than one application is to be made, succeeding applications shall made as
soon as penetration of the preceding application has been completed and approval is
granted for additional applications by the Engineer.
Grades or super elevations of surfaces that may cause excessive runoff, in the opinion
of the Engineer, shall have the required amounts applied in two or more applications as
directed.
After the street has been treated, the area within one foot of the curb line on both sides
of the road shall receive additional treatment of the asphalt rejuvenating emulsion. Said
treatment shall be uniformly applied by a method acceptable by the Engineer.
After the rejuvenating agent has penetrated, a coating of dry sand shall be applied to
the surface in sufficient amount to protect the traveling public as required by the
Engineer.
All sand used during the treatment must be removed no later than 48 hours after
treatment of the street. This shall be accomplished by a combination of hand and
mechanical sweeping. All turnouts, cul-de-sacs, etc. must be cleaned of any material to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Street sweeping will be included in the price bid per
square yard for asphalt rejuvenating agent.
If, after sand is swept and in the opinion of the Engineer, a hazardous condition exists
on the roadway, the contractor must apply additional sand and sweep same no later
than 24 hours following reapplication. No additional compensation will be allowed for
reapplications and removal of sand.
G. Quality Assurance and Testing
The Contractor shall furnish a quality inspection report showing the source,
manufacturer, and the date shipped, for each load of asphalt rejuvenating agent. When
directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall take representative samples of material
for testing.
The County, at their option, may require testing to be performed on extracted asphalt
cement from a pavement to a depth of three eights inch (3/8"). The testing protocol shall
-inch or 6-inch core by ASTM
D2172 and ASTM D1856. The recovered binder can be tested for complex viscosity @
60ºC, Pas, using the Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) by AASHTO T315, or viscosity
@ 60ºC, Poises, using the Absolute viscosity @ 60ºC, Poises, by ASTM D2171.
Test sections shall be at least one squared yard in area. The test sections shall have
28
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
various application rates for each pavement type that exists on the project and shall be
conducted prior to the application of product to define application rates which meet
and/or exceed the above targets.
Costs associated with testing shall be included in bid price.
VI. Traffic Control
The Contractor shall schedule his operations and carry out the work in a manner to cause the
least disturbance and/or interference with the normal flow of traffic over the areas to be
treated. Treated portions of the pavement surfaces shall be kept closed and free from traffic
until penetration, in the opinion of the Engineer, has become complete and the area is suitable
for traffic.
When, in the opinion of the Engineer, traffic must be maintained at all times on a particular
street, then the Contractor shall apply asphalt rejuvenating agent to one lane at a time. Traffic
shall be maintained in the untreated lane until traffic may be switched to the completed lane.
The contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control and signing required to ensure safe
travel. The contractor shall notify the police and fire departments as to the streets that are to
be treated each day. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, proper signing is not being used, the
Contractor shall stop all operations until safe signing and barricading is achieved.
VII. Method of Measurement
Asphalt rejuvenating agent will be measured by the square yard as provided for in the Contract
Documents. The accepted quantities, measured as provided for above, will be paid for at the
contract unit price for asphalt rejuvenating agent.
VIII. Basis of Payment
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit prices include all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Asphalt Rejuvenating
Agent, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for
any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Asphalt Rejuvenating Agent Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-002
29
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING PERCENT LIGHT TRANSMITTANCE
I.Scope
This procedure covers the determination of percent light transmittance of the asphalt
rejuvenating agent.
II. Equipment
A. Container may be either glass, plastic or metal having a capacity of 6,000 ml.
B. Graduated cylinder, 1,000 ml, or greater.
C. Light transmittance measuring apparatus, such as Bausch and Lomb or Lumertron
spectrophotometer.
D. Graduated pipette having 1 ml capacity to 0.01 ml accuracy.
E. Suction bulb for use with the pipette.
F.
33-17-81, (B&L).
III. Spectrophotometer Calibration
A. Calibrate spectrophotometer as follows:
1. Set wavelength at 580 mµ
2. Allow spectrophotometer to warm up for thirty minutes.
3. Zero percent light transmittance (%LT) scale.
4. Rinse test tube three times with tap water and fill to top of circle marking on B&L test
tube, or approximately 2/3 full.
5. Place tube in spectrophotometer and set %LT scale at 100
6. Repeat steps 3 and 5 two times or until no further adjustments are necessary.
IV. Procedure
A. Shake, stir or otherwise thoroughly mix emulsion to be tested. Place sample of
emulsion in beaker and allow to stand one minute.
B. Place 2.000 ml tap water in container.
C. Such 1.00 ml emulsion into pipette using suction bulb. Wipe off outside of pipette.
D. Using suction bulb, blow emulsion into container.
E. Rinse pipette by sucking in diluted emulsion solution and blowing out.
F. Clean pipette with soap or solvent and water. Rinse with acetone.
G. Stir diluted emulsion thoroughly.
H. Rinse out tube to be used with the diluted emulsion three times and fill to top of circle.
I. Calibrate spectrophotometer.
J. Place diluted emulsion sample tube in spectrophotometer, cover and read %LT to
nearest tenth.
K. Repeat steps I and J until three identical consecutive readings are achieved.
L. The elapsed time between addition of emulsion to dilution of water and final %LT
reading should not exceed 5 minutes.
30
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-003 CRACK SEALING
I.Description
The work consists of applying a hot-applied, single component polymer/rubber modified
asphalt material supplied in solid form, to seal or fill cracks or joints in asphalt concrete or
Portland cement concrete pavements. Cracks or joints that will be sealed shall be a minimum
of one quarter (1/4) inch, and have a maximum width of one (1) inch.
II. Materials
A. Polymer/rubber Modified Asphalt Material: Materials shall be a premixed, single
component mixture of asphalt cement, aromatic extender oils, polymers, and granulized
rubber in a closely controlled manufacturing process. Materials shall conform to the
following specifications when heated in accordance to ASTM D5078 to the
!
Property Specification
Cone Penetration, 77.0°F (ASTM D5329) 30 60 dmm
Resilience, 77.0°F (ASTM D5329) 30 % minimum
Softening Point (ASTM D113) 200°F minimum
Ductility, 77.0°F (ASTM D113) 300 mm minimum
Flow 140°F (60°C) (ASTM D5329) 3mm maximum
Asphalt Compatibility (ASTM D5329) Pass
Bitumen Content (ASTM D4) 60% minimum
Tension Adhesion (ASTM D5329) 400% minimum
Maximum Heating Temperature 400°F (204°C)
Minimum Heating Temperature 380°F (193°C)
B. Blotting Material: If required, the blotting material shall be an aggregate such as cement
dust, Crafco Detack or equivalent, or other cover aggregate approved by the Project
Manager.
III. Equipment
A. Sealant Application Equipment: Equipment used to install the sealant into the cracks
shall be as specified by the manufacturer and shall have the ability to fill cracks with two
wands at the same time and maintain the proper temperature of the sealant throughout
the sealing process. This heating unit shall be a jacketed double boiler melter with
transmittal of heat through heat transfer oil. It shall be equipped with an on board
automatic heat controlling device to permit the attainment of a predetermined
temperature, and then maintain that temperature as long as required. The unit shall
also have an agitation system to meet the requirements of Appendix X1.1. of ASTM
6690. The sealant shall be applied to the pavement under pressure supplied by a gear
pump with hose and wand and direct connecting applicator tip. The pump shall have
sufficient pressure to apply designated sealant at a rate of at least three (3) gallons
(11.4L) per minute. Melter applicators shall be approved for use by the sealant
31
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
manufacturer. Pouring pots or gravity-fed sealant applicators shall not be used for
sealing cracks and joints.
B. Hot Compressed Air (HCA) Equipment: A hot compressed air lance shall be used to
clean, dry and pre-heat cracks prior to applying sealant. The air lance shall consist of a
compressor propane system providing a high temperature, high velocity blast of air.
C. Compressor: The compressor shall be 75 C.F.M. capacity, or more, to ensure an
adequate supply of air to effectively clean the joints. Any pneumatic tool lubricator must
be bypassed and a filter installed on the discharge valve to keep water and oil out of the
lines.
D. Crack Cleaning Equipment: Cleaning of excess debris shall be done by means of power
sweepers, hand brooms, or air brooms.
IV. Submittals
The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager the specifications sheets along with the
ted installation procedures of the type of crack seal that is to be used.
A log sheet shall be maintained during the crack seal operations. The original of this log sheet
shall be supplied to the Project Manager. A minimum of the following information shall be
recorded:
Road name, date, time application process starts, amount installed, time application
process ends.
Date, time and amount added to the melter.
The lot number from each box added shall be also recorded.
Weather conditions
!
The Contractor shall supply the Project Manager with tickets and the corresponding actual lot
numbers removed from the boxes, showing the amount of gallons used for each road.
A log of all herbicides, if any, shall be kept and a copy shall be supplied to the Project Manager
within one (1) week of spraying. This log shall include the type of material, mixture rate,
application rate, location, date, and time of application.
V. Preparations
A. Weather: No sealant shall be installed unless the ambient and pavement temperature
are 40° and rising. There shall be no fog and no chance of rain. Any cracks that are not
sealed the same day they are prepared shall be blown out with compressed air before
the sealing operation continues. If rain or fog delays the sealing operation, the cracks
shall be allowed to dry and shall have additional cleaning as required to remove any
debris that may have been washed into the crack by rain. The cracks shall be
completely dry before the seal treatment can resume. The Contractor may use the Hot
Compressed Air Lance method of cleaning and drying the cracks with the approval of
the Project Manager. Care shall be taken to not overheat the existing asphaltic concrete
surface if this method is used.
32
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
B. Surface Preparation: No sealant shall be installed until all cracks and joints have been
cleaned free of all deleterious materials, including any dust, old sealant,
incompressibles, and organic material, and are sufficiently dry. Following the initial
routing and cleaning operation, all cracks and joints shall be HCA lanced within 10
minutes of application of the sealant. Equipment for the two operations should be kept
in a compact configuration such that not more than 50 feet separates equipment
required by the two operations. Extreme care shall be used to ensure the crack
sidewalls do not become overheated and burned.
C. Crack Cleaning: All cracks and joints shall be cleaned free of all deleterious materials,
including any dust, old sealant, incompressible, and organic material. When vegetation
exists in the cracks and joints, it shall be removed by either using propane torch or
treated with an herbicide that sterilizes the soil. The method of removal is subject to the
approval of the Project Manager. If an herbicide is used it shall be applied according to
the manufacturer's specifications and shall be applied ahead of the operations so that
the weed is totally browned. The applicator of the herbicide shall have the proper State
of Florida Pesticide Applicators License. A copy of this license shall be supplied to the
Project Manager upon request. A log of all herbicides shall be kept. Submittals and a
copy shall be supplied to the Project Manager. !
All cracks are to be clean and are sufficiently dry before any crack sealing material is
applied. All cracks shall be blown clean by high pressure air. All old material and other
debris removed from the cracks shall be removed from the pavement surface
immediately. Any cracks that are not sealed the same day they are prepared shall be
blown out with compressed air before the sealing operation continues.
VI. Construction Methods
A. Sealant Heating: The temperature of the sealant shall be heated and maintained using
the manufacturer's recommended procedures. The sealant compound shall be melted
slowly with constant agitation until it is in a lump-free, free-flowing state, within the
temperature range recommended by the manufacturer for application. Care shall be
taken to insure that the sealant is not heated above the manufacturer's recommended
maximum temperature or for longer than the recommended application life. The Project
Manager shall have the right to reject the product if it is determined that this has
occurred.
B. General Sealant Application: All single transverse cracks in the travel lanes shall be
sealed by the Cut and seal method. All other cracks in the travel lanes, shoulders, and
auxiliary areas may be filled by either the Cut and Seal method or the Crack Fill method.
If a surface treatment, such as resurfacing or surface sealing shall follow, the Crack
filling material must cure for a minimum of 30 days prior to application of the final
surface treatment.!
C. Cut and Seal Method: Cut, clean and seal cracks and joints that are 1/16 inch or
greater in width. Cut along the crack or joint to construct a uniform rectangular reservoir
in which the sealant is to be placed. The reservoir shall be between ½ inch and ¾ inch
in width. The depth of the reservoir shall be between ½ inch and 1 inch. The cut
reservoir shall have vertical, intact sides with no loosely bonded aggregate. Following
cutting, the reservoir shall be cleaned using the air blast method or other acceptable
33
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
method. The reservoir shall be inspected prior to the application of the sealant to
ensure that it is clean, dry and free of dirt, debris, adhered fines or other contaminants.
If the reservoirs are not clean and dry, they shall be re-cleaned to achieve the required
condition. Sealant shall be applied to slightly overfill the reservoir and then struck off
pavement surface. In no case shall the remaining material be lower than the pavement
surface or exceed 1/16 inch above the surface. In no case shall the width of excess
material on the pavement surface exceed 3 inches. !
D. Crack Fill Method: Clean and seal joints and cracks that are 1/16 inch or greater in
width. Clean joints and cracks with air blast cleaning or other acceptable methods to a
depth of at least twice the joint or crack width. Joints and cracks shall be inspected
prior to the application of the sealant to ensure that it is clean, dry and free of dirt,
debris, adhered fines or other contaminants. Apply sealing material with a pressure
nozzle. Completely fill cracks and joints. Sealant shall be applied to slightly overfill the
squeegee material shall be flush with the pavement surface. In no case shall the
remaining material be lower than the pavement surface or exceed 1/16 inch above the
surface. In no case shall the width of excess material on the pavement surface exceed
3 inches. !
E. Pavement Cleaning and Protection: The pavement surface and all work areas shall be
left in a clean condition. Vehicular traffic shall not be permitted on the pavement in
treated areas during the initial curing period recommended by the manufacturer. The
Contractor shall provide all temporary traffic control devices to protect the treated areas,
as required by the Engineer.
Prevent tracking with an application of fine sand, unless it can be demonstrated that the
crack and joint sealer will not track without its application. Other methods may be used
if approved by the Engineer. Repair any pavement striping or markings affected by the
application of the sealant. Any excessive or spilled sealant shall be removed by the
Contractor using approved methods. Any damage to uncured sealant shall be repaired
VII. Liability and Deficiencies
A. During the period of construction and the warranty period the Contractor shall be
responsible for processing any and all claims for property damage and or bodily injury
caused by the failure of the Crack Sealing including but not limited to, motor vehicles or
pedestrians. The Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of all property damage
and bodily injury claims and agrees to save and hold harmless the County from all such
claims. Claims not handled by the Contractor or their representative in the proper
manner, will be settled by the County. The County shall recover all costs from the
Contractor.!
The Contractor shall be responsible for any claims of tracking as part of this
specification. If there is a claim the Contractor shall be responsible for: !
1. Applying more blotting material as necessary.
2. Address the tracked material by either removing or repairing the object that was
affected.
34
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
B. Where the sealant subsides in the crack by more than 1/8 inch below the adjacent
pavement surface, except where the pavement will be immediately overlaid, the surface
of the sealant shall be cleaned and topped up.
The sealant shall be removed, the routed crack rerouted at the Project Manager's
discretion, and resealed if any of the following occur:
1. The sealant contains imbedded foreign material other than dusting material.
2. The sealant contains entrapped air bubbles;
3. The sealant has de-bonded or pulled away from the crack; or
4. The sealant has been excessively heated.
VIII. Method of Measurement
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Crack Sealing-Filling, and not specifically listed in another item in the
Bid Form, shall be included in this item.
The measurement shall be made in amount of linear feet of cracks or joints completed and
accepted, determined by field measure, and shall be supported by the submittals. The amount
of crack sealer shall be reported and invoiced for each road.
IX. Basis of Payment.
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Crack and Joint
Sealing/Filling, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be
provided for any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the
specifications, except that at the direction of the County.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Bituminous Crack and Joint Sealing per Gallon
All invoices shall contain the purchase order number, invoice date, itemized work detail
including the amount of product applied to each road, date of service specific to each location,
appropriate retention, person to contact and their phone number for billing questions and
location of delivery or service, and confirmation of acceptance of the goods or services by the
appropriate COUNTY representative.
END OF SECTION PC-003
35
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-004 CHIP SEAL
I.Description
The work specified in this section consists of furnishing and applying a single or double
application of bituminous surface treatment on a paved roadway or on a prepared road base,
compacted to the lines, grades, and thickness established by the County and in substantial
conformance with the limits established by the owner.
Description: Chip Seal is a pavement surface treatment option that combines a layer of
polymer modified liquid asphalt emulsion placed on a prepared base with a layer of aggregate
spread and compacted while the asphalt is still liquid.
II. Materials:
A. Aggregates: Crushed granite conforming to FDOT specifications section 901,
table 1 for #89, #78 or #67 gradation for coarse aggregates except as modified
herein. The aggregate shall be washed granite obtained from a source approved
by the owner. Sampling and testing of aggregate shall be the responsibility of the
contractor. Copies of test results from the aggregate supplier shall be furnished
to the owner prior to the start of the surface treatment.
C/!Liquid bituminous material for surface treatment: CRS-2h liquid bituminous
material conforming to FDOT specification section 916-4.1 except as modified
herein. The bituminous material shall be polymer modified. The contractor shall
certify the liquid bituminous material meets the aforementioned FDOT.!
The Cationic mixing grade shall be homogenous and of high quality. The material shall be
prepared from straight-run Venezuelan Asphalt of high ductility and shall contain a rubber
hydrocarbon additive derived from latex in addition to carefully controlled amounts of selected
diluents to promote work ability and minimize stripping. Additives that enhance pavement
performance are subject to approval by the County.
Cationic Asphalt Emulsion
Material Designation
Test on Emulsion: Minimum Maximum
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol, 77 degrees F (25 C), s --- ---
Viscosity, Saybolt, 122 degrees F (50 C), s 150 400
Storage Stability Test, 24-h, %* 1
Distillation (prior to addition of dilutent)
% residue by volume of emulsion 65 ---
% oil distillate by volume of emulsion --- 0.5
Tests on Residue from Distillation: --- ---
Penetration, 77 °F, 100 g., 5 sec. 70 110
Solubility in Trichloroethylene, % 97.5 ---
Ductility, 77 °F, 5 cm./min., cm. 100 ---
C. Material Samples:
The County will require the Contractor to sample and test each load of emulsion
prior to delivery. The Contractor will also provide a sample of the emulsion, on site,
36
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
prior to commencing work. The County will require the Contractor to provide sample
containers and a local Independent testing laboratory for the analyzing of emulsion.
The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of the testing. The County reserves
the right to test any shipment of emulsion that is believed to be of substandard. All
samples shall be shipped and stored in clean air tight sealed wide mouth jars or
bottles made of plastic.
III. Equipment:
A. Distributor:
The liquid bituminous material shall be applied with a truck mounted, pressure
distributor that has been calibrated within the previous twelve (12) months, for
transverse and longitudinal application rate. The distributor shall be equipped,
maintained and operated so that the bituminous material can be applied at controlled
temperatures and rates from .035 to 1.5 gallons per square yard. The distributor shall
be capable of applying bituminous material of variable widths up to sixteen (16) feet.
The distributor shall uniformly apply the bituminous material to the specified rate with a
maximum allowed variation of 0.015 gallons per square yard. Distributor equipment
shall include tachometer, accurate volume measuring device, a calibrated tank and a
be equipped with a heating device, asphalt pump and full circulating spray bars
adjustable laterally and vertically. Distributors and transport trailers shall be equipped
with a sampling valve. Distributor trucks shall be of the pressure type with insulated
tanks. The use of gravity distributors will not be permitted. The valves shall be
operated by levers so that one or all valves may be quickly opened or closed in one
operation. The valves which control the flow from nozzles shall act positively so as to
provide a uniform unbroken spread of bituminous material on the surface. The
distributor shall be equipped with devices and charts to provide for accurate and rapid
determination and control of the amount of bituminous material being applied and with
a bitumeter of the auxiliary wheel type registering speed in feet per minute, and trip
and total distance in feet.
B. Aggregate Spreader:
The aggregate spreader shall be a self-propelled unit capable of uniformly spreading
width of the lane to be treated. The spreader shall be calibrated within the previous
twelve (12) months for transverse and longitudinal application. The spreader shall be
equipped with a computer-controlled aggregate/chip spreader in order to ensure the
appropriate aggregate coverage at varying speeds, unless approved otherwise by
Engineer.
C. Pneumatic Tire Rollers:
The contractor shall use eight (8) to twelve (12) ton self-propelled pneumatic tire
rollers with oscillating wheels and low pressure, smooth tires. Maintain the inflation of
the tires such that in no two tires the air pressure varies more than 5 psi. The rollers
will be equipped with an operating water system and coco pads. A sufficient number of
rollers and a sufficient number of passes shall be used to ensure cover aggregate is
properly rolled.
37
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
D. Self-Propelled Rotary Power Broom:
The self-propelled rotary broom shall be designed, equipped, maintained and
operated so the pavement surface can be swept clean. The broom shall have an
adjustment to control the downward pressure. Brooming is required before and after
the chip seal operation.
E. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of
projects governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs
associated herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight
edge) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Chip Seal project references in the State of Florida that have been completed
within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding
the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the
requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall have the option to inspect
ient, it shall be the basis for rejection of
V. Construction:
A. Layout:
The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the roadway
prior to paving.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations:
The surface treatment shall not be applied to a wet surface or when rain is occurring
or the threat of rain is present immediately before placement. The surface treatment
shall not be applied when the temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit in the
shade, and humidity should be 50% or lower. When applying emulsions, the
temperature of the surface shall be a minimum of 55°F, and no more than 140°F.
Additionally, application of the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be prohibited when
weather forecasts indicate a chance of a rain event in the work area, which would
produce in excess of 0.10 inches of rain within four hours of the application of the
asphalt rejuvenating agent.
C. Site and Surface Preparation:
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
and deleterious material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping
the road immediately ahead of the operation to make sure the road is free of loose
aggregate and other debris, as well as sweeping and cleaning the streets after
treatment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the hand cleaning is not sufficient then a
self-propelled street sweeper shall be used.
38
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be
protected from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper
or other suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
Thermoplastic striping and pavement markings, raised pavement markers, and raised
pavement marker adhesive shall be removed.
D. Traffic Control:
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary traffic control, barricades, signs and
flagmen, to ensure the safety of the traveling public and to all working personnel.
Traffic shall not travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been completed. The
Contractor shall submit an M.O.T plan indication all facets of traffic control for the
project area. The MOT plan must be approved in writing by the County prior to
commencing any work. All traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT
Roadway Design Standards, most current edition and TP-102. M.O.T. and associated
devices shall be checked daily and periodically throughout the project for compliance;
and where adjustments or corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Traffic shall not be allowed on the roadway after placement of the chip seal for a
minimum of two hours. During and after placement of the chip seal, pilot cars should
escort traffic at a speed of 20 mph (30 kph) over the chip sealed surface for two to 24
hours. Once all the loose aggregate is removed from the new chip seal surface,
pilot cars are no longer needed.
E. Application of bituminous material:
Liquid bituminous material shall be applied by means of a pressure type distributor in
a uniform, continuous spread over the section to be treated. The distributor shall be
moving forward at the proper speed when the liquid is discharged onto the pavement
to provide an even and consistent application at the rate prescribed. If any areas are
deficient the operation shall be stopped and corrected immediately. The liquid shall
of the aggregate
spreader when the ambient air temperature is above 75 degrees or one hundred
Single Chip Seal: Application of the liquid bituminous material shall be
applied at a rate of .38 -.45 gallons per square yard depending on the
composition of the existing road bed, surface texture and the size of the
aggregate in use.
Double Chip Seal: The second application of liquid bituminous material shall
be applied at a rate of .38 - .42 gallons per square yard depending upon the
size of the first layer of aggregate that the liquid is sprayed upon and the size
of the aggregate being placed over the first application of surface treatment.
F. Application of cover Aggregate:
Immediately following the spray application of the liquid bituminous material, cover
aggregate shall be spread over the liquid material at a rate of 18 30 lbs square yard
depending upon the type of road base and/or the size of the existing aggregate that is
being resurfaced.
39
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
G. Rolling:
Immediately following the first application of the cover material, roll the entire surface
with a pneumatic roller, followed immediately with the steel drum roller. Cover the
entire surface one time with the steel drum roller. Then, roll the cover material again
with the pneumatic roller. Continue rolling as long as necessary to ensure thorough
keying of the cover aggregate into the liquid bituminous material. Eliminate the steel
drum when rolling the second application of cover aggregate. Apply the second
application of liquid and cover material the same day as the first application, as far as
it is practicable and consistent with the setting of the liquid bituminous material.
H. Sweeping:
After rolling of the first application of cover aggregate, lightly broom the loose
aggregate in a manner not to dislodge the aggregate embedded in the liquid. Sweep
loose material from road bed. Following second application again broom loose
aggregate from the road bed prior to the application of the fog seal. If temperatures
exceed 85 degrees, it may be necessary to wait 24 hours before sweeping the first
application of chip seal.
I. Fog Seal:
Upon direction from the Engineer, fog seal is to be applied as a separate pay item.
When surface treatment has set, a fog seal is to be applied at a rate of .1 to .15
gallons per square yard to the entire surface treatment. The liquid for fog seal shall be
a cationic mixing type emulsion diluted forty (40%) percent with water. Fog seal shall
then be lightly sanded at a rate of plus or minus two (2) pounds per square yard by
means of a mechanical spreader.
VI. General Performance:
Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of the engineer without
bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other types of pavement distress or
unsatisfactory performance.
VII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Chip Seal, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form,
shall be included in this item. Should the contractor be directed to place Fog Seal as a
secondary application to Chip Seal, it shall be measured separately as listed in the Technical
Specification for Fog Seal
VIII. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Chip Seal, including all
items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary
for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications, except that at the direction
of the County. If applied, Fog Seal shall be paid separately as listed in the Technical
Specification for Fog Seal.
40
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Chip Seal (Single application) Square Yard
Chip Seal (Double application) Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-004
41
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-005 MICROSURFACING
I.Description
The work specified in this section consists of placement of a polymer modified Microsurface on
a prepared existing paved road, placed within the lines, grades, and thickness established by
the County.
Microsurfacing is a polymer-modified cold-mix paving system that begins as a mixture of
dense-graded aggregate, polymer modified asphalt emulsion, water, and mineral fillers placed
in a slurry state at ambient air temperature to extend the service life of both urban and rural
roads within the County. The end product should maintain a skid-resistant surface in variable
thick sections throughout the service life of the micro surfacing.
II. Materials:
A. Emulsified Asphalt: Provide quick-traffic latex modified cationic type CSS emulsion
with natural or synthetic latex conforming to the requirements specified in AASHTO
M208 or ASTM D2397 for CSS-1H.
B.
Property Minimum Maximum
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol @ 25° C, Sec. 20.0 90.0
Particle Charge Positive ---
Sieve Test --- 0.1
Distillation: --- ---
Oil distillate, by volume, % --- 0.5
Residue from Distillation, % 62.0 ---
Penetration, 25°C, 100g, 5 sec. 40.0 100.0
Ductility, 77° F, 50 mm/ sec. 70.0 ---
plus the following:
AASHTO ASTM TEST QUALITY SPECIFICATION
TEST NO. NO.
T53 D36 Softening Point
T59 D244 Residue after Distillation 62% Minimum
T49 2397 40 90*
2170
It shall pass all applicable storage and settlement tests. The cement mixing test shall be
waived for this emulsion. The polymer material shall be milled or blended into the
asphalt or emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process.
The minimum amount and type of polymer modifier shall be determined by the
laboratory performing the mix design. The minimum amount required will be based on
asphalt weight content and will be certified by the emulsion supplier. In general, a three
percent (3%) polymer solids, based on asphalt weight, is considered minimum.
The five-day (5) settlement test may be waived, provided job stored emulsion is used
within thirty-six (36) hours from the time of the shipment, or the stored material has had
additional emulsion blended into it prior to use.
Each load of emulsified asphalt shall be accompanied with a Certificate of
Analysis/Compliance to assure that it is the same as that used in the mix design. For
42
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
the first load of emulsified asphalt produced for the project, the supplier shall submit a
application, the owner / buying agency may sample and test all subsequent loads of
emulsified asphalt delivered to the project to verify and determine compliance with
specification requirements. Where these tests identify material outside specification
requirements, the owner may require the supplier to cease shipment of that pretested
emulsified asphalt product. Further shipment of that pretested emulsified asphalt
problem is evaluated and corrected by the supplier as necessary to the satisfaction of
the owning agency.
C. Aggregate: The mineral aggregate used shall be of the type and grade specified for
the particular use of the Microsurfacing. The aggregate shall be a manufactured
crushed stone such as granite, slag, limestone, chat, or other high-quality aggregate, or
combination thereof. To assure the material is totally crushed, one-hundred percent
(100%) of the parent aggregate will be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to
be used.
When aggregate is tested according to the following test, it should meet these minimum
requirements:
AASHTO ASTM QUALITY SPECIFICATION
TEST NO. TEST NO.
T176 D2419 Sand Equivalent 65 Minimum
T104 C88 Soundness 15% Maximum using NA2 SO4 or 25%
Maximum using MgSO4
T96 C131 Abrasion Resistance 30% Maximum
The abrasion test is to be run on the parent aggregate. The aggregate should meet
state-approved polishing values. Proven performance may justify the use of aggregates
that may not pass all of the above tests.
When tested in accordance with AASHTO T27 (ASTM C136) and AASHTO T11 (ASTM
C117), the target (mix design) aggregate gradation (including the mineral filler) shall be
within one of the following bands.
SIEVE SIZE TYPE II TYPE III STOCKPILE
% PASSING % PASSING TOLERANCE
100 100
#4 (4.75 mm) 90 100 70 - 90 ± 5 %
#8 (2.36 mm) 65 90 45 70 ± 5 %
#16 (1.18 mm) 45 70 28 - 50 ± 5 %
#30 (600 um) 30 50 19 - 34 ± 5 %
#50 (330 um) 18 30 12 - 25 ± 4 %
#100 (150 um) 10 21 7 - 18 ± 3 %
#200 (75 um) 5 15 5 - 15 ± 2 %
The job mix (target) gradation shall be within the gradation band for the desired type.
After the target gradation has been submitted (this should be the gradation that the mix
design is based on), then the percent passing each sieve shall not vary by more than
the stockpile tolerance shown in the above table for each individual sieve, and still
43
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
remain within the gradation band. It is recommended that the percent passing shall not
go from the high end to the low end of the range for any two consecutive screens.
The aggregate will be accepted at the job location stockpile or when loading into the
support units for delivery to the lay-down machine. The stockpile shall be accepted
based on five gradation tests according to AASHTO T2 (ASTM D75). If the average of
the five tests is within the gradation tolerances, then the materials will be accepted. If
the tests show the material to be out, the contractor will be given the choice to either
remove the material or blend other aggregate with the stockpiled material to bring it into
specification. Materials used in blending must meet the quality tests before blending and
must be blended in a manner to produce a consistent gradation. If blending is used, it
will require that a new mix design be performed. The contractor shall supply copies of
the aggregate tickets to the customer within 24 hours of delivery to the job site.
Screening shall be required at the stockpile prior to delivery to the paving machine if
there are any problems created by having oversize material in the mix.
D. Mineral filler: (if required) shall be any recognized brand of non-air entrained Portland
cement or hydrated lime that is free from lumps. It may be accepted upon visual
inspection. The type and amount of mineral filler needed shall be determined by a
laboratory mix design and will be considered as part of the aggregate gradation. An
increase or decrease of less than one percent (1%) may be permitted when the
Microsurfacing is being placed if it is found to be necessary for better consistency or set
times.
E. Water: Potable and free of harmful or deleterious materials.
F. Additives: Additives may be added to the emulsion mix or any of the component
materials to provide the control of the quick-traffic properties. They must be included as
part of the mix design and be compatible with the other components of the mix.
III. Mix Design:
The Contractor shall submit to the County for approval a complete mix design with an
aggregate source used on five (5) similar micro surfacing projects. The mix design shall be
prepared and certified by a laboratory which has experience in designing Microsurfacing. After
the mix design has been approved, no substitution will be permitted, unless approved by the
County. Compatibility of the aggregate, polymer-modified emulsion, mineral filler, and other
additives shall be verified by the mix design. The mix design shall be made with the same
aggregate gradation that the contractor will provide on the project. Recommended tests and
values are as follows:
44
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
ISSA TEST DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
NO.
TB-139 Wet Cohesion
@ 30 Minutes Minimum (Set) 12 Kg-cm Minimum
@ 60 Minutes Minimum (Traffic) 20 Kg-cm Minimum or Near Spin
TB-109 Excess Asphalt by LWT Sand Adhesion 50 g/ft² Maximum (538 g/m²
Maximum)
TB-114 Wet Stripping Pass (90% Minimum)
TB-100 Wet-Track Abrasion Loss
One-hour Soak 50 g/ft² (538 g/m²) Maximum
75 g/ft² (807 g/m²) Maximum
Six-day Soak
The Wet Track Abrasion test is performed under laboratory conditions as a component of the
mix design process. The purpose of this test is to determine the minimum asphalt content of a
micro surface system. The Wet Track Abrasion Test is not recommended as a field quality
control or acceptance test. Some systems require longer times for the asphalt to adhere to the
stone. In these systems, a modified Marshall Stability Test (ISSA TB-148) or Hveem
Cohesiometer Test (ASTM D 1560) has been used to confirm asphalt content.
ISSA DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
TEST NO.
TB-147 Lateral Displacement 5% Maximum
Specific Gravity after 1,000 Cycles of 125 2.10% Maximum
Pounds (56.71 Kg)
TB-113 Mix Time @ 77°F (25°C) Controllable to 120 Seconds
Minimum
The mixing test is used to predict how long the material can be mixed in the machines before it
begins to break. It is more for information to be used by the contractor than for quality of the
end product.
The mixing test and set-time test should be checked at the highest temperatures expected
during construction.
The mix design should report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit weight of
the aggregate (bulking effect). The report must clearly show the proportions of aggregate,
mineral filler (minimum and maximum), water (minimum and maximum), additive usage, and
polymer-modified asphalt emulsion based on the dry weight of the aggregate.
All the component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the materials
proposed by the contractor to be used on the project. The percentages of each individual
material required shall be shown in the laboratory report. Adjustments may be required during
construction, based on field conditions. The Project Manager will give final approval for all such
adjustments.
COMPONENT MATERIALS LIMITS
Residual Asphalt 7% to 10.5% by dry weight of aggregate
Mineral Filler 0.0 to 3% by dry weight of aggregate
Polymer-Based Modifier Minimum of 3% solids based on bitumen weight
content
Additives As needed
Water As required to produce proper mix consistency
45
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
IV. Sampling and Testing:
The Engineer at their discretion shall obtain two samples of micro surfacing mixture for each
day of production. The samples shall be obtained at different periods during the production day
and the Engineer shall test each sample at the expense of the County in accordance with FM
5-563 and FM 1-T 030 to determine the residual asphalt content and the gradation of each
sample. Evaporate all water from the sample prior to testing.
V. EXPERIENCE:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Micro Surfacing project references that have been completed within the past
three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding the staff that
they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of
equipment and if found deficient, it shall be the ba
VI. EQUIPMENT:
A. Mixing Equipment: The machine shall be specifically designed and manufactured to
lay Microsurfacing. The material shall be mixed by an automatic-sequenced, self-
propelled Microsurfacing mixing machine, which shall be a continuous-flow mixing unit
able to accurately deliver and proportion the aggregate, emulsified asphalt, mineral
filler, control setting additive, and water to a revolving multi-blade, double-shafted mixer
and to discharge the mixed product on a continuous-flow basis.
The machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for aggregate, emulsified asphalt,
mineral filler, control additive and water to maintain an adequate supply to the
proportioning controls.
The machine shall be equipped to allow the operator to have full control, from the rear
of the machine, of the forward and reverse speeds during applications of the
Microsurfacing material and be equipped with opposite-side driver stations to assist in
alignment. The self-loading device, opposite-side driver stations, and forward and
reverse speed controls shall be original equipment manufacturer design.
B. Proportioning Devices: Individual volume or weight controls for proportioning each
material to be added to the mix (i.e. aggregate, mineral filler, emulsified asphalt,
additive, and water) shall be provided and properly marked. These proportioning
devices are used in material calibration and determining the material output at any time.
C. Spreading Device: The mixture shall be agitated and spread uniformly in the surfacing
box by means of twin-shafted paddles or spiral augers fixed in the spreader box. A front
seal shall be provided to insure no loss of the mixture at the road contact point. The rear
seal shall act as a final strike-off and shall be adjustable. The spreader box and rear
strike-off shall be so designed and operated that a uniform consistency is achieved to
produce a free flow of material to the rear strike-off. The spreader box shall have
suitable means provided to side shift the box to compensate for variations in the
pavement geometry.
46
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
D. Secondary Strike-off: A secondary strike-off shall be provided to improve surface
texture. The secondary strike-off shall have the same adjustments as the spreader box.
No burlap drags will be permitted on the final applications.
E. Rut-Filling Box: When required, before the final surface course is placed, preliminary
Microsurfacing material may be required to fill ruts, utility cuts, depressions in the
existing surface, etc. Ruts of one-half (½) inch (12.7 mm) or greater in depth shall be
filled independently with a rut-filling spreader box, either five foot (5) (1.5m) or six foot
(6) (1.8 m) in width. For irregular or shallow rutting of less than one-half (½) inch (12.7
mm) in depth, a full-width scratch-coat pass may be used as directed by the County.
Ruts that are in excess of one and one-half (1-½) inches (38.1 mm) in depth may
require multiple placements with the rut-filling spreader box to restore the cross-section.
All rut-filling level-up material should cure under traffic for at least a twenty-four (24)
hour period before additional material is placed on top of the level-up.
F. Auxiliary Equipment: Suitable surface preparation equipment, traffic control
equipment, hand tools, and any other support and safety equipment shall be provided
by the contractor as necessary, (or as the County requires) to perform the work.
G. General: Each mixing unit to be used in the performance of the work shall be calibrated
in the presence of the County prior to construction. Previous calibration documentation
covering the exact materials to be used may be acceptable, provided that no more than
sixty (60) days have lapsed. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of
each material at various settings, which can be related to the machine metering
devices. No machine will be allowed to work on the project until the calibration has been
completed and/or accepted.
All equipment, tools, and machines used in the performance of this work shall be
maintained in satisfactory working condition at all times to ensure a high-quality product.
Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
VII. Construction:
A. Test Strip: A test strip 1000 feet long and the width of one lane shall be provided. The
test must include all courses specified and must be constructed at the same time of day
as the scheduled full scale production. The test strip will be evaluated for 24 hours after
placement and will be subject to approval from the engineer before any further
production. If unsatisfactory, the test strip shall be removed and another strip placed for
B. Weather Limitations: Microsurfacing shall not be applied if either the pavement or air
temperature is below 50°F (10°C) and falling, but may be applied when both pavement
and air temperatures are above 45°F (7°C) and rising. No Microsurfacing shall be
applied when there is the possibility that the finished product will freeze within 24 hours.
The mixture shall not be applied when weather conditions prolong opening to traffic
beyond a reasonable time or as directed by the County.
C. Site and Surface Preparation: The first step of surface preparation is to restore the
47
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
patching and crack sealing.
All pavement marking shall be removed, maintained, and compensated for in
accordance to FDOT Standard Specification Section 102-5.8. Immediately prior to
applying the Microsurfacing, the surface shall be cleared of all loose material, silt spots,
vegetation, and other objectionable material. The Contractor shall be responsible for
clipping back shoulders and removing overburden or any other vegetation or debris to
ensure that the road is free of organic and deleterious material. Any standard cleaning
method will be acceptable. If water is used, cracks shall be allowed to dry thoroughly
before applying Microsurfacing.
Manholes, valve boxes, drop inlets and other service entrances shall be protected from
the Microsurfacing by a suitable method. Utility inlets should be covered with heavy
paper or roofing felt adhered to the surface of the inlet. The paper is removed once the
micro-surfacing has sufficiently cured. In addition to covering the inlets, all starts, stops,
and handwork on turnouts should be done on roofing felt to ensure sharp, uniform joints
and edges. The County shall approve the surface preparation prior to surfacing. No dry
aggregate either spilled from the lay-down machine or existing on the road, will be
permitted.
D. Tack Coat: Normally, tack coat is not required unless the surface to be covered is
extremely dry and raveled or is concrete or brick. If required, the tack coat should
consist of one part emulsified asphalt/three parts water and should be applied with a
standard distributor. The emulsified asphalt should be SS or CSS grade. The distributor
shall be capable of applying the dilution evenly at a rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gal/yd² (0.23 to
0.45 l/m²). The tack coat shall be allowed to cure sufficiently before the application of
Microsurfacing. If a tack coat is to be required, it must be billed as a separate pay item.
E. Application: A test strip shall be placed in conditions similar to those expected to be
encountered during the project unless specifically waived by the county.
When required by local conditions, the surface shall be pre-wetted ahead of the
spreader box. The rate of application of the spray shall be adjusted during the day to
suit temperatures, surface texture, humidity, and dryness of the pavement.
The Microsurfacing shall be of the desired consistency upon leaving the mixer. A
sufficient amount of material shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so
that a complete coverage is obtained. Overloading of the spreader shall be avoided. No
lumping, balling, or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted.
No streaks, such as those caused by oversized aggregate, shall be left in the finished
surface. If excess streaking develops, the job will be stopped until the contractor proves
to the Project Manager or his/her designee that the situation has been corrected.
Excessive streaking is defined as more than four drag marks greater than one-half (½)
inch wide (12.7 mm) and four inches (4) long (101 mm), or one inch (1) wide (25.4 mm)
and three (3) inches long (76.2 mm), in any 29.9 yd² (25 m²) area. No transverse ripples
or longitudinal streaks of one-fourth (¼) inch in depth (6.4 m²) will be permitted, when
measured by placing a ten (10) foot (3 m) straight edge over the surface.
48
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
The Microsurfacing mixture shall be of the proper consistency at all times, so as to
provide the application rate required by the surface condition. The average single
application rate, as measured by the Project Manager, shall be in accordance with the
following table:
SUGGESTED
AGGREGATE TYPE LOCATION
APPLICATION RATES
TYPE II
Urban and Residential Streets 20 - 24 lb/yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
Single application
TYPE II
Urban, Residential, and Primary Routes 30 - 34 lb/yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
Double application
TYPE II Primary and Cold Mix Roads as
24 - 28 lb/yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
Heavy single application directed
TYPE II
Primary and Cold Mix Roads as
Heavy double 38 42 lb/ yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
directed
application
TYPE II Rut Fill Wheel Ruts Tonnage As Required
Suggested application rates are based upon the weight of dry aggregate in the mixture.
Application rates are affected by the unit weight of the aggregate.
Microsurfacing is often put down in two full-width passes in place of rut-filling when the
rutting or deformation is not severe. When two passes are used, the first pass (scratch
course) is made using a metal or stiff rubber strike-off and applying only what the
surface demands for leveling. The second course is applied at 15 30 lb/yd² (8.1 16.3
kg/m²).
F. Joints: No excess buildup, uncovered areas, or unsightly appearance shall be
permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints. The contractor shall provide suitable-width
spreading equipment to produce a minimum number of longitudinal joints throughout the
project. When possible, longitudinal joints shall be placed on lane lines. Half passes and
odd-width passes will be used only in minimum amounts. If half passes are used, they
shall not be the last pass of any paved area. A maximum of three (3) inches (76.2 mm)
shall be allowed for overlap of longitudinal lane line joints. Also, the joint shall have no
more than a one-fourth (¼) inch (6.4 mm) difference in elevation when measured by
placing a ten (10) foot (3 m) straight edge over the joint and measuring the elevation
drop-off.
G. Mix Stability: The Microsurfacing shall possess sufficient stability so that premature
breaking of the material in the spreader box does not occur. The mixture shall be
homogeneous during and following mixing and spreading. It shall be free of excess
water or emulsion and free of segregation of the emulsion and aggregate fines from the
coarser aggregate. Under no circumstances shall water be sprayed directly into the lay-
down box while laying Microsurfacing material.
H. Handwork: Areas which cannot be reached with the machine shall be surfaced using
hand squeegees to provide uniform coverage. If necessary, the area to be hand worked
shall be lightly dampened prior to mix placement. Care shall be exercised to leave no
49
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
unsightly appearance from hand work. The same type of finish as applied by the
spreader box shall be required.
I. Edgelines: Care shall be taken to ensure straight lines along curbs and shoulders. No
runoff on these areas will be permitted. Lines at intersections will be kept straight to
provide a good appearance. If necessary, a suitable material will be used to mask off
the end of streets to provide straight lines. Edge lines shall not vary by more than ± 2
inches (± 50 mm) horizontal variance in any 96 feet (30 m) of length.
J. Clean-up: All areas, such as man-ways, gutters, and intersections, shall have the
Microsurfacing mix removed as specified by the County. The contractor shall, on a daily
basis, remove any debris associated with the performance of the work, completely and
thoroughly to the satisfaction of the County. In addition, the contractor shall, at the
request of the County pressure wash any area such as, curb and gutter, private
driveways, etc. removing any and all stains associated with the placement of the
Microsurfacing.
K. General Performance:
Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of the engineer without
bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other types of pavement
distress or unsatisfactory performance.
L. Traffic Control:
Traffic shall not travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been completed. All
traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT Roadway Design Standards and the
current MUTCD. All associated devices shall be checked daily or more frequently as
needed throughout the project for compliance. Where adjustments or corrections are
needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
VIII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity to
be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein. Any item
necessary for Microsurfacing, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form, shall be
included in this item.
IX. Warranty:
The Contractor shall provide the County upon final acceptance of the Microsurfacing work, a
warranty period of three years which shall include all labor, materials, hauling, traffic control and
striping to repair the defective areas. Defective areas shall include debonding/delamination,
bleeding, excessive raveling and aggregate loss exposing the old roadway surface. The Contractor
shall perform all warranty work at no cost to the City or County.
X. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement.
The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General Conditions, Special
Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Microsurfacing, including all items of work
described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary for the
completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
50
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Microsurfacing (Single application) Square Yard
Microsurfacing (Double application), Square Yard
Microsurfacing (Rut filling) Ton
END OF SECTION PC-005
51
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-006 SCRUB SEAL
I.Description
Scrub Seal shall consist of the application of a slow setting, anionic or cationic asphalt
emulsion or specialty emulsions developed specifically for scrub sealing, followed by a cover
aggregate. The emulsion may be polymer modified.
II. Materials
A. Asphalt Emulsions
The asphalt emulsions employed for Scrub Seals shall be slow to medium setting
anionic or cationic SS-1, SS-1H, CSS-1H; ASTM specifications for anionic (SS)
emulsions are listed in D977 and for cationic (CSS) emulsion in D2397. Suppliers of
other specialty emulsions for Scrub Sealing must supply specifications for these
emulsions. Asphalt emulsions may be modified with a polymer additive.
B. Cover Aggregates
Mineral Aggregates for scrub seal shall conform to Table 1.
Table 1: Scrub Seal Aggregate Gradation Limits
Sieve Size Percent Passing Tolerance
3/8 inch (9.5mm) 100 0
No. 4 (4.75mm) 96 +3
No. 10 (2.0mm) 60 ±20
No. 50 (300µm) 18 ±12
No. 100 (150µm) 5 ±5
No. 200 (74µm) 5 ±3
the time of
application. Moisture content shall not exceed 1.5% by weight of aggregate. Sampling
and testing of aggregate shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Copies of test
results from the aggregate supplier shall be furnished to the owner prior to the start of
the surface treatment.
C. Material Samples:
The County will require the Contractor to sample and test each load of emulsion prior to
delivery. The Contractor will also provide a sample of the emulsion, on site, prior to
commencing work. The County will require the Contractor to provide sample containers
and a local Independent testing laboratory for the analyzing of emulsion. The Contractor
will be responsible for the cost of the testing. The County reserves the right to test any
shipment of emulsion that is believed to be of substandard. All samples shall be shipped
and stored in clean air tight sealed wide mouth jars or bottles made of plastic.
52
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
III. Equipment
A. Emulsion Distributor
The liquid bituminous material shall be applied with a truck mounted, pressure
distributor that has been calibrated within the previous twelve (12) months, for
transverse and longitudinal application rate. The distributor shall be equipped,
maintained and operated so that the bituminous material can be applied at controlled
temperatures and rates from .035 to 1.5 gallons per square yard. The distributor shall
be capable of applying bituminous material of variable widths up to sixteen (16) feet.
The distributor shall uniformly apply the bituminous material to the specified rate with a
maximum allowed variation of 0.015 gallons per square yard. Distributor equipment
shall include tachometer, accurate volume measuring device, a calibrated tank and a
equipped with a heating device, asphalt pump and full circulating spray bars adjustable
laterally and vertically. Distributors and transport trailers shall be equipped with a
sampling valve. Distributor trucks shall be of the pressure type with insulated tanks.
The use of gravity distributors will not be permitted. The valves shall be operated by
levers so that one or all valves may be quickly opened or closed in one operation. The
valves which control the flow from nozzles shall act positively so as to provide a uniform
unbroken spread of bituminous material on the surface. The distributor shall be
equipped with devices and charts to provide for accurate and rapid determination and
control of the amount of bituminous material being applied and with a bitumeter of the
auxiliary wheel type registering speed in feet per minute, and trip and total distance in
feet.
B. Emulsion Scrub Broom
Furnish an emulsion scrub broom assembly of similar design to Figures 1 or 2, or as
approved by the Engineer, and having the following characteristics:
Rigid frame construction
Attached to, and pulled by, the Emulsion Distributor
Of such weight that it does not squeegee the emulsion off the road surface
Leading and trailing broom heads angled at 10 to 15 degrees of the centerline of
the supporting member
Stiff bristles with a minimum height of five inches
Hinged wing assemblies or other means of adjusting the total broom width.
Be attached to and pulled by the distributor truck.
Have means to mechanically lift the scrub broom off of the roadway surface at
intermediate points of completion and remain elevated during transit.
53
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Figure 1: Typical Emulsion Scrub Broom Assembly
54
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Figure 2: Truck Mounted Emulsion Scrub Broom Assembly
C. Aggregate Spreader:
The aggregate spreader shall be a self-propelled unit capable of uniformly spreading the
than the width
of the lane to be treated. The spreader shall be calibrated within the previous twelve (12)
months for transverse and longitudinal application. The spreader shall be equipped with
a computer-controlled aggregate/chip spreader in order to ensure the appropriate
aggregate coverage at varying speeds, unless approved otherwise by Engineer.
D. Pneumatic Tire Rollers:
The contractor shall use eight (8) to twelve (12) ton self-propelled pneumatic tire rollers
with oscillating wheels and low pressure, smooth tires. Maintain the inflation of the tires
55
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
such that in no two tires the air pressure varies more than 5 psi. The rollers will be
equipped with an operating water system and coco pads. A sufficient number of rollers
and a sufficient number of passes shall be used to ensure cover aggregate is properly
rolled.
E. Self-Propelled Rotary Power Broom:
The self-propelled rotary broom shall be designed, equipped, maintained and operated
so the pavement surface can be swept clean. The broom shall have an adjustment to
control the downward pressure. Brooming is required before and after the chip seal
operation.
F. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of projects
governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs associated
herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor
IV. Experience
Bidders must submit a minimum of five Scrub Seal project references in the State of Florida
that have been completed within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit
detailed information regarding the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be
capable of meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall
basis for rejection of Contracto
V. Construction
A. Weather
The surface treatment shall not be applied to a wet surface or when rain is occurring or
the threat of rain is present immediately before placement. The surface treatment shall
not be applied when the temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit in the shade,
and humidity should be 50% or lower. When applying emulsions, the temperature of
the surface shall be a minimum of 55°F, and no more than 140°F.
Additionally, application of the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be prohibited when
weather forecasts indicate a chance of a rain event in the work area, which would
produce in excess of 0.10 inches of rain within four hours of the application of the
asphalt rejuvenating agent.
B. Resident Notification
The Contractor shall distribute by hand, a typed notice to all residents and businesses
on the street to be treated. The notice will be delivered no more than 24 hours prior to
the treatment of the road. The notice will have a local phone number that the residents
may call to ask questions. The notice shall be of the door hanger type which secures to
the door handle of each dwelling. Unsecured notices will not be allowed. The
56
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
contractor shall also place the notice on the windshield of any parked cars on the street.
Hand distribution of this notice will be considered incidental to the contract.
C. Site Preparation
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
and deleterious material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping the
road immediately ahead of the operation to make sure the road is free of loose
aggregate and other debris, as well as sweeping and cleaning the streets after
treatment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the hand cleaning is not sufficient then a
self-propelled street sweeper shall be used.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be
protected from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper
or other suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
Thermoplastic striping and pavement markings, raised pavement markers, and raised
pavement marker adhesive shall be removed.
D. Traffic
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary traffic control, barricades, signs and flagmen,
to ensure the safety of the traveling public and to all working personnel. Traffic shall not
travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been completed. The Contractor shall
submit an M.O.T plan indication all facets of traffic control for the project area. The
MOT plan must be approved in writing by the County prior to commencing any work. All
traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT Roadway Design Standards, most
current edition and TP-102. M.O.T. and associated devices shall be checked daily and
periodically throughout the project for compliance; and where adjustments or
corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Traffic shall not be allowed on the roadway after placement of the aggregate cover for a
minimum of two hours. During and after placement of the chip seal, pilot cars should
escort traffic at a speed of 20 mph (30 kph) over the chip sealed surface for two to 24
hours. Once all the loose aggregate is removed from the new chip seal surface, pilot
cars are no longer needed.
E. Application of Asphalt Emulsion:
Asphalt emulsion shall be applied by means of a pressure type distributor in a uniform,
continuous spread over the section to be treated. The distributor shall be moving
forward at the proper speed when the liquid is discharged onto the pavement to provide
an even and consistent application at the rate prescribed. If any areas are deficient the
operation shall be stopped and corrected immediately. The liquid shall not be applied
temperature is below 75 degrees.
F. Scrubbing
Immediately following application, the asphalt emulsion shall be scrubbed into the
existing pavement surface with a scrub broom conforming to Section III-B. Scrubbing
shall fill cracks and voids, force the emulsion into the existing pavement surface, and
distribute the emulsion uniformly over the roadway cross section.
57
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
G. Termination
Application of the emulsion shall be terminated on building paper or other similar
material approved by the Engineer, spread over the entire application width. Bu9lding
paper shall also be placed over the treated surface for a sufficient length at the
beginning of a spread to avoid spraying existing pavement or previously placed
screenings, and so that the nozzles are spreading properly when the uncovered surface
is reached. The building paper shall then be removed and disposed of in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer.
H. Application of cover Aggregate:
Screenings shall be uniformly spread by the aggregate spreader immediately following
the scrubbing. The spreading rate shall e from 18 to 30 pounds per square yard. The
initial rate of spreading shall be 24 pounds per square yard. The Contractor may
propose a different initial rate. The Contractor shall spread screenings on a 100-foot
test strip as requested by the Engineer to verify and determine the initial rate of
spreading. The spreading rate shall be adjusted up or down so that no bleeding occurs
during rolling. The initial rate of spreading, and any adjustments thereto during
spreading, shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.
The joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line
between designated traffic lanes.
Operating the chip spreader at speeds which causes the chips to roll after striking the
emulsion covered surface will not be permitted.
The transverse termination of screenings shall be complete and any excess screenings
shall be removed from the surface prior to resuming operations.
Stockpiling of screenings prior to placing will be permitted where space allows,
however, any contamination resulting during storage or from reloading operations will
be cause for rejection.
Screenings shall be surface damp at the time of application, but excess water on the
aggregate surface will not be permitted. Screenings shall be re-dampened in the haul
trucks prior to delivery to the chip spreader when so directed by the Engineer.
The scrubbed pavement surface shall be covered with screenings before setting or
After the screenings have been spread, piles, ridges, or uneven distribution shall be
carefully removed to ensure against permanent ridges, bumps or depressions in the
completed surface. Additional screenings shall be spread in whatever quantities may
be required to prevent picking up by the rollers or traffic.
I. Rolling:
Initial rolling shall begin immediately behind the chip spreader and shall consist of one
pass completely covering the screenings applied. Asphalt emulsion and screenings
shall not be spread more than 2,500 feet ahead of completion of initial rolling
operations.
58
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Secondary rolling shall begin immediately after completion of the initial rolling. The
amount of secondary rolling shall be that necessary to seat the screenings and in no
case shall be less than 2 passes.
J. Sweeping:
After rolling of the application of cover aggregate, lightly broom the loose aggregate in a
manner not to dislodge the aggregate embedded in the liquid. Sweep loose material
from road bed.
VI. Finishing:
A. Flush Coat
Flush Coat shall consist of an application of a fog seal coat followed by a sand cover to
the surface of the scrub seal coat.
Flush coat shall be applied at the discretion of the Engineer, immediately after initial
sweeping and removal of excess screenings and prior to opening the lane to
uncontrolled (not controlled with pilot cars) traffic.
B. Fog Seal
Fog seal coat shall not be applied when the atmospheric temperature is below 40°F.
When surface treatment has set, a fog seal is to be applied at a rate of 0.03 to 0.06
gallons per square yard to the entire surface treatment. The liquid for fog seal shall be a
cationic mixing type emulsion diluted forty (40%) percent with water.
C. Sand Cover
Sand cover shall be applied immediately following application of the fog seal coat. Sand
shall be spread by a chip spreader at a rate of 1 to 2 pounds per square yard. The
exact rate will be determined by the Engineer. Spreading shall not vary more than 5
percent from the exact application rate.
D. Maintenance
Scrub seal coated surfaces shall be maintained, including the traffic control required for
maintenance operations, for a period of 4 consecutive calendar days, beginning on the
day screenings are applied to the asphalt emulsion. Maintenance shall include
sweeping and distribution of screenings over the surface to absorb any free emulsion, to
cover any area deficient in cover material and to prevent formation of corrugations.
Clean sand may be used in lieu of screenings to cover any excess emulsion which
comes to the surface. The use of roadside material for this purpose will not be
permitted.
The surface shall be swept as often as necessary during the 4-day maintenance period
to maintain the surface free of loose screenings. At the end of the fourth day, any
excess screenings shall be removed from the paved area.
59
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
VII. Method of Measurement
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Scrub Seal, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form,
shall be included in this item. Should the contractor be directed to place Fog Seal as a
secondary application to the Scrub Seal, it shall be measured separately as listed in the
Technical Specification for Fog Seal
VIII. Basis of Payment
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Scrub Seal, including all
items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary
for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications, except that at the direction
of the county, Fog Seal shall be applied and paid separately as listed in the Technical
Specification for Fog Seal.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Scrub Seal Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-006
60
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-007 COLD-IN-PLACE RECYCLING (CIP)
I.Description
The work specified in this Technical Provision consists of the in-place construction of a Cold
Recycled Bituminous Base Course, using either reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material
and/or reclaimed aggregate material (RAM), combined with virgin aggregates and/or
bituminous material. It is the intent of this contract to recycle 100% of the existing asphalt
pavement to ensure that the completed recycled base course will be of a consistent material
and thickness throughout, including, but not limited to, all existing asphalt pavement adjacent
to all concrete curbing, storm sewer inlets, manholes, sanitary sewer manholes, and all utility
valve boxes. The existing asphalt pavement in the above-described locations must be
included in the recycling process in order to construct a bituminous base course with a uniform
thickness throughout 100% of the proposed area. The intent of this contract is to utilize the
specified process which is clearly defined within this specification. Therefore Full Depth
Reclamation or any variation of Full Depth Reclamation will not be accepted.
II. Materials:
A. Btqibmu!Fnvmtjpo!
The type of asphalt emulsion to be used shall be determined by the mixture design.
Bituminous material shall conform to the applicable requirements of the dvssfou!GEPU!
Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!:27. At the request
of the county, a representative from the asphalt emulsion supplier shall be available at
the job site to monitor the characteristics and performance of the asphalt emulsion.
Throughout the job, the representative will monitor the project and make adjustments to
the asphalt emulsion formulation as required.
B. Dpme!Qvmwfsj{fe!Nbufsjbm!
The cold pulverized recycled asphalt pavement (hereinafter referred to as RAP) material
shall meet the following gradation requirement prior to the addition of the asphalt
emulsion.
TUBOEBSE!NFUSJD!
Sieve %PassinSieve %Passi
Size g Sizng
e
95 51 mm 95
C. Qpsumboe!Dfnfou!!
Portland Cement shall be type I or II and conform to the latest standard requirements f
ASTM C150 and AASHTO M85, for the type specified.
III. Mixture Design:
A mix design(s) conducted by an independent, AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory
(AMRL) accredited laboratory using materials obtained directly from the project site,
conforming to the requirements of this Technical Specification shall be submitted to the County
at the Pre-Construction Conference. Based on RAP consistency throughout project limits,
more than one mix design may be required. A traffic control plan may be required in
accordance with TP-102 for collecting materials. Mix design formulations shall be conducted
in accordance with the following guidelines:
61
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
A. Njy!Eftjho!Qspdfevsft!!
1. Sampling and Processing - Prior to materials sampling in the roadway, obtain
approval from the County. A traffic control plan may be required in accordance with TP-
102 for co
be recycled. If cores show significant differences in various areas, such as different
type or thickness of layers between cores, then separate mix designs shall be
performed for each of these pavement segments. It is recommended that a minimum of
taken where visual differences in the pavement are noticed. Immediately patch all core
holes neatly with asphalt cold patch. Cores shall be cut in the laboratory to the depth
specified for the CIR project. Cores shall be crushed in the laboratory.
The mix design shall be performed on this crushed sample. Gradation of the sample
after crushing shall be determined by ASTM C117 and C136 (dried at no greater than
40°C). Samples shall be prepared with a sample splitter. An alternative method is to
dry, screen and recombine the sample in the laboratory to target gradation.
2. Mixing - Calculate the amount of RAP required to produce a 61.0 mm to 66.0
mm (2.4 to 2.6 inch) tall specimen by determining the maximum specific gravity of the
RAP in accordance with ASTM D2041.
Number of specimens: 4 per emulsion content for a total of 4 for long-term stability and
4 for moisture testing for the 3 emulsion contents. Two specimens are required for Rice
specific gravity; test at the highest emulsion content in the design and back calculate for
the lower emulsion contents.
Recommended emulsion contents: 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, 3.5%. Choose three emulsion
contents that bracket the estimated recommended emulsion content.
Add moisture that is expected to be added at the milling head, typically 1.5 to 2.5
percent.
If any additives are in the mixture, introduce the additives in a similar manner that they
will be added during field production.
Mixing of test specimens shall be performed with a mechanical bucket mixer. Mix the
CIR RAP millings thoroughly with water first, then mix with emulsion. Mixing shall occur
at ambient temperature. One specimen shall be mixed at a time. Mixing time with
emulsion should not exceed 60 seconds.
3. Compaction - Specimens shall be compacted immediately after mixing. Place
paper disks on the top and bottom of the specimen before compaction. Specimens
shall be compacted with a Superpave gyratory compactor (SGC) in a 100 mm mold at
1.25° angle, 600 kPa ram pressure, and 30 gyrations. The mold shall not be heated.
4. Curing after compaction - Extrude specimens from molds immediately after
compaction. Carefully remove paper disks.
62
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Place specimens in 60°C forced draft oven with ventilation on sides and top. Place
each specimen in a small container to account for material loss from the specimens.
Care should be taken not to over-dry the specimens. Cure compacted specimens to
constant weight but no more than 48 hours and no less than 16 hours. Constant weight
is defined here as 0.05% change in weight in 2 hours. After curing, cool specimens at
ambient temperature a minimum of 12 hours and a maximum of 24 hours.
5. Measurements - Determine bulk specific gravity (density) of each compacted
(cured and cooled) specimen according to ASTM D2726.
Determine specimen heights according to ASTM D3549 or equivalent. Alternatively, the
height can be obtained from the SGC readout.
Determine Rice (maximum theoretical) specific gravity, ASTM D2041, except as noted
in Item 4 of this procedure, and do not break any agglomerates which will not easily
reduce with a flexible spatula. Perform the supplemental dry-back procedure to adjust
for uncoated particles.
Determine percent air voids in accordance with ASTM D3203 for each design emulsion
content.
Determine corrected Marshall Stability by ASTM D1559 at 40°C after 2 hour
temperature conditioning in a forced draft oven.
6. Moisture Susceptibility - Perform same conditioning and volumetric
measurements on moisture-conditioned specimens as on other specimens. Vacuum
saturate to 55 to 75 percent, soak in a 25°C water bath for 23 hours, followed by a one
hour soak at 40°C. Determine corrected Marshall Stability. The average moisture
conditioned specimen strength divided by the average dry specimen strength is referred
to as retained stability.
7. Emulsion Content Selection - The properties of the specimens at design
emulsion content shall meet the properties in Table 1.
8. Report - The report shall contain the following minimum information: Gradation
of RAP; amount and gradation of virgin aggregate or additional RAP, if any;
recommended water content range as a percentage of dry RAP; optimum emulsion
content as a percentage of dry RAP and corresponding density; air void percentage;
absorbed water percentage; Marshall Stability and Retained Stability at design moisture
and emulsion contents; Raveling percentage; and Thermal Cracking initiation
temperature. Include the mix design emulsion designation, supplier name, plant
location, and emulsion testing results detailed in Ubcmf!5.
The mix design(s) shall meet the Mix Design Performance Criteria of Ubcmf!2 and be
approved by the County prior to construction.
9. Other Additives:
If necessary, additives may be used to meet the requirements in Table 1. In the case
that an additive is used, the type and allowable usage percentage must be described in
the submitted design recommendation.
63
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
10. Addition of Imported Crushed Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) material:
If available, imported RAP material may be added at the discretion of the County
Engineer if the RAP material meets the requirements in Ubcmf!3. The crushed RAP shall
be free from vegetation and all other deleterious materials, including silt and clay balls.
It shall meet the requirements for Deleterious Materials given in Ubcmf!3. The crushed
RAP shall not exceed the maximum size requirement in this Technical Specification and
when blended with the design millings, shall produce a product which meets the
specifications given in Ubcmf!2.
Ubcmf!2!!Njy!Eftjho!Qfsgpsnbodf!Dsjufsjb!
211!nn!tqfdjnfot!tibmm!cf!qsfqbsfe!jo!b!Tvqfsqbwf!Hzsbupsz!dpnqbdups/!!Uif!njyuvsf!
tipvme!nffu!uif!gpmmpxjoh!dsjufsjb!bu!uif!tfmfdufe!eftjho!btqibmu!fnvmtjpo!dpoufou;!
Qspqfsuz!Dsjufsjb!Qvsqptf!
Compaction effort, Superpave Gyratory Compactor 1.25° angle, 600 Density Indicator
AASHTO T312 kPa stress,
30 gyrations
Density, ASTM D2726 or equivalent Report Compaction
Indicator
Gradation for Design Millings, ASTM C117 Report
*Marshall stability, ASTM D6926, D6927, 40°C Optimum Stability Indicator
Strength
**Resistance of Compacted Bituminous Mixture to 70 % min. Ability to withstand
Moisture Induced Damage AASHTO T283 -Retained moisture damage
stability based on cured stability
+!Dvsfe!tubcjmjuz!uftufe!po!dpnqbdufe!tqfdjnfot!bgufs!71±D!)251±G*!dvsjoh!up!dpotubou!xfjhiu/!!
++Wbdvvn!tbuvsbujpo!pg!66!up!86!qfsdfou-!xbufs!cbui!36±D!34!ipvst-!mbtu!ipvs!bu!51±D!xbufs!
cbui!
Ubcmf!3!.!Jnqpsufe!Dsvtife!SBQ!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
Deleterious Materials: Clay Lumps and Friable ASTM C 142 or 0.2% maximum
Particles in Aggregate, % AASHTO T112
Maximum size and Distribution ASTM C 136 or
AASHTO T 27 seive
11. Additional Aggregate:
Based on the results of mix design testing or other requirements, the CIR contractor
shall determine if additional aggregate is required to comply with mix design
performance criteria specified in Ubcmf!2. Any additional aggregate shall meet the
criteria specified in Ubcmf!4, and it shall be graded to produce a pavement layer which
meets the mix design performance criteria specified in Ubcmf!2/
Ubcmf!4!.!Beejujpobm!Bhhsfhbuf!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
Los Angeles abrasion value, % loss AASHTO T96 40% maximum
Sand Equivalent,% ASTM D2419 60% minimum
Maximum size and Distribution ASTM C 136 or Section 334-2.2
AASHTO T 27
Water absorption % AASHTO T 85 5%_ max.imum
64
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
IV. Equipment:
Maintain all equipment in a satisfactory operating condition and in accordance with the 3121!
GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!211.3/!The Cold In-
Place Recycling shall be conducted with the equipment specified herein.
A. Njmmjoh!Nbdijof;!
A self-propelled, down-cutting, lateral/horizontal mixing, cold milling machine capable of
pulverizing the existing asphalt (and base material as needed) in a single pass to the
depth shown on the plans will be required. The machine shall have automatic depth
controls to maintain the cutting depth to within ¼ in (6 mm) of that shown on the plans,
and shall have a positive means for controlling cross slope elevations. A 30 foot non-
contact averaging beam must be used on the mill. The use of a heating device to
soften the pavement will not be permitted. Up-cutting machines shall not be permitted.
Machines that only provide vertical mixing will not be permitted.
The milling machine must be equipped with a liquid metering device capable of
adjusting the flow of asphalt emulsion to compensate for any variation in the speed of
the machine. The metering device shall deliver the amount of asphalt emulsion to
within 0.2 percent of the required design amount by weight of pulverized bituminous
material (for example, if the design requires 3.0 percent, the metering device shall
maintain the emulsion amount between 2.8 percent and 3.2 percent). The asphalt
emulsion pump should be of sufficient capacity to allow emulsion contents up to 3.5%
by weight of pulverized bituminous material. Also, automatic digital readings will be
displayed for both the flow rate and total amount of pulverized bituminous material and
asphalt emulsion in appropriate units of weight and time.
B. Cjuvnjopvt!Qbwfs;!
A self-propelled conventional bituminous paver having electronic grade and cross slope
control for the screed shall be utilized. The equipment shall be of sufficient size and
power to spread and lay the mixture in one smooth continuous pass to the specified
section and according to the plans. A 30 foot non-contact averaging beam must be
used on the bituminous paver. To reduce material segregation, the bituminous paver
must utilize a hopper insert.
C. Spmmfst;!
All rollers shall be self-propelled. The number, weight and types of rollers shall be as
necessary to obtain the required compaction. At least one pneumatic-tired roller shall
have a minimum gross operating weight of not less than 50,000 lbs. (22,600 kg).
Pneumatic rollers must have properly working scrapers and water spraying systems. At
least one double drum vibratory steel-wheeled roller shall have a gross operating weight
of not less than 20,000 lbs. (9,000 kg) and a width of 78 inches (1980 mm). Double
drum vibratory rollers must have properly working scrapers and water spraying systems.
V. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five CIR project references that have been completed within the past three years.
Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding the staff that they propose
for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of this specification
65
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
at the tim
VI. Construction:
A. Xfbuifs!Mjnjubujpot!!
Cold In-Place recycling operations shall be completed when the atmospheric
temperature measured in the shade and away from artificial heat is 500 F (10°C) and
rising. Also, the weather shall not be foggy or rainy. The weather forecast shall not call
for freezing temperature within 48 hours after placement of any portion of the project.
B. Sfnpwbm!pg!Wfhfubujpo;!
Grass, vegetation and other deleterious material shall be removed from the edge of the
existing pavement to prevent contamination of the pulverized bituminous material during
the milling operation.
C. Njmmjoh;!
The existing pavement shall be milled to the required depth and width as indicated on
the plans. Recycling shall be in a manner that does not disturb the underlying material
in the existing roadway. The milling operation shall be conducted so that the amount of
fines occurring along the vertical faces of the cut will not prevent bonding of the cold
recycled materials. Use a small milling machine, if necessary, to mill longitudinally to
the required depth as indicated on the plans along all curbs and gutters, radius returns,
utilities, inlets, around all manholes and any other structures not accessible or practical
to be milled by the milling/mixing machine utilities. The millings produced by the small
mill will be the same as the large mill and of equal gradation to produce a uniform
recycled pavement layer. Inlets/Catch Basins must be covered during the milling and
recycling operation to prevent milled material from entering the catch basin area where
it could contaminate and/or block the storm water system.
D. Qspdfttjoh;!
When a paving fabric is encountered during the CIR operation, the Contractor shall
make the necessary adjustments in equipment or operations so that at least ninety
2
percent (90%) of the shredded fabric in the recycled material is no more that 5 in (3200
2
mm). Additionally, no fabric piece shall have any dimension exceeding a length of 4
inches (100 mm). These changes may include, but not be limited to, adjusting the
milling rate and adding or removing screens in order to obtain a specification recycled
material. The Contractor shall be required to waste material containing over-sized
pieces of paving fabric as directed by the Engineer.
E. Tqsfbejoh;!
The material shall be spread using a self-propelled paver meeting the requirements
under 3121!GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!
431.6/ Heating of the paver screed will not be permitted. The recycled material shall be
spread in one continuous pass, without segregation and to the lines and grades
established by the Engineer.
66
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
F. Dpnqbdujpo;!
Compaction of the recycled mix shall be completed using rollers meeting the
requirements of the 3121!GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!
Dpotusvdujpo!Tfdujpo!441.21. During initial construction, rolling patterns and sequences
shall be established through the construction of a control strip produced with the CIR
equipment and within the pavement section, to determine the target wet density, using a
nuclear moisture-density gauge in accordance with ASTM D2950, backscatter
measurement mode. In all cases, the longitudinal joint must first be rolled followed by
the rolling pattern established by the test strip. The initial pass for the rolling pattern
established by the test strip should begin on the low side and progress to the high side
by overlapping of longitudinal passes parallel to the pavement centerline. Initial rolling
should not begin until the emulsion has started to break. Rollers shall be operated at
speeds appropriate for the type of roller and necessary to obtain the required degree of
compaction and prevent defects in the mat. Rolling shall be continued until no
displacement is occurring or until the pneumatic roller(s) is (are) walking out of the
mixture. Final rolling to eliminate pneumatic tire marks and to achieve density shall be
done by double drum steel roller(s), either operating in a static or vibratory mode.
Vibratory mode should only be operated at a speed, frequency and amplitude shown
not to damage the pavement. The selected rolling pattern shall be followed unless
changes in the recycled mix or placement conditions occur and the established rolling
pattern is causing damage to the mat or the required degree of compaction is
unachievable. These circumstances require the establishment of new rolling patterns
and sequences through the construction of a control strip produced with the CIR
equipment and within the pavement section. Rolling shall start no more than 30 minutes
behind the paver. Finish rolling shall be completed no more than one hour after milling
is completed. When possible, rolling shall not be started or stopped on uncompacted
material but with rolling patterns established so that they begin or end on previously
compacted material or the existing pavement.
G. Sfuvso!pg!Usbggjd;!
After the completion of compaction of the recycled pavement layer, no traffic shall be
permitted on the completed recycled material for at least one (1) hour. After one hour
rolling traffic may be permitted on the recycled material. This time may be adjusted by
the contractor to allow establishment of sufficient cure so traffic will not initiate raveling.
After opening to traffic, the surface of the recycled pavement layer shall be maintained
in a condition suitable for the safe movement of traffic.
H. Qspufdujpo!boe!Ebnbhf;!
Protect the recycled pavement layer in accordance with the!3121!GEPU!Tuboebse!
Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!441.24. Prime and sand the
recycled pavement layer prior to opening the roadway to traffic. Any damage to the
completed Cold In Place Recycled bituminous material shall be repaired by the
contractor prior to the placement of the hot mix asphalt concrete surface course, or
other applicable surface treatment, and as directed by the Engineer.
I. Gjojtife!Sfdzdmfe!Qbwfnfou!Mbzfs!Tnppuioftt;!
The completed cold recycled pavement layer surface shall not vary more than ½ in (12
mm) from the lower edge of a 10-foot (3-meter) straight edge placed on the surface
parallel and transversely to the centerline at locations selected by the County.
67
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Irregularities exceeding the specified limit shall be corrected at the expense of the
contractor by grinding/cold milling or leveling with cold or hot mix asphalt. The corrected
areas shall be retested to determine compliance with smoothness.
VII. Quality Control
A. Dpousbdups!Sftqpotjcjmjuz;!
The contractor shall be responsible for providing field and laboratory quality control
testing of materials during construction. The County or its subconsultant may conduct
sampling and testing whenever or as often as desired for verification purposes. The
contractor shall acquire an adequate amount of material for each sample to be tested in
the laboratory so that an ample amount of material is left over in case of the need for
resolution testing. Resolution testing will be required and provided at the expense of the
contractor if similar laboratory samples tested by the contractor and the County do not
coincide within reasonable values as determined by the County. The resolution
laboratory will be selected by the County and the testing results provided by this lab will
be used for materials acceptance purposes. All materials testing laboratories shall be
accredited by the AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL) or Construction
Materials Engineering Council (CMEC). The contractor shall submit all documentation of
field inspection and laboratory testing results required herein to the County Engineer
prior to payment and upon request. Copies of all delivery tickets and notes regarding
any materials brought to the project site shall be given to the County upon delivery to
the project site. These tickets shall be signed by an approved representative of the
Contractor at the time of delivery.
B. Dsvtife!SBQ!Nbufsjbm!Tj{joh;!
A sample shall be obtained from the receiving hopper of the paver each ½ mile or as
specified by engineer (0.8 km) and screened using a 2 in. (51mm) sieve (or smaller
sieve if required) to determine maximum particle size requirement compliance. The
resulting gradations shall be compared to the mix design gradations to determine any
necessary changes to emulsion content. Gradation results shall be shared with the
County by the end of the following day. Sampling procedures shall be in accordance
with ASTM D979 or AASHTO T168.
C. Btqibmu!Fnvmtjpo;!
The asphalt emulsion shall be received on the job site within the temperature ranges
specified by the emulsion supplier. The emulsion supplier shall provide testing results
for each shipment indicating the emulsion is in compliance with the criteria specified in
Ubcmf!5. The County Engineer may require the contractor to obtain emulsion samples
control testing if desired. The testing shall meet the following requirements:
Ubcmf!5!!Fnvmtjpo!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
*Residue from distillation, % ASTM D244 64.0 to 66.0 %
*Oil distillate by distillation, % ASTM D244 0.5% maximum
Sieve Test, % ASTM D244 0.1% maximum
**Residue Penetration, 25°C, dmm ASTM D5 -25 to +25%
!
+Npejgjfe!BTUN!E355!qspdfevsf!!ejtujmmbujpo!ufnqfsbuvsf!pg!288±D!xjui!31!njovuf!ipme/!!
!
+Up!cf!efufsnjofe!evsjoh!DJS!eftjho!qibtf!qsjps!up!fnvmtjpo!gpsnvmbujpo!boe!
68
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
nbovgbduvsf!gps!qspkfdu/!!Qfofusbujpo!wbmvf!sbohf!xjmm!cf!efufsnjofe!boe!tvcnjuufe!up!uif!
Dpvouz!Fohjoffs!gps!bqqspwbm!qsjps!up!qspkfdu!tubsu!
D. Btqibmu!Fnvmtjpo!Dpoufou!boe!Zjfme;!
Total emulsion quantity and yield shall be monitored and recorded daily and for each
segment in which the target emulsion percentage is adjusted. This information shall be
gathered from the calibrated emulsion metering device. Emulsion content adjustments
shall be made appropriately when multiple and specific mix designs for different road
segments of varying composition exist.
E. Xbufs!Dpoufou!boe!Zjfme;!
Total water quantity and yield shall be monitored and recorded daily and for each
segment in which the target water percentage is adjusted. This information shall be
gathered from the water metering device. Water content adjustments shall be made
appropriately when multiple and specific mix designs for different road segments of
varying composition exist. Water content adjustments shall also be made based on
mixture consistency, coating, and dispersion of the recycled materials.
F. Njyuvsf!Uftujoh;!
At the discretion of the County Engineer and if the recycled pavement layer quality and
workmanship seem suspect, the contractor may be required to sample, in accordance
with ASTM D3665 and D979, the recycled mixture for determining compliance with
design criteria specified in Ubcmf!2. If samples of the recycled asphalt pavement mixture
are taken after the addition of additives and e emulsion, the specimens must be
compacted within 15 minutes of sampling and tested as required in Ubcmf!2. If the
recycled mixture is sampled prior to the addition of additives and emulsion, the sample
must immediately be transferred to air-tight plastic container to prohibit loss of moisture.
Samples must be mixed in the laboratory with the field additives and emulsion within 24
hours and tested as required in Ubcmf!2.
G. Efqui!pg!Qvmwfsj{bujpo!)Njmmjoh*;!
The depth shall be checked and recorded daily and every 1/8 mile (0.2 km).on both
outside vertical faces of the cut. Measure depth by placing a rigid measuring device
perpendicular to the bottom of the milled surface and near the vertical faces of the cut.
H. Compacted Efotjuz:
Degree of compaction of the recycled pavement layer shall be monitored for compliance
with target wet density established during the initial control strip construction. Wet
density shall be determined every 1/4 mile (0.4 km) using a nuclear moisture-density
gauge in accordance with ASTM D2950, backscatter measurement mode. Ensure that
all nuclear gauges are operated by licensed individuals and have been calibrated within
the last 12 months. The acceptable degree of compaction shall be 96 to 98 percent of
target wet density. Care shall be taken not to over-roll the mat based on visual
observations of check cracking or shoving. A new control strip and target density shall
be established if the consistency of the material being recycled changes. The County
shall be notified prior to the construction of a new control strip.
69
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
I. Dsptt.Tmpqf!boe!Tnppuioftt;!
The recycled pavement layer cross slope shall be checked regularly during spreading.
A minimum 2 % Cross-Slope shall be maintained through the length of the project. The
recycled pavement layer shall be checked for smoothness regularly behind the paver
and after rolling. The smoothness shall not vary more than ½ in (12 mm) from the lower
edge of a 10-foot (3-meter) straight edge placed on the surface parallel and transversely
to the centerline after rolling is completed. The edge of the mat should be rolled first
and progress to the center or high side to prevent excessive edge sloughing.
Ubcmf!6!!Rvbmjuz!Dpouspm!Uftujoh!boe!Jotqfdujpo!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
RAP Maximum Particle Size ASTM C 136 or Section 334-2.2
AASHTO T27
RAP Particle Size Distribution ASTM C 136 or Determined by Mix Design(s)
AASHTO T27
Emulsion and Water Yield Calibrated Determined by Mix Design(s)
Metering Device
*Mixture Testing Table 1 Table 1
**Depth of Milling Section 334-5.7 Determined by Mix Design(s)
Compacted Density ASTM D2950 96 to 98% of target density
Cross-Slope FM 5-509 Minimum 2%
Smoothness FM 5-509 Maximum 0.5 in (12 mm)
deviation from planeness
!
++Efqui!pg!Njmmjoh!nbz!offe!up!cf!bekvtufe!gps!mpdbmj{fe!vofyqfdufe!qbwfnfou!dpoejujpot!
J. Epdvnfoubujpo!
Delivery Tickets - All delivery tickets and notes regarding any materials brought to the
project site to complete this item shall be given to the County upon delivery. Tickets
shall be signed by an approved representative of the Contractor at the time of delivery.
VIII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Cold-In-Place Recycled Bituminous Paving, and not specifically listed
in another item in the Bid Form, shall be included in this item, including but not limited to
Maintenance of Traffic as specified in TP-102.
IX. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. Prices shall be full compensation for the removal and processing of the existing
pavement; for preparing, hauling, and placing all materials; for all freight involved; for all
manipulations, including rolling and prime and sand for all labor, tools, equipment, quality
control testing and incidentals necessary to complete the work. The Unit price includes all
items listed in the contract, including all General Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical
Provisions pertaining to Cold-In-Place Recycled Bituminous Paving, including all items of work
described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary for the
completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
70
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Cold-In-Place Recycled Bituminous Paving Square Yard
Liquid Asphalt Emulsion Gallon
Excavation for Widening or Unsuitable Materials Cubic Yard
Added RAP or Aggregates for Mixing Ton
Cement Ton
END OF SECTION PC-007
71
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-008-A FULL DEPTH RECLAMTION (FDR) WITH PORTLAND CEMENT
I.Description
This work shall consist of the preparation of a stabilized base course composed of a mixture of
the existing bituminous concrete pavement, existing base course material, Portland cement
and other additives. The manufacturing of the stabilized base course shall be done by in-place
pulverizing and blending of the existing pavement and base materials, the introduction of
cement additives, and other additives (if called for in the Mix Design). The process which
results in a stabilized base course, shall be accomplished in accordance with these
specifications and conform to the lines and grades established by the engineer.
Existing asphalt pavement shall be pulverized by a method that does not damage the material
below the plan depth as shown on the appropriate roadway section.
II. Materials:
A. RAP: Materials must meet all requirements specified in the current Florida Department
of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 283-2,
except that 98% of all material is required to pass through a 50 mm (2 inch) sieve.
B. Additional Base Materials: Additional base materials may be needed for adjusting
grade elevations as directed by the engineer, or for widening. When such additional
material is required it shall be among those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as
General Use Optional Base Materials and meet applicable FDOT requirements for such.
C. Portland Cement: Portland Cement shall be type I or II and conform to the latest
standard requirements of ASTM C150 and AASHTO M85, for the type specified.
D. Water: The water for the base course shall be clean and free from sewage, oil, acid,
strong alkalies, or vegetable matter and it shall be in sufficient supply for mixing and
curing. Water of questionable quality shall be tested in accordance with the
requirements of AASHTO T 26.
E. Soil: The soil base to be reclaimed shall be evaluated by a professional geotechnical
engineering laboratory to determine suitability in the stabilization process. The soil shall
be free of roots, sod, weeds, and shall not contain gravel or stone retained on a 1-inch
(25 mm) sieve, or more than 45% retained on a No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve, as determined
by ASTM C 136.
III. Equipment:
A. Road Reclaimer: Shall be originally designed for pavement reclaiming of a size equal to
or larger than a Caterpillar Model RM-350B with comparable specifications including
horsepower and rotor size. The reclaimer shall be capable of pulverizing and mixing
pavement, base materials, and subgrade soil to depth of 16 inches. It shall have the
capability of introducing and metering additives uniformly and accurately and that
positive displacement pumps accurately meter the planned amount of water and cement
material into the mixture. The reclaiming machine shall mix the cement additive
thoroughly with the RAP and soil materials. The pump shall be mechanically or
72
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
electronically interlocked with the ground speed of the machine. The cement metering
system and water metering system shall be capable of continuously monitoring (GPM)
flow, and totaling the quantity of water and cement applied into the mixing chamber.
Additives shall be uniformly distributed and mixed with the pulverized material, any
existing underlying material as specified.
B. Motor Grader: Shall be of sufficient size and horsepower to adequately rough grade the
pulverized base and rough and finish grade the mixed and compacted base. The
equipment shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of maintaining an
accurate grade and cross-slope.
C. Rollers: Shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of compacting the
mix to the requirements of this specification: Vibratory rollers shall be a minimum of 10
tons and capable of rolling in either vibratory or static mode. Three wheel static rollers
shall be a minimum of 11 tons. Pneumatic tire rollers shall have a minimum of 9
oscillating wheels with smooth, low pressure tires (pressure shall be equally matched in
all tires within 5 PSI) and weigh at least 20 tons. Initial compaction shall be
accomplished by either single or dual drum vibratory or three wheel roller static rollers.
D. Cement Delivery Equipment: A calibrated screw-type distributor shall be used with a
curtain to accurately place the amount of cement required by the mix design onto the
roadbed for mixing.
E. Additional equipment: Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations
required by this technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful
completion of projects governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit
costs associated herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight
edge) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Full Depth Reclamation (cement stabilization) project references that have
been completed within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed
information regarding the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of
meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall have the
if found deficient, it shall be the basis for
V. Construction:
A. Layout: The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the
roadway prior to paving. Elevations of the existing road must be referenced at sufficient
intervals to ensure the roadway elevation is not changed in any location after final
surface is placed. Method for layout and line and elevation reference must be approved
by the engineer prior to beginning work. It is imperative that roadway elevations remain
unchanged except cross slope correction or as approved by the engineer.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations: The soil-cement base shall not be mixed or placed
while the atmospheric temperature is below 35 F (2 C) or when conditions indicate that
73
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
the temperature may fall below 35 F (2 C) within 24 hours, or when the weather is foggy
or rainy, or when the soil or sub grade is frozen.
C. Mix Design: Prior to base course construction, a minimum of one (1) core sample must
be taken for every 5,000 square yards of the roadway. Representative samples of the
RAP material, underlying base material and virgin materials, where applicable, shall be
supplied to a nationally accredited laboratory for preliminary testing to determine the
optimum moisture content and proportions of cement needed to produce a finished
base course with a mix design target of 300 PSI and a final in place base compressive
strength of 200 to 400 PSI. Laboratory tests of material to be reclaimed and virgin
materials for use as base shall be performed to determine compliance with 3-day and 7-
day minimum compressive strength requirements of the mixture and the quantity of
cement required in the mix. Test specimens containing various amounts of cement are
to be compacted in accordance with ASTM D558, and the optimum moisture for each
amount of cement is to be determined. Actual application quantities for the Portland
cement will be derived from the mix design. The minimum compressive strength
requirements of the mixture shall be determined by the engineer of record. The mix
design and laboratory testing shall be performed by a geotechnical engineering
laboratory and all reports sealed by a professional engineer.
D. Widening: When the existing base is to be widened, the Contractor shall excavate the
shoulder from the edge of the existing pavement to at least 6 inches beyond the
planned new width of the base prior to pulverization. All costs involved in collecting,
hauling, and disposing of these materials shall be borne by the Contractor.
The bottom of the trench shall be kept free of loose soil and vegetation. Approved base
material (those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed in the excavation uniformly and without loss or contamination.
The Contractor shall correct all areas of irregular grade or deficient thickness and shall
remove and replace material contaminated with soil, organic material, or debris.
After the final pass of the reclaimer, soil shall be drawn up against the widening material to
close the excavation, and the shoulder shall be graded and compacted to produce a
firm, even surface.
E. Additional Material: When additional material is to be added to correct cross slope
deficiencies or change elevation as directed by the engineer, approved base material
(those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed on the roadway prior to final pass for pulverization and mixed
uniformly with the existing material.
F. Pulverization: The existing pavement and base material shall be pulverized and
blended to the depth required so the entire mass of material shall be uniformly graded
to the following gradation:
SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING
98 - 100
1- 95
74
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Material gradation may vary due to local aggregates and conditions. Multiple passes of
the reclaimer may be necessary to achieve the required gradation.
The cement and water shall be introduced into the mix through the reclaimer uniformly
and accurately and metered such that areas are of equal consistency and moisture
content. Alternately, the cement may be introduced by means of a spreader bar with
curtain on the cement distributor. Cement shall not be introduced by means of a
spreader bar or hose from the cement delivery tanker. The reclaimed material, cement
and water shall be combined in place to meet the requirements specified in such
proportions that the reclaimed mixture is of acceptable composition and stability. Before
the start and at the end of each
must be permitted access to the mixing equipment in order to read the meter to verify
as necessary to the recommended mix design under the guidance of a knowledgeable
and competent technician to obtain a satisfactory reclaimed mixture of consistent
composition and stability throughout the Project.
After the material has been processed, it shall be compacted to the lines, grades, and
depth required. Water may be applied to ensure optimum moisture content at the time
of mixing and compaction.
G. Compaction: Commence rolling with self-propelled rollers as required by this technical
provision at the low side of the course, except leave 3 to 6 inches from any unsupported
edge or edges unrolled initially to prevent distortion. Density readings shall be taken by
A control strip of not less than 500 feet shall be constructed to develop proper
rolling/compaction patterns and methods to obtain desired density. Whenever there is a
change in the reclaimed material or compaction method, equipment or unacceptable
results occur, a new control strip shall be constructed, tested and analyzed.
Rollers shall move at a uniform speed that shall not exceed 8 km/hour (5 miles/hour).
For static rollers, the drive drum normally shall be in the forward position or nearest to
the paver. Vibratory rollers shall be operated at the speed, frequency and amplitude
required to obtain the required density and prevent defects in the mat.
The number, weight and type of rollers furnished shall be sufficient to obtain the
required compaction of the reclaimed material. The field density of the compacted
mixture shall be at least 95 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens
prepared from samples of the cement-treated base material taken from the material in
place. The specimens shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM D 558. The in-
place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2922.
Any pavement shoving or other unacceptable displacement shall be corrected. The
cause of the displacement shall be determined and corrective action taken immediately
and before continuing rolling. Care shall be exercised in rolling the edges of the
reclaimed mixture so the line and grade of the edge are maintained.
75
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
At the end of each day's production, a transverse construction joint shall be formed by a
header or by cutting back into the compacted material to form a true vertical face free of
loose material. The protection provided for construction joints shall permit the placing,
spreading, and compacting of base material without injury to the work previously laid.
Where it is necessary to operate or turn any equipment on the completed base course,
sufficient protection and cover shall be provided to prevent damage to the finished
surface. A supply of mats or wooden planks shall be maintained and used as approved
and directed by the Engineer.
H. Finishing: Finishing operations shall be completed and the base course shall conform
to the required lines, grades, and cross section. If necessary, the surface shall be lightly
scarified to eliminate any imprints made by the compacting or shaping equipment. The
surface shall then be recompacted to the required density. Correct all irregularities
I. Protection and Curing: After the base course has been finished as specified herein, it
shall be protected against drying for a period of 5 to 7 days by the application of a prime
coat as specified in FDOT Standard Specifications section 300 at a rate of not less than
0.15 gal/sy. The curing method shall begin as soon as possible, but no later than 24
hours after the completion of finishing operations. The finished base course shall be
kept moist continuously until the curing material is placed.
At the time the prime coat is applied, the surface shall be dense, free of all loose and
extraneous material, and shall contain sufficient moisture to prevent penetration of the
bituminous material. Water shall be applied in sufficient quantity to fill the surface voids
immediately before the bituminous curing material.
The curing material shall be maintained and re-applied as needed by the Contractor
during the 7-day protection period so that all of the soil-cement will be covered
effectively during this period. Finished portions of soil-cement that are used by
equipment in constructing an adjoining section shall be protected to prevent equipment
from marring or damaging the completed work.
When the air temperature may be expected to reach the freezing point, sufficient
protection from freezing shall be given the soil-cement for 7 days after its construction
and until it has hardened.
J. Thickness: The average thickness of the base constructed during one day shall be
within 1/2 inch (12 mm) of the thickness required, except that the thickness of any one
point may be within 3/4 inch (19 mm) of that required. Where the average thickness
shown by the measurements made in one day's construction is not within the tolerance
given, the Engineer shall evaluate the area and determine if, in his/her opinion, it shall
be reconstructed at the Contractor's expense or the deficiency deducted from the total
material in place.
76
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
VI. Sampling and Testing:
Control Testing for Full Depth Reclamation Field Sampling and Testing
Type of Test Method Frequency Size and Location
Each 3000 SY (not
RAP and Soil Cement Base 20 lb min sampled
ASTM D-136 less than once per
Gradation from hopper
day)
Moisture Density Each 1000 SY (not
33 lb min sampled
Relationship of Soil Cement ASTM D-558 less than once per
from pulverized base
Mixtures day)
Compressive Strength of Each 3000 SY (not 33 lb min sampled
Molded Soil Cement ASTM D-1633 less than once per from pulverized and
Cylinders day) mixed base
Each 250 SY (not Random locations
In-place Field Density ASTM D-2922 less than once per after spreading and
day) compacting
The depth of Reclaimed Bituminous Base Course shall be determined by measuring
uncompacted reclaimed material immediately behind the screed in conjunction with measuring
the milling depth prior to placement of reclaimed material. One depth measurement for each
250 square yards of completed base course shall be made. Any section deficient by 0.5 in (12
mm) or more from the specified depth shall be removed and satisfactorily replaced by the
contractor at no additional cost. At the
the finished product to further ensure base thickness meets requirements.
All delivery tickets and notes regarding any materials brought to the project site to complete
this Contract must be given to the Engineer/Inspector upon delivery to the project site.
Additional sampling and testing may be required if major changes in RAP characteristics are
observed, such as a much coarser or finer gradation or a noticeable difference in asphalt
content, or when considerable variability is occurring in the field test results.
VII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Full Depth Reclamation with Cement, and not specifically listed in
another item in the Bid Form, shall be included in the SY Price for Pulverization including but
not limited to shaping, compacting, finish grading, prime coat, sanding prime coat... Cost for
introduction of cement into the mixture shall be included in the per TN cost for Cement. Cost
for excavation for widening will be included in the CY Price for Excavation. Cost for additional
materials needed for widening or adjustment of grade as directed by the engineer shall be
included in the CY Price for General Use Optional Base Material.
VIII. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit prices include all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Full Depth Reclamation
with Cement, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be
77
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
provided for any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the
specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Full Depth Reclamation (Pulverization) Square Yard
Cement Ton
Excavation for Widening or Unsuitable Materials Cubic Yard
General Use Option Base Material Cubic Yard
END OF SECTION PC-008-3
78
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-008-B FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION WITH ASHPALT EMULSION
I.Description
This work shall consist of the preparation of a stabilized base course composed of a mixture of
the existing bituminous concrete pavement, existing base course material and emulsified
asphalt and other additives. The manufacturing of the stabilized base course shall be done by
in-place pulverizing and blending of the existing pavement and base materials, and the
introduction of asphalt emulsion and additives if called for in the Special Conditions or design
mix formula. The process which results in a stabilized base course shall be accomplished in
accordance with these specifications and conform to the lines and grades established by the
engineer.
Existing asphalt pavement shall be pulverized by a method that does not damage the material
below the plan depth as shown on the appropriate roadway section.
II. Materials:
A. RAP: Materials must meet all requirements specified in the 2015 Florida Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 283-2, except
that 98% of all material is required to pass through a 50 mm (2 inch) sieve.
B. Additional Base Materials: Additional base materials may be needed for adjusting
grade elevations as directed by the engineer, or for widening. When such additional
material is required it shall be among those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as
General Use Optional Base Materials and meet applicable FDOT requirements for such.
C. Asphalt Emulsion: When asphalt emulsion treatment is specified, asphalt emulsion,
type CSS-1h or CMS-2h mod., meeting the requirements of ASTM D2397-98, shall be
utilized.
D. Portland Cement: When a blend of asphalt emulsion and Portland cement is specified
the Portland cement shall be type I or II and conform to the latest standard requirements
of ASTM C150 and AASHTO M85. If cement is added with emulsion no more than 4%
shall be used on the project.
E. Water: The water for the base course compaction and foaming additive shall be clean
and free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, or vegetable matter and it shall be in
sufficient supply for mixing and curing. Water of questionable quality shall be tested in
accordance with the requirements of AASHTO T 26.
F. Soil: The soil base to be reclaimed shall be evaluated by a professional geotechnical
engineering laboratory to determine suitability in the stabilization process. The soil shall
be free of roots, sod, weeds, and shall not contain gravel or stone retained on a 1-inch
(25 mm) sieve, or more than 45% retained on a No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve, as determined
by ASTM C 136.
III. Equipment:
A. Road Reclaimer: Shall be originally designed for pavement reclaiming of a size equal
to or larger than a Caterpillar Model RM-350B with comparable specifications including
79
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
horsepower and rotor size. The reclaimer shall be capable of pulverizing and mixing
pavement, base materials, and subgrade soil to depth of 16 inches. It shall have the
capability of introducing and metering additives uniformly and accurately and that
positive displacement pumps accurately meter the planned amount of asphalt emulsion
into the mixture. The reclaiming machine shall mix the emulsified asphalt additive
thoroughly with the RAP and soil materials. The pump shall be mechanically or
electronically interlocked with the ground speed of the machine. The asphalt metering
system and water metering system shall be capable of continuously monitoring (GPM)
flow, and totaling the quantity of water and asphalt applied into the mixing chamber.
Additives shall be uniformly distributed and mixed with the pulverized material, any
existing underlying material as specified.
B. Motor Grader: Shall be of sufficient size and horsepower to adequately rough grade
the pulverized base and rough and finish grade the mixed and compacted base. The
equipment shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of maintaining an
accurate grade and cross-slope.
C. Rollers: Shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of compacting the
mix to the requirements of this specification: Vibratory rollers shall be a minimum of 10
tons and capable of rolling in either vibratory or static mode. Three wheel static rollers
shall be a minimum of 11 tons. Pneumatic tire rollers shall have a minimum of 9
oscillating wheels with smooth, low pressure tires (pressure shall be equally matched in
all tires within 5 PSI) and weigh at least 20 tons. Initial compaction shall be
accomplished by either single or dual drum vibratory or three wheel roller static rollers.
D. Additional equipment: Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations
required by this technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful
completion of projects governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit
costs associated herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight
edge) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
E. Cement Delivery Equipment: A calibrated screw-type distributor shall be used with a
curtain to accurately place the amount of cement required by the mix design onto the
roadbed for mixing.
IV. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Full Depth Reclamation (with emulsion stabilization) project references that
have been completed within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed
information regarding the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of
meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall have the
V. Construction:
A. Layout: The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the
roadway prior to paving. Elevations of the existing road must be referenced at sufficient
intervals to ensure the roadway elevation is not changed in any location after final
80
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
surface is placed. Method for layout and line and elevation reference must be approved
by the engineer prior to beginning work. It is imperative that roadway elevations remain
unchanged except cross slope correction or as approved by the Engineer.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations: The base shall not be mixed or placed while the
atmospheric temperature is below 35 F (2 C) or when conditions indicate that the
temperature may fall below 35 F (2 C) within 24 hours, or when the weather is foggy or
rainy, or when the soil or sub grade is frozen. A high ambient temperature (> 32ºC,
cutting machine.
A. Mix Design: Prior to base course construction, a minimum of one (1) core sample must
be taken for every 5,000 square yards of the roadway. Representative samples of the
RAP material, underlying base material and virgin materials, where applicable, shall be
supplied to a nationally accredited laboratory for preliminary testing to determine the
optimum moisture content and proportions of asphalt emulsion or foamed asphalt
needed to produce a finished base course with a mix design target of 300 PSI and a
final in place base compressive strength of 200 to 400 PSI. Laboratory tests of material
to be reclaimed and virgin materials for use as base shall be performed to determine
compliance with 3-day and 7-day minimum compressive strength requirements of the
mixture and the quantity of asphalt emulsion or foamed asphalt required in the mix.
Test specimens containing various amounts of asphalt emulsion or foamed asphalt are
to be compacted in accordance with ASTM D558, and the optimum moisture for each
amount of either is to be determined. Actual application quantities for the additives will
be derived from the mix design. The minimum compressive strength requirements of the
mixture shall be determined by the engineer. The mix design and laboratory testing
shall be performed by a geotechnical engineering laboratory and all reports sealed by a
professional engineer.
81
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
B. Widening: When the existing base is to be widened, the Contractor shall excavate the
shoulder from the edge of the existing pavement to at least 6 inches beyond the
planned new width of the base prior to pulverization. All costs involved in collecting,
hauling, and disposing of these materials shall be borne by the Contractor.
The bottom of the trench shall be kept free of loose soil and vegetation. Approved base
material (those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed in the excavation uniformly and without loss or contamination.
The Contractor shall correct all areas of irregular grade or deficient thickness and shall
remove and replace material contaminated with soil, organic material, or debris.
After the final pass of the reclaimer, soil shall be drawn up against the widening material
to close the excavation, and the shoulder shall be graded and compacted to produce a
firm, even surface.
C. Additional Material: When additional material is to be added to correct cross slope
deficiencies or change elevation as directed by the engineer, approved base material
(those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed on the roadway prior to final pass for pulverization and mixed
uniformly with the existing material.
D. Pulverization: The existing pavement and base material shall be pulverized and
blended to the depth required so the entire mass of material shall be uniformly graded
to the following gradation:
SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING
98 - 100
1- 95
Material gradation may vary due to local aggregates and conditions. Multiple passes of
the reclaimer may be necessary to achieve the required gradation.
The asphalt emulsion or asphalt and water (to produce a foamed asphalt) shall be
introduced into the mix through the reclaimer uniformly and accurately and metered
such that areas are of equal consistency and moisture content. The reclaimed material
and additives shall be combined in place to meet the requirements specified in such
proportions that the reclaimed mixture is of acceptable composition and stability. Before
must be permitted access to the mixing equipment in order to read the meter to verify
be made as necessary to the recommended mix design under the guidance of a
knowledgeable and competent technician or superintendent to obtain a satisfactory
reclaimed mixture of consistent composition and stability throughout the Project.
After the material has been processed, it shall be compacted to the lines, grades, and
depth required. Water may be applied to ensure optimum moisture content at the time
of mixing and compaction.
82
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
E. Compaction: Commence rolling with self-propelled rollers as required by this technical
provision at the low side of the course, except leave 3 to 6 inches from any unsupported
edge or edges unrolled initially to prevent distortion. Density readings shall be taken by
A control strip of not less than 500 feet shall be constructed to develop proper
rolling/compaction patterns and methods to obtain desired density. Whenever there is a
change in the reclaimed material or compaction method, equipment or unacceptable
results occur, a new control strip shall be constructed, tested and analyzed.
Rollers shall move at a uniform speed that shall not exceed 8 km/hour (5 miles/hour).
For static rollers, the drive drum normally shall be in the forward position or nearest to
the paver. Vibratory rollers shall be operated at the speed, frequency and amplitude
required to obtain the required density and prevent defects in the mat.
The number, weight and type of rollers furnished shall be sufficient to obtain the
required compaction of the reclaimed material. The field density of the compacted
mixture shall be at least 95 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens
prepared from samples of the base material taken from the material in place. The
specimens shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM D 558. The in-place field
density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2922.
Any pavement shoving or other unacceptable displacement shall be corrected. The
cause of the displacement shall be determined and corrective action taken immediately
and before continuing rolling. Care shall be exercised in rolling the edges of the
reclaimed mixture so the line and grade of the edge are maintained.
At the end of each day's production, a transverse construction joint shall be formed by a
header or by cutting back into the compacted material to form a true vertical face free of
loose material. The protection provided for construction joints shall permit the placing,
spreading, and compacting of base material without injury to the work previously laid.
Where it is necessary to operate or turn any equipment on the completed base course,
sufficient protection and cover shall be provided to prevent damage to the finished
surface. A supply of mats or wooden planks shall be maintained and used as approved
and directed by the Engineer.
F. Finishing: Finishing operations shall be completed and the base course shall conform
to the required lines, grades, and cross section. If necessary, the surface shall be lightly
scarified to eliminate any imprints made by the compacting or shaping equipment. The
surface shall then be recompacted to the required density. Correct all irregularities
G. Protection and Curing: After the base course has been finished as specified herein, it
shall be protected against drying for a period of 5 to 7 days by the application of a prime
coat as specified in FDOT Standard Specifications section 300 at a rate of not less than
0.15 gal/sy. The curing method shall begin as soon as possible, but no later than 24
hours after the completion of finishing operations. The finished base course shall be
kept moist continuously until the curing material is placed.
83
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
At the time the prime coat is applied, the surface shall be dense, free of all loose and
extraneous material, and shall contain sufficient moisture to prevent penetration of the
bituminous material. Water shall be applied in sufficient quantity to fill the surface voids
immediately before the bituminous curing material is applied.
The curing material shall be maintained and re-applied as needed by the Contractor
during the 7-day protection period so that all of the soil-cement will be covered
effectively during this period. Finished portions of soil-cement that are used by
equipment in constructing an adjoining section shall be protected to prevent equipment
from marring or damaging the completed work.
When the air temperature may be expected to reach the freezing point, sufficient
protection from freezing shall be given the soil-cement for 7 days after its construction
and until it has hardened.
H. Thickness: The average thickness of the base constructed during one day shall be
within 1/2 inch (12 mm) of the thickness required, except that the thickness of any one
point may be within 3/4 inch (19 mm) of that required. Where the average thickness
shown by the measurements made in one day's construction is not within the tolerance
given, the Engineer shall evaluate the area and determine if, in his/her opinion, it shall
be reconstructed at the Contractor's expense or the deficiency deducted from the total
material in place.
VI. Sampling and Testing:
Control Testing for Full Depth Reclamation Field Sampling and Testing
Type of Test Method Frequency Size and Location
RAP and Soil Cement Base Each 3000 SY (not less 20 lb min sampled from
ASTM D-136
Gradation than once per day) hopper
Moisture Density
Each 1000 SY (not less 33 lb min sampled from
Relationship of Soil Cement ASTM D-558
than once per day) pulverized base
Mixtures
Compressive Strength of
ASTM D-Each 3000 SY (not less 33 lb min sampled from
Molded Soil Cement
1633 than once per day) pulverized and mixed base
Cylinders
ASTM D-Each 250 SY (not less Random locations after
In-place Field Density
2922 than once per day) spreading and compacting
The depth of Reclaimed Bituminous Base Course shall be determined by measuring
uncompacted reclaimed material immediately behind the screed in conjunction with measuring
the milling depth prior to placement of reclaimed material. One depth measurement for each
250 square yards of completed base course shall be made. Any section deficient by 0.5 in (12
mm) or more from the specified depth shall be removed and satisfactorily replaced by the
taken by the engineer in
the finished product to further ensure base thickness meets requirements.
All delivery tickets and notes regarding any materials brought to the project site to complete
this Contract must be given to the Engineer/Inspector upon delivery to the project site.
84
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Additional sampling and testing may be required if major changes in RAP characteristics are
observed, such as a much coarser or finer gradation or a noticeable difference in asphalt
content, or when considerable variability is occurring in the field test results.
VII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Full Depth Reclamation with Asphalt Emulsion, and not specifically
listed in another item in the Bid Form, shall be included in the SY Price for Pulverization
including but not limited to shaping, compacting, finish grading, prime coat, sanding prime
coat... Cost for introduction of asphaltic cement into the mixture shall be included in the per
GL cost for Asphalt Emulsion. Cost for excavation for widening will be included in the CY Price
for Excavation. Cost for additional materials needed for widening or adjustment of grade as
directed by the engineer shall be included in the per TON Price for General Use Optional Base
Material.
VIII. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit prices include all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Full Depth Reclamation
with Asphalt Emulsion, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will
be provided for any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the
specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Full Depth Reclamation (Pulverization) Square Yard
Asphalt Emulsion Gallon
Excavation for Widening or Unsuitable Materials Cubic Yard
General Use Option Base Material Cubic Yard
Cement Ton
END OF SECTION PC-008-4
85
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-009 BITUMINOUS FOG SEAL
I.Description
The work consists of applying a bituminous fog seal to an existing pavement surface or to a
newly constructed chip seal surface.
II. Materials:
A. Bituminous Material: Provide a CSS-1 or CSS-1h, bituminous material for fog seal, as
specified in Fl/DOT 916-3.1. The temperature of the bituminous material at the time of
application shall be above the minimum temperature of 120°F.
B. Material Samples:
The County will require the Contractor to sample and test the first load of emulsion prior
to delivery. The Contractor will also provide a sample of the emulsion for every 10,000
gallons, on site, prior to commencing work. The County will require the Contractor to
provide sample containers and a local Independent testing laboratory for the analyzing of
emulsion. The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of the testing. The County
reserves the right to test any shipment of emulsion that is believed to be of substandard.
All samples shall be shipped and stored in clean air tight sealed wide mouth jars or
bottles made of plastic.
III. Equipment
Any equipment which is not maintained in full working order, or is proven inadequate to obtain
the results prescribed, shall be repaired or replaced at the direction of the Engineer.
A. Distributer Tank:
The distributor for spreading the emulsion shall be self-propelled, and shall have
pneumatic tires. The distributor shall be designed and equipped to distribute the
bituminous fog seal uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily determined and
controlled rates from 0.07 to 0.12 gallons per square yard of surface, and with an
allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5 percent of the specified rate.
Distributor equipment shall include full circulation spray bars, pump tachometer, volume
measuring device and a hand hose attachment suitable for application of the emulsion
manually to cover areas inaccessible to the distributor. The distributor shall be equipped
to circulate and agitate the emulsion within the tank.
A check of distributor equipment as well as application rate accuracy and uniformity of
distribution shall be made when directed by the Engineer.
B. Sand Truck:
Sand blotters may be used to allow early opening to traffic, if so determined by the
Engineer. The truck used for sanding shall be equipped with a spreader that allows the
sand to be uniformly distributed onto the pavement. The spreader shall be able to apply
1/2 pound to 3 pounds of sand per square yard in a single pass. The spreader shall be
adjustable so as not to broadcast sand onto driveways or treelawns.
86
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
The sand to be used shall be free flowing, without any leaves, dirt stones, etc. Any wet
sand shall be rejected from the job site.
C. Self-Propelled Rotary Power Broom:
The self-propelled rotary broom shall be designed, equipped, maintained and operated so
the pavement surface can be swept clean. The broom shall have an adjustment to control
the downward pressure.
D. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of projects
governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs associated
herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Fog Seal project references in the State of Florida that have been completed
within the past three years. A project superintendent knowledgeable and experienced in
shall submit a written experience outline of the project superintendent. Contractor shall be
capable of meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall
V. Construction:
A. Layout:
The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the roadway prior to
sealing.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations:
The surface treatment shall not be applied to a wet surface or when rain is occurring, or
the threat of rain is present immediately before placement. The surface treatment shall
not be applied when the temperature is less than 60 degrees Fahrenheit in the shade,
and humidity should be 50% or lower. When applying emulsions, the temperature of the
surface shall be a minimum of 60°F. No construction is allowed in foggy weather.
C. Resident Notification
The Contractor shall distribute by hand, a typed notice to all residents and businesses on
the street to be treated. The notice will be delivered no more than 24 hours prior to the
treatment of the road. The notice will have a local phone number that the residents may
call to ask questions. The notice shall be of the door hanger type which secures to the
door handle of each dwelling. Unsecured notices will not be allowed. The contractor
shall also place the notice on the windshield of any parked cars on the street. Hand
distribution of this notice will be considered incidental to the contract
D. Site and Surface Preparation:
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing overburden
or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic and deleterious
87
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping the road immediately
ahead of the fog seal operation to make sure the road is free of loose aggregate and
other debris.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be protected
from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper or other
suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
The fog seal material shall not be applied until an inspection of the street surface has
been done by the Engineer and determined to be suitable.
E. Application of bituminous material:
Liquid bituminous material shall be applied by means of a pressure type distributor in a
uniform, continuous spread over the section to be treated. The distributor shall be
moving forward at the proper speed when the liquid is discharged onto the pavement to
provide an even and consistent application at the rate prescribed. If any areas are
deficient the operation shall be stopped and corrected immediately. The Contractor shall
ted with
potable water. A dilution rate of 50% (1:1 water to emulsion) is recommended. An
application rate between 0.09 to 0.23 gallons per square yard may be used for open
surfaces. The Engineer shall review the test strip and recommend application rate
adjustments as needed.
F. Progress of Work:
All sand used during the treatment must be removed no later than 48 hours after
treatment of the street. This shall be accomplished by a combination of hand and
mechanical sweeping. All turnouts, cul-de-sacs, etc. must be cleaned of any material to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Street sweeping will be included in the price bid per
square yard for asphalt rejuvenating agent. If, after sand is swept and in the opinion of
the Engineer, a hazardous condition exists on the roadway, the contractor must apply
additional sand and sweep same no later than 24 hours following reapplication. No
additional compensation will be allowed for reapplications and removal of sand.
Interim pavement markings can be placed after the fog seal has cured. Permanent
pavement markings shall not be placed for three days after placing the fog seal.
When applying to a new chip seal surface, the bituminous chip seal shall be allowed to
cure a minimum of 24 hours under dry conditions and temperatures above 60 degrees
Fahrenheit.
VI. General Performance:
Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of the engineer without
bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other types of pavement distress or
unsatisfactory performance.
VII. Traffic Control:
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary traffic control, barricades, signs and flagmen, to
ensure the safety of the traveling public and to all working personnel. Traffic shall not travel on
88
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
fresh seal until it has cured. The Contractor shall submit an M.O.T plan indication all facets of
traffic control for the project area. The MOT plan must be approved in writing by the County
prior to commencing any work. All traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT
Roadway Design Standards most current edition. M.O.T. and associated devices shall be
checked daily and periodically throughout the project for compliance; and where adjustments
or corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Traffic shall not be allowed on the roadway after placement of the fog seal for a minimum of
two hours, or until the Engineer has determined it has cured.
VIII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Fog Seal, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form,
shall be included in this item.
IX. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Fog Seal, including all
items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary
for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications, except that at the direction
of the County.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Bituminous Material for Fog Seal Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-009
89
Date: August 21, 2015
POLK COUNTY, A POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE
STATE OF FLORIDA
ADDENDUM #1
Bid No. 15-601
Pavement Management Alternative Methods
This addendum is issued to clarify, add to, revise and/or delete items of the solicitation
document(s) for this work. This Addendum is a part of the solicitation document(s) and
acknowledgment of its receipt shall be noted below and on the Bid Submittal Form.
The Procurement and Transportation Division will conduct a pre-bid conference to be held
Thursday, August 27, 2015, 12:30 p.m. in the Procurement Division conference room, located
at 330 W. Church St, Room 150, Bartow, FL 3830.
Tammy G. Spearman
Tammy G. Spearman, CPPO, CPPB
Procurement Specialist
Procurement Division
This Addendum sheet must be signed and faxed to the
Procurement Division at 863-534-6789.
Signature: ______________________
Printed Name: ______________________
Title: ______________________
Company: ______________________
Page 1
Date: September 1, 2015
POLK COUNTY, A POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE
STATE OF FLORIDA
ADDENDUM #2
Bid No. 15-601
Pavement Management Alternative Methods
This addendum is issued to clarify, add to, revise and/or delete items of the solicitation
document(s) for this work. This Addendum is a part of the solicitation document(s) and
acknowledgment of its receipt shall be noted below and on the Bid Submittal Form.
The question deadline has been extended one (1) week. The revised Question deadline is
Tuesday, September 8, 2015 by 4:00 p.m.
The Bid Receiving Date has been extended one (1) week. The revised Bid Receiving Date is
Wednesday, September 16, 2015, prior to 2:00 p.m.
Tammy G. Spearman
Tammy G. Spearman, CPPO, CPPB
Procurement Specialist
Procurement Division
This Addendum sheet must be signed and faxed to the
Procurement Division at 863-534-6789.
Signature: ______________________
Printed Name: ______________________
Title: ______________________
Company: ______________________
Page 1
Date: September 3, 2015
POLK COUNTY, A POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OF THE
STATE OF FLORIDA
ADDENDUM #3
BID# 15-601
Pavement Management Alternative Methods
This addendum is issued to clarify, add to, revise and/or delete items of the Contract Documents
for this work. This Addendum is a part of the Contract Documents and acknowledgment of its
receipt shall be noted below and on the Bid Submittal Form.
The bid document and bid submittal sheets has been modified significantly and included in this
addendum; responses to questions received are included also.
Tammy G. Spearman
Tammy G. Spearman, CPPO, CPPB
Procurement Specialist
Procurement Division
This Addendum sheet must be signed and faxed to the
Procurement Division at 863-534-6789.
Signature: ______________________
Printed Name: ______________________
Title: ______________________
Company: ______________________
ADDENDUM #3
BID#15-601
Pavement Management Alternative Methods
ATTACHMENTS:
1. ADDENDUM ATTACHMENT NO. 1 Redlined document
2. ADDENDUM ATTACHMENT NO. 2 Document with all modification included.
3. BID SUBMITTAL SHEETS. (Bid Sheets are to be submitted on a cd as the Excel
document, do not PDF the file)
REVISIONS:
There are substantial changes to the Special Conditions and the Technical Specifications of the
bid document. Additionally, there are new bid documents for your cost submittal to
accommodate the change in the bid requirements.
Attached you will find two documents for your review. Addendum Attachment No. 1 is a
redline document that shows additions and deletions in red; the deletions will be strike through
with a read line. Addendum Attachment No. 2 is a clear version that incorporates all additions
and deletions.
Note that each Bid Sheet for each method has been modified to identify what items are to be
included in the Basis of Award and the items that are necessary to be responsive but will not be
included in the Basis of Award. All bid items on the bid sheet you are responding with must be
completed for your bid to be responsive. Remember Bid Sheets are to be submitted on a cd
as the Excel document (do not PDF the file) with your Bid Package along with the hard copy.
The CD must be labeled with the company name and Bid number. Deviation from the Bid
Sheets is strictly prohibited and will not be accepted.
Page 2
ADDENDUM #3
BID#15-601
Pavement Management Alternative Methods
QUESTIONS:
Question 1. General Information Item 19 Price Adjustment: Will asphalt based material
products pricing be adjusted per the FDOT index? If so only after the first
year or will it be determined at each call out/PO?
Answer: As stated in the bid: The Procurement Director Reserves the right to
increase/decrease prices after the bid has been in place for a minimum of 12-
months, when it is in the best interest of the County. Increases/decreases will
be determined by the bqqspqsjbuf!qsjdf!joefy.
Question 2. Special Conditions Item 15 Survey: States County will do all stake out.
Under the FDR and CIR specifications it says contractor is responsible for
stake out before overlay. Will County do initial stake out and contractor is
required to confirm grades before final paving?
Answer: The Special Conditions have been amended to eliminate section 15. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the necessary survey work.
Question 3. PC-t
one is mentioned in the specifications. Will the County add a price line for
double?
Answer: The Double application item has been added to the bid sheet.
Question 4. PC-006 Scrub Seal specifications mention using a Flush Coat (Fog & Sand)
at the enginee
considers adding a pay item to cover it on the Scrub Seal price sheet?
Answer: A pay item for Sand has been added to the Rejuvenator, Fog, Scrub and Chip
seal applications.
Question 5. For items PC-007 and PC-008 (Recycle and Full Depth) if the roads need to
be lowered to increase curb reveal or correct cross slopes is it considered
incidental to the Recycle or Full Depth unit price? Would it be paid for under
the items for excavation or milling? The concern being if it is incidental the
required.
Answer: This cost is not incidental to FDR or CIP unit prices, and will be covered
under Milling.
Question 6. Would the County consider having a mandatory pre-bid to go over some of
these items?
Answer: Yes, a pre-bid meeting has been scheduled for Thursday August 27, 2015 at
12:30pm.
Question 7. Will the County provide a list of roads or projects as part of the Bid?
Answer: The County will not provide a list of projects as part of the bid. The roads
may be anywhere within the County limits. Upon award, the County PM will
meet with the Contractor to review candidate projects previously identified
Page 3
ADDENDUM #3
BID#15-601
Pavement Management Alternative Methods
by the County for each treatment. The projects will then be done on a work
order basis.
Question 8. Must the bidders bid on all treatment or can they bid on specific treatments?
Answer: Each alternative treatment will have a separate bid sheet. The bidders may
bid on any one of the alternative treatments, but must bid on every line item
Question 9. There are tasks included on the bid sheets for some treatments that are not
commonly needed for those treatments. Must the bidder provide pricing for
those as well?
Answer: For those treatments that are confined to the paved roadway, the tasks
associated to the shoulders and roadside have been eliminated. However,
notes have been added to the respective specifications whereby should any
damages be caused beyond the edge of pavement, the contractor shall be
responsible for restoring said areas at their expense.
Question 10. Regarding the Asphalt Rejuvenator Treatment, the pavement painting and
markings line items are not required for the product standard; must the bidder
still provide pricing for those line items?
Answer: The line items for pavement markings and striping will remain as part of the
They will be shown separately below the bid total. Because bidders may
submit an alternate product that impacts pavement markings, a separate bid
sheet will be added for the alternate asphalt rejuvenator (PC-002-2). This bid
sheet will include pavement markings and striping as part of the bid total.
Similarly, line items that have been included on other treatment bid sheets as
a precaution, will be excluded from the bid totals.
The terms of award have been modified in the Special Conditions to reflect
these changes.
Question 11. What is PC-001?
Answer: PC-001 refers to milling of existing asphalt pavement, and shall be done in
accordance with FDOT Standard Specification Section 327.
Question 12. Does the County have any history or records of documented performance for
any of these treatments?
Answer: The County has had limited experience in the past with alternate pavement
preservation treatments, mostly Hot-in-Place. The County can provide some
information on those, if necessary. However, in essence this will be the first
formal incursion into this area of pavement preservation, and considered a
pilot program for this first year.
Question 13. In regards to line item 337-1 for the Full Depth Reclamation and Cold-in-
Place, is the indication of a PG for the ARB referring to an older FDOT
specification?
Page 4
ADDENDUM #3
BID#15-601
Pavement Management Alternative Methods
Answer: This line item has been revised to reflect the current FDOT standard.
Question 14. Will the County provide any cores (boring) information for the Full Depth
Reclamation?
Answer: The contractor will do cores before as per the specification in order to
finalize the design. If there are any historical boring logs for the particular
road available, the County will provide the contractor with those as a
reference.
Question 15. Can line items PC-007-2 and PC-008-2 for Added RAP be used for shoulder
widening to achieve final grades?
Answer: RAP may be added as part of the homogeneous mixed material that will form
the widened area.
Question 16. Will the work orders be independent streets or groups of streets?
Answer: With the exception of the asphalt recycling treatments, which are more
appropriate for single long road stretches, the roads will be grouped by
proximity when possible, such as in the case of subdivisions.
Question 17. Will the funding for these projects be from carried over funds or the next fiscal
year?
Answer: These projects will be funded from the FY15-16 budget which starts on
st
October 1.
Question 18.
submit 3 maintenance projects for each alternative method bid upon,
of the work exceeded $50,000.00. The projects must be for FDOT or for local
qualified bidders due to the fact that the FDOT does not contract this type of
work. Very few government agencies contract this type of work as well. Since
so little of this type of work is contracted by these agencies Polk County will
have a very limited number of bidders. Pleas review this prequalification
condition.
Answer: The condition has been revised to indicate experience in projects exceeding
$30K and they may be for any government agency, local or out of state.
Question 19. In Category PC-005 Micro-surfacing, Item IX. Warranty, calls for a 3 year
warranty, is a maintenance bond required with this?
Answer: No maintenance bond will be required.
Question 20. Can a list of streets be given to us for each method? If we do not have a list of
streets then the pricing for Maintenance of Traffic, Testing and Daily
Production will be a guess and the pricing will reflect this.
Answer: A list will not be provided at this time. Refer to the answer for Question 7.
Page 5
ADDENDUM ATTACHMENT NO. 1
September 3, 2015
BID REGISTRATION
You MUST register using this form in order to receive notice of any addenda to
these documents. Please fax the completed form to the Procurement Division as
issued.
Bid Number: 15-601, Pavement Management Alternative Methods
Description: Provide the necessary labor, material, equipment and supervision for
pavement management alternative methods.
Receiving Period: Wednesday, September 16, 2015, prior to 2:00 p.m.
Bid Opening: Wednesday, September 16, 2015, 2:00 p.m.
NOTE: This is an annual bid therefore, there is no established budget. The services
contained within this bid are utilized on an as-needed basis. This is a new annual bid;
there is no prior bid information available.
This form is for bid registration only. Please scroll down for additional information.
BIDDER REGISTRATION
FAX THIS FORM BACK IMMEDIATELY
FAX: (863) 534-6789
Carefully complete this form and e-mail or fax it to the Procurement Division. You must
submit one form for each bid that you are registering for.
Company Name:
Contact Person:
Mailing Address:
City: State: Zip Code:
Phone: Fax: E-mail:
1
Cut along the outer border and affix this label to your sealed bid envelope
submitting the bid where requested.
SEALED BID DO NOT OPEN
SEALED BID NO.: 15-601
BID TITLE:Pavement Management Alternative Methods
DUE DATE/TIME: Wednesday, September 16, 2015 prior to 2:00
p.m.
SUBMITTED BY:
(Name of Company)
DELIVER TO: PROCUREMENT DIVISION
330 West Church Street, Room 150
Bartow, Florida 33830
2
POLK COUNTY
Procurement Division
Fran McAskill
Procurement Director
Bid #15-601
PAVEMENT MANAGEMENT ALTERNATIVE METHODS
Polk County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, requests the submittal of bids
from vendors that are interested in providing pavement management alternative
methods as described herein. Sealed bids will be received in the Procurement Division,
prior to 2:00p.m, Wednesday, September 9, 2015. Bids will be opened at 2:00p.m.,
September 9, 2015.
Attached are important instructions and specifications regarding responses to this Bid.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in Bid disqualification.
Questions regarding this bid should be in writing and should reference the above Bid
number. Submit all questions to Tammy G. Spearman, CPPO, CPPB Procurement
Specialist, via email at tammywinton-spearman@polk-county.net or via fax at(863)
534-6789 by 4:00 p.m., Tuesday, September 8, 2015.
Bids may be mailed, express mailed or hand delivered to:
Procurement Division
330 W Church St, Rm 150
Bartow, Florida 33830
(863) 534-6757
STATEMENT OF NO BID
If you do not intend to submit a bid, please complete the information below and return to
the Procurement Division via fax or e-mail. If returning by mail, please be sure the bid
number and title are clearly marked on the front of the envelope.
( ) Insufficient time to respond ( ) Unable to meet specifications
( ) Do not offer this product ( ) Unable to meet bond/insurance requirements
( ) Specifications unclear ( ) Schedule would not permit us to perform
( ) Specifications too restrictive ( ) Other (please specify below)
Company Name: Date:
Telephone Number: Signature:
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item Page
Bid Summary and Registration 1
Sealed Bid Label 2
Cover Sheet 3
Table of Contents 4
Bidder Instructions and General Information 5
General Conditions 15
Special Conditions 17
Technical Specifications 22
Bid Sheets 95
Signature Acknowledgement 96
Drug-Free Workplace Form 97
Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder 98
Insurance Requirements and Submittal Page 99 and 100
Safety Requirements/Regulations 101 and 102
Safety Requirements/Regulations Form 103
Affidavit Certification Immigration Laws 104
4
BIDDER INSTRUCTIONS AND GENERAL
INFORMATION
BIDDER INSTRUCTIONS: To ensure acceptance of this bid, follow these instructions.
BID DOCUMENTS MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE PROCUREMENT DIVISION PRIOR TO
2:00P.M. ON THE DATE SPECIFIED. THERE WILL BE NO EXCEPTIONS.
1. EXECUTION OF BID: Bid must contain an original signature of an authorized
representative in the space provided on the signature page. Bid must be typed or
printed in black ink. Erasable ink is not permitted. Corrections made by bidder to any
bid entry must be initialed by the person who signs the bid.
2. NO BID: Bidders not interested in
indication of the reason for no bid and the interest in future bid solicitations.
3. BID OPENING: It is the responsibility of the bidder to assure that their bid is delivered
at the proper time and place prior to the bid opening. All bid openings shall be public, at
2:00 p.m., on the date specified in the Notice to Bidders. Bids, which for any reason are
not so delivered, will not be considered. BID SUBMITTAL FORMS USING FACSIMILE
OR EMAIL WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
NOTE: In accordance with Florida Statute 119.071, a listing of vendors that provide a
http://www.polk-
county.net/boccsite/departments/budget-and-procurement/bids/bid-status/ . The sealed
bids shall remain exempt from disclosure, including bid amounts, until recommendation
of award or 30 days after bid opening, whichever event occurs first.
Should the Procurement Director reject all bids, before the recommendation of award or
reissue the bid, the rejected bids will remain exempt from Florida Statute 119.07 until
such time as the County provides notice of recommendation of award of the reissued
bid or until the County withdraws the reissued bid. The bid is not exempt for longer
than12 months after the notice of rejection of all bids.
4. COUNTY AS GATEKEEPER OF DOCUMENTS: This document is issued by Polk
County and as such shall be the sole distributor of all addendums and/or changes to
these documents. It is the responsibility of the bidder to determine issuance of
documents directly with the Procurement Division. The County is not responsible for
any solicitations issued through subscriber, publications, or other sources not connected
with the County and the bidder should not rely on such sources for information
regarding the solicitation.
5. TAXES: Bidders are responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes that are
connected to the purchase of any materials or subcontractors used in the execution of
this bid.
5
6. DISCOUNTS: Bidders may offer a cash discount for prompt payment; however, such
discounts shall NOT be considered in determining the lowest net cost for bid evaluation
purposes. Bidders are encouraged to reflect cash discounts in the unit prices quoted.
7. MISTAKES: Bidders are required to examine the specifications, delivery schedule, bid
prices and all instructions pertaining to the requirements of this bid. Failure to do so will
of a unit price, the unit price will
govern. Corrections made by bidder to any bid entry must be initialed by the person
who signs the bid.
8. INVOICING AND PAYMENT: The successful bidder shall submit a properly certified
invoice to the County at the prices bid. An original invoice shall be submitted to the
appropriate User Division. The vendor shall include the bid number and/or the
officer shall, by affidavit, attest to the correctness and accuracy of all charges. Invoices
will be processed for payment when approved
Manager or designee.
9. CONFLICT OF INTEREST: All bidders must disclose, with their bid, the name of any
officer, director or agent who is also an employee of the County or any of their agencies.
Furthermore, all bidders must disclose the name of any County employee who owns,
branches. Award of this bid shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 112, Florida
Statutes.
10. WARRANTY: Unless otherwise specified, the bidder agrees that the services furnished
under this bid shall be covered by the most favorable commercial warranty the bidder
gives to any customer for comparable services, and that the rights and remedies
provided herein are in addition to and do not limit any rights afforded to the County by
any other provision of this bid.
11. ADDENDUM: Any changes in the bid shall be made in the form of a written addendum
by the Procurement Director or their designee. No other person shall be authorized to
make changes verbally or in writing. If an addendum is issued, the addendum sheet
should be signed and submitted with your bid submittal.
12. LIABILITY: The vendor shall hold and save the County, its officers, agents and
employees harmless from liability of any kind in the performance of this bid and against
s
negligence.
13. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES: The bidder, without exception, shall indemnify and save
harmless the County and its employees from liability of any nature or kind, including
cost and expenses for, or on account of, any copyrighted, patented or non-patented
invention, process, or article manufactured and used in the performance of this bid. If
the bidder uses any design, device or material covered by letters, patent or copyright, it
is mutually agreed and understood without exception that the bid prices shall include all
royalties or cost arising from the use of such design, device or material in any way
involved in the work.
6
14. BID PROTEST:Any bidder desiring to file a bid protest, with respect to a
recommended award of any bid, shall do so by filing a written protest. The written
protest must be in the possession of the Procurement Division within three (3) working
days of the Notice of Recommended Award mailing date. All bidders who bid will be
sent a Notice of Recommended Award, unless only one bid was received.
A copy of the bid protest procedures may be obtained from the Polk County
Proc
http://www.polk-county.net/boccsite/departments/budget-and-procurement/bids/bid-
status/.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW BID PROTEST PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS WITHIN THE
TIME FRAMES PRESCRIBED HEREIN AS ESTABLISHED BY POLK COUNTY,
FLORIDA, S
PROTEST AND ANY RESULTING CLAIM.
15. INDEMNIFICATION: Vendor, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify, defend (by
counsel reasonably acceptable to County), protect and hold the County, and its officers,
employees and agents, harmless from and against any and all, claims, actions, causes
of action, liabilities, penalties, forfeitures, damages, losses, and expenses whatsoever
negotiation, through litigation and all appeals therefrom) including, without limitation,
those pertaining to the death of or injury to any person, or damage to any property,
arising out of or resulting from (i) the failure of Vendor to comply with applicable laws,
rules or regulations, (ii) the breach by Vendor of its obligations under any Agreement
with the County entered into pursuant to this solicitation, (iii) any claim for trademark,
nonperformance of the Agreement, or (iv) the negligent acts, errors or omissions, or
intentional or willful misconduct, of Vendor, its professional associates, subcontractors,
agents, and employees; provided, however, that Vendor shall not be obligated to defend
or indemnify the County with respect to any such claims or damages arising out of the
expiration or earlier termination of the Agreement.
16. PUBLIC ENTITY: A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list
following a conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a bid on a contract to
provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with
a public entity for construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not
submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not be awarded or perform
work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any
public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Section 287.017, Florida
Statues, for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed
on the convicted vendor list. When submitting this bid, the bidder hereby certifies that
they have complied with said statute.
17. PREFERENCE FOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE: Whenever two or more bids, which
are equal with respect to price, quality and service, are received, preference shall be
given to a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug free
workplace program in accordance with Section 287.087, Florida Statutes. In order to
7
receive preference, a signed certification of compliance must be submitted with the bid
response.
18. CODE OF ETHICS: If any bidder violates or is a party to a violation of the code of ethics
of Polk County or the State of Florida, with respect to this bid, such bidder may be
disqualified from performing the work described in this bid or from furnishing the goods
or services for which the bid is submitted and shall be further disqualified from bidding
on any future bids for work, goods, or services for the County.
19. SEALED BIDS: All bid submittals must be completed and submitted in a sealed parcel.
(DO NOT INCLUDE MORE THAN ONE BID SUBMITTAL PER ENVELOPE. BID
SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE ONE (1) ORIGINAL AND ONE (1) COPY OF
ORIGINAL.) The Original bid submittal(s) shall be submitted on the forms provided by
Polk County. All bids are subject to the conditions herein; failure to comply will subject
bid to rejection.
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. DEFINITIONS:
Commissioners, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, and its authorized
designees, agents or employees.
2. AWARD(S): The award of this bid shall be based on low bid per each alternative
method. .As the best interest of the County may require, the right is reserved to make
award(s) by individual item, group of items or as indicated in the bid form; to reject all
bids or waive any minor irregularities or technicalities in bids received. In determining
the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, in addition to price, the following may be
considered:
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
quality of performance on previous projects.
The ability, capacity, equipment and skill of the bidder to fulfill the contract.
Whether or not the bidder can fulfill the contract within the time specified, without
delay or interference.
The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the
bidder.
The previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances
relating to the contract.
The sufficiency of the financial resources to fulfill the contract to provide the goods
and/or services.
The quality, availability and adaptability of the suppliers or contractual services to the
particular use required.
The ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service, as required or
needed.
The number and scope of conditions attached to the bid.
3. LOCAL PREFERENCE: It is the policy of the Board of County Commissioners to
afford local preference to Polk County entities in the award of bids. Preference shall be
administered in accordance with the following:
8
When bids are received that do not exceed $3,000,000.00, and the lowest price is
offered by an entity located outside of Polk County, and the next lowest price is offered
by an entity located in Polk County, and is within 2% of the lowest price offered, then
the Polk County entity shall be given the opportunity to match the lowest price offered,
and if agreement to match the lowest price is reached, the Polk County entity will be
awarded the bid if the Polk County entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all county
requirements.
When bids are received that are greater than $3,000,000.00 but do not exceed
$5,000,000.00, and the lowest price is offered by an entity located outside of Polk
County, and the next lowest price is offered by an entity located in Polk County, and is
within 1% of the lowest price offered, then the Polk County entity shall be given the
opportunity to match the lowest price offered, and if agreement to match the lowest-
price is reached, the Polk County entity will be awarded the bid if the Polk County
entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all county requirements.
When bids are received that are greater than $5,000,000.00, and the lowest
price is offered by an entity located outside of Polk County, and the next lowest price is
offered by an entity located in Polk County, and is within .5% of the lowest price offered,
then the Polk County entity shall be given the opportunity to match the lowest price
offered, and if agreement to match the lowest price is reached, the Polk County entity
will be awarded the bid if the Polk County entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all
county requirements.
For purposes of this provision the term "Polk County entity" means any business having
a physical location within the boundaries of Polk County, Florida, at which employees
are located and business activity is managed and controlled on a day to day basis.
Additionally, the business must have been located within the boundaries of Polk
County for a minimum of 12 months prior to the date the applicable solicitation is
issued. This requirement may be evidenced through a recorded deed, an executed
lease agreement, or other form of written documentation acceptable to the County.
The County shall have the right, but not the obligation, to verify the foregoing
requirements.
If a contract is being funded in whole or in part by assistance of any federal, state or
local agency which disallows local preference, the County will adhere to those
requirements by not applying this section.
This policy does not apply if this bid qualifies as a Sheltered Market bid.
4. VENDOR PREFERENCE: It is the policy of the Board of County Commissioners to
afford vendor preference to women or minority owned businesses in the award of bids.
Preference shall be administered in accordance with the following:
When sealed bids are received that do not exceed $3,000,000.00, and the lowest price
is offered by a non-women or minority owned entity located outside of Polk County, and
a price is offered by a women or minority owned entity that is within 2% of the lowest
price offered, then the women or minority owned entity shall be given the opportunity to
match the lowest price offered, and if agreement to match the lowest price is reached,
9
the women or minority owned entity will be awarded the bid if the women or minority
owned entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all County requirements.
When sealed bids are received that are greater than $3,000,000.00 but do not exceed
$5,000,000.00, and the lowest price is offered by a non-women or minority owned entity
located outside of Polk County, and a price is offered by a women or minority owned
entity that is within 1% of the lowest price offered, then the women or minority owned
entity shall be given the opportunity to match the lowest price offered, and if agreement
to match lowest price is reached, the women or minority owned entity will be awarded
the bid if the women or minority owned entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all
County requirements.
When sealed bids are received that are greater than $5,000,000.00, and the lowest
price is offered by a non-women or minority owned entity located outside of Polk
County, and a price is offered by a women or minority owned entity that is within .5% of
the lowest price offered, then the women or minority owned entity shall be given the
opportunity to match the lowest price offered, and if agreement to match lowest price is
reached, the women or minority owned entity will be awarded the bid if the women or
minority owned entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all County requirements.
ownership by women or minority group members who independently control the
management and day-to-day operations of the firm. Group members are Females,
African Americans, Hispanic Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Native Americans,
and Asian-Indian Americans.
If a contract is being funded in whole or in part by assistance of any deferral, state or
local agency which disallows this form of preference, the County will adhere to those
requirements by not applying this section.
This policy in no way supersedes the Local Preference Policy.
This policy does not apply if this bid qualifies as a Sheltered Market bid.
5. NON-CONFORMANCE TO BID CONDITIONS: Services not delivered as per delivery
date in bid and purchase order may result in bidder being found in default, in which
event any and all re-procurement costs may be charged against the defaulting vendor.
This non-conformance to bid conditions may result in immediate cancellation of the
purchase order.
6. ASSIGNMENT: Any purchase order issued pursuant to this bid and the monies which
may become due herein is not assignable except with the prior written approval of the
Procurement Director.
7. DISPUTES: In the event of any doubt or difference of opinion as to the methods
provided herein, or the level of performance rendered, the decision of the user
department/division director shall be final and binding on both parties.
8. FACILITIES:
with prior notice.
10
9. PLACING OF ORDERS: The award of this bid does not constitute an order. Before
any services can be performed, the successful bidder must receive written or oral
notification in accordance with the practices of the User Division.
10. PRECEDENCE: Any requirement set forth in any section of the bid documents shall be
binding as if called for by all sections. If there is a difference in the terms anywhere in
this document, the most restrictive shall prevail.
11. ADDITIONS/REVISIONS/DELETIONS:Additions, revisions or deletions to the general
conditions, specifications or bid price sheets that change the intent of the bid will cause
the bid to be non-responsive and the bid will not be considered. The Procurement
Director shall be the sole judge as to whether or not any addition, revision or deletion
changes the intent of the bid.
12. TERMINATION/SUSPENSION: The County may terminate this Bid at any time, in
default of its Bid obligations, by delivering a written notice of termination to the Bidder.
Upon receipt of such notice, the Bidder shall:
and
Deliver to the County any and all data, reports, summaries, and all other
information and materials of any type or nature whatsoever, whether completed
or in process, the Bidder may have accumulated or generated in the course of
performing the work of the Bid.
If at any time the User Division determines that the Bidder is in material default of its Bid
obligations, then the User Division shall complete and deliver a Vendor Complaint Form
days after its receipt of the Vendor Complaint Form, the Bidder shall correct all events
cured within the ten (10) day time period, then the County will not terminate the Bid for
such default if the Bidder commences the necessary curative actions within ten (10)
days after its receipt of the Vendor Complaint Form and thereafter diligently pursues the
cure to completion.
Director: (i) may terminate the Bid, and (ii) may also suspend the Bidder in accordance
with the Suspension and Debarment Section of the County Procurement Procedures
Manual.
13. CANCELLATION: All annual bid obligations shall prevail for at least one hundred eighty
(180) days after effective date of the bid, unless bid conditions are breached as
specified herein. After that period, for the protection of both parties, either party may
cancel this bid in whole or part by giving thirty (30) days prior notice in writing to the
other party. The County reserves the right to cancel any bid after reasonable written
notice to the successful bidder should the service not be in the best interest of the
11
County. Should the service rendered for any bid cause or threaten endangerment to
public safety or welfare, the Procurement Director may cancel the bid immediately.
14. PRICE ADJUSTMENTS: Any price decrease executed during the contract period,
either by reason of market change or on the part of the contractor to other customers,
shall be passed on to the County.
15. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The specifications and other bid documents upon
art of
the purchase order by reference thereto.
16. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND: If a bond is required, it will be called out in
the Special Conditions section of the bid. The vendor shall furnish a performance and
payment bond, in an amount equal to the amount awarded, as security for the faithful
bond shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment
becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the bid
documents. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the bid document except as
provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as
are named in the curr
published in Circular 570 (amended) by Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial
Operations, U.S. Treasury Department and A.M. Best rated A VIII or better.
17. UNAUTHORIZED ALIEN(S): The vendor agrees that unauthorized aliens shall not be
employed nor utilized in the performance of the requirements of this solicitation. The
County shall consider the employment or utilization of unauthorized aliens a violation of
Section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Naturalization Act (8 U.S.C. 1324a). Such
violation shall be cause for unilateral termination of this Agreement by the County. As
part of the response to this solicitation, the successful vendor will complete and submit
the attached form
Employers may avail themselves of a program by the U.S. Immigration and Customs
Enforcement called E-Verify. E-Verify is an Internet-based system operated by U.S.
Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), part of the Department of Homeland
Security (DHS), in partnership with the Social Security Administration (SSA). E-Verify is
currently free to employers. E-Verify provides an automated link to Federal databases to
help employers determine employment eligibility of new hires and the validity of their
Social Security numbers.
If your company wishes to avail themselves of this program, you can register online for E-
Verify at http://www.dhs.gov/how-do-i/verify-employment-eligibility-e-verifywhich
provides instructions for completing the registration process. At the end of the
registration process, you will be required to sign a Memorandum of Understanding
(MOU) that provides the terms of agreement between you as the employer, the SSA,
and DHS. An employee who has signatory authority for the employer can sign the MOU.
Employers can use their discretion in identifying the best method by which to sign up
their locations for E-Verify. To find out more about E-Verify, please visit
www.dhs.gov/e-verify or contact USCIS at 1-888-464-4218.
12
18. ANNUAL APPROPRIATIONS: The vendoracknowledges that the County, during any
fiscal year, shall not expend money, incur any liability, or enter into any agreement
which, by its terms, involves the expenditure of money in excess of the amounts
budgeted or the reduction of revenues for those budgeted agreements that may be
available for expenditure during such fiscal year. Any agreement, verbal or written,
made in violation of this subsection is null and void, and no money may be paid on such
agreement. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the making of agreements for a
period exceeding one year, but any agreement so made shall be executory only for the
value of the services to be rendered or agreed to be paid for in succeeding fiscal years.
tion to pay under this agreement is
contingent upon annual appropriation.
19. PRICE INCREASES: The Procurement Director Reserves the right to
increase/decrease prices after the bid has been in place for a minimum of 12-months,
when it is in the best interest of the County. Increases/decreases will be determined by
the appropriate price index.
20. UNCONTROLLABLE FORCES (FORCE MAJEURE): When events occur that are not
deemed in defau
mean any event which results in the prevention or delay of performance by a party of its
obligations and which is beyond the reasonable control of the non-performing party.
The events include, but are not limited to, fire, flood, earthquakes, storms, hurricanes,
lightning, epidemic, war, riot, civil disturbance, sabotage, and governmental actions.
Neither party shall be excused from performance if non-performance is due to forces
which are reasonably preventable, removable, or remediable and which the non-
performing party could have, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, prevented,
removed, or remedied the event prior to its occurrence.
The non-performing party shall, within five (5) calendar days after being prevented or
delayed from performance by an uncontrollable force, deliver written notice to the other
party particularly describing the circumstance that prevented its continued performance
of the obligations of the work and a good faith estimate as to the anticipated duration of
the delay and the means and methods for correcting the delay.
21. In the event of default by the successful Bidder, the County reserves the right to utilize
the next lowest Bidder as the new Awardee when the default occurs within the first term
of the bid. Should this occur, the next lowest Bidder will be required to provide the bid
items at the prices as noted on their bid submittal.
13
ATTENTION BIDDERS
The Successful Bidder must register in our new Vendor Database if you have not already done
so prior to award of this bid. A purchase order cannot be issued to a vendor until they have
registered.
You may register by going to the following link:
http://www.polk-county.net/boccsite/Doing-Business/Vendor-Registration/
Registered vendors will receive a User ID and Password to access their company information.
All registered vendors must provide their owner gender, owner ethnicity, corporate status, and
a minimum of one (1) commodity code to be considered registered. It is the responsibility of all
vendors to update their vendor information.
Only registered vendors will receive notifications of future bids and quotes.
14
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
1. Award will be made based on the lowest responsive bid per alternative method meeting
specifications. Bidders are not required to bid on all alternative methods, but must bid
Formatted: List Paragraph, Justified
on all items contained within each alternative method bid in order for their bid to be
considered responsive. All bid items that are part of the basis of award should be bid at
a fair and reasonable price; failure to do so may cause the bid to be non-responsive.
The Procurement Director shall be the sole judge of what is fair and reasonable. The
Procurement Director reserves the right to reject any or all bids and/or waive any minor
irregularities in the bids received, whichever would be in the best interest of the County.
2. PERFORMANCE OF WORK: Portions of the work required under this bid may be
performed by subcontractors. Should the successful vendor plan to use subcontractors
from the beginning to perform the required work, the vendor must provide a list of
subcontractors to the Procurement Division for approval prior to bid award. Should the
successful vendor require subcontractors to perform any work during the course of the
work assigned under this bid, the vendor must also provide a list of subcontractors to
the Procurement Division for approval. The vendor shall be fully responsible for all acts
and omissions of their subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by
them and of persons for those acts any of them may be liable to the same extent as if
they were employed by the vendor. All submittals required of the prime vendor shall
also be required from the subcontractor. Any work performed by the successful vendor
or sub-contracted out must meet all regulated deadlines.
3. The period of performance for this bid begins on the date of award through September
30, 2016. The bid will automatically renew for two (2) one (1) year periods, unless
otherwise terminated in accordance with General Information Items #12 and #13.
4. All prices bid shall remain unchanged during the period of performance, as specified
herein, and as may be adjusted in accordance with General Information Item # 19.
5. If it becomes necessary to revise or amend any part of this bid, an addendum will be
http://www.polk-
county.net/boccsite/doing-business/bids/. It is the sole responsibility of the bidders to
check the website to ensure that all available information has been received prior to
submitting a bid.
6. Vendors must possess a Polk County Local Business Tax Receipt (f/k/a Business
License) in order to do business with the County. A copy of such license must be
provided to the Procurement Division before award is made to the successful vendor.
7. Upon execution of the bid, the County reserves the right to conduct an audit of the
conduct an audit, or audits, at any time prior to final payment, or thereafter. The County
may also require submittal of the records from the contractor, the subcontractor, or both
as the County deems necessary, records include all books of account, supporting
documents, and papers pertaining to the cost of performance of the project work.
15
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
8. If it becomes necessary to revise or amend any part of this bid, an addendum will be
-
county.net/boccsite/doing-business/bids/. It is the sole responsibility of the bidders to
check the website to ensure that all available information has been received prior to
submitting a bid.
9. Bidders are advised that in the interests of waste reduction and maximizing the
potential for recycling, they are asked to abide by the following in preparing their
bids:
Return only the required bid submittal pages
Avoid comb, velo binding, and plastic binders
Avoid plastic dividers and/or plastic tabs
Print and/or copy double-sided to the extent feasible
Use at least 30% post-consumer recycled content paper to the extent practicable
16
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Font: 24 pt
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Formatted: Heading 1, Space After: 0 pt,Tab
stops: Not at 0.5" + 1.5" + 2" + 2.5" + 3"
+ 3.5" + 4" + 4.5" + 6.5"
1. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS: Bidders should submit a list of three (3) asphalt
Formatted: Font: 10 pt, Not Bold
maintenance projects for each alternative method bid upon, successfully completed
within the last five (5) years in which
$5030,000.00. The projects must be for FDOT or for local for any government
agenciesagency, local or out of state. The list shall include the names of the projects,
names of the governmental agencies, names of the Project Managers for the
governmental agencies, phone numbers for the Project Managers, and the dollar
amounts of the contracts.
2. The contractor(s) shall provide all services to properly complete the work described in
the Bid document, including but not limited to all labor, materials, supervision,
equipment, tools, transportation and supplies. The contractor(s) is required to have a
qualified superintendent on the job site at all times. If multiple jobs are under
construction concurrently, each job is required to have a qualified superintendent on
site. If the County determines that a job site is not being adequately supervised, a
deficiency letter will be issued to the contractor(s).
3. Except as amended in the Bid document or otherwise directed by the Director User
Division, all work shall conform to the Florida Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction; the Florida Department of
Transportation Roadway and Traffic Design Standards; and the Manual of Uniform
Traffic Control Devices, all current editions.
4. No work shall be performed under the provisions of this bid on any properties outside
the limits of the project area without prior written permission of the lawful affected
landowner. Any such permission shall be obtained by the contractor(s) and shall identify
the provisions under which such work is to be performed and written permission
obtained shall be provided to the County Project Manager prior to the associated work
being performed. The contractor(s) shall not be compensated for any work outside the
project area and shall hold the County harmless for all liabilities associated with said
work outside the project area.
5. DEFINITIONS: The definitions as stated in Section 1-3 of the FDOT Specifications are
modified as follows:
a. The Department or FDOT: Reference is to the County as the owner of the project.
b. Inspector: The person designated as an agent or representative of the County to
perform construction inspection.
c. The Engineer: This term has the sa
as defined in the bid document.
d. State Road: Any public roadway.
e.
f.
authorized by the County.
6. FDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
a. The current Division II Construction Details and Division III Materials in the FDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, including all revisions
17
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
current at the time of the bid, shall apply to this Bid except as modified by Special
Provisions or Technical Specifications attached to Bid document.
Formatted
a.i. For Shoulder Rework, refer to Section 577-70 of the 2000 Edition of FDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
b. If any conflicts exist between the specifications prescribed in the Bid document, the
more stringent requirement shall apply.
7. PROJECT QUOTES AND WORK ORDERS
a. This annual bid includes asphalt roadway treatments and/or recycling for multiple
project work orders at various locations throughout Polk County, according to the
requirements of the Bid document. The project work order locations may be
anywhere within Polk County.
b. The County will perform a preliminary estimate for each project using the unit
prices from the awarded vendors bid submittal for the alternative method to be
used. The preliminary estimates may also include out of scope work items
determined by the Project Manager
returned the County Project Manager, including those out of scope cost
previously identified by the Project Manager, prior to the deadline stated in the
request for final estimate. When the low final estimate is approved, a purchase
order will be issued and notice to proceed given to the contractor. A work order
with the approved low final estimate must be attached to the purchase order. The
contractor will then commence work and proceed in accordance with the
approved schedule, if applicable. Payment for each project will be based on
actual quantities used and unit prices from the bid, as approved by the County.
c. The approved quote amount on any individual work order shall be the maximum
compensation payable to the contractor for that work order. The work order price
may only be changed for altered quantities authorized by the County. If the
contractor desires to make a claim for a change in quantity or schedule of an
authorized work order, any such claim shall be submitted to the County Project
Manager in writing within three (3) working days of the occurrence of the event
giving rise to the claim.
8. PROJECT SCHEDULES: The County will require that the contractor submit time
estimates for specif.
9. Working Hours: The regular working hours for Polk County are Monday Friday,
7:00 AM to 5:30 PM. Permission to work outside of the regular work hours must be
requested a minimum of 5 working days in advance from the County Project
Management Section. Permission to work on County holidays must be requested a
minimum of 5 working days in advance from the County Project Management Section.
10. OUT OF SCOPE WORK: When preparing a preliminary estimate, if it is known or
reasonably anticipated that there are necessary items of construction that are not
included on the price sheets of the bid or, during the course of executing a work order,
the County Project Manager determines that there are necessary items of construction
that are not included on the price sheets of the bid, then the County Project Manager
.. .
County
shall not be obligated in any event for payment over the amounts identified in the
-percent (15%) of
18
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
-
services until approval is received from the County Project Manager.
11. TESTING AND INSPECTIONS
a. The contractor is responsible for all required testing on the project except when
the Bid document, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction specifically require any Work to be inspected or
tested by someone other than the contractor. For these inspections and testing,
the contractor shall give the County Project Management Section a minimum of
to prepare for the required inspections or testing.
b. For all required inspections, tests and approvals on any work prepared,
performed or assembled away from the site, the Contractor will furnish the
County Project Management Section with the required Certificates of Inspection,
testing or approval. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods
prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM) or such
other applicable organizations as may be required by law or the Bid document.
c. Material or work in place that fail to pass acceptability tests shall be removed and
d. No work shall be performed, nor materials used, without supervision and/or
inspections by a representative of the County. The County representative shall
have the authority to test and reject any materials and suspend the subject work
at any time.
12. EMERGENCIES: In the event of an emergency, the contractor shall immediately notify
the County Project Management Section.
13. SUSPENSION OR STOPPING WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR: The contractor shall
not stop work on any project work order without the consent of the County Project
Manager.
14. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
a. The terms Traffic Control Plan (TCP) and Maintenance of Traffic Plan (MOT
Plan) are intended to be synonymous. The term Maintenance of Traffic (MOT) is
the function presented in the TCP.
b. The contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic devices for any assigned
work according to the FDOT Design Standards Index 600 series, latest edition,
and applicable laws and ordinances. The traffic control shall provide a safe work
zone and safe flow of traffic in and through the project site.
c. Price for MOT shall be based on individual projects and will be estimated and
inserted into the final estimate by the contractor(s).
15. SURVEY
a. The County Survey Section will provide any construction layout services
necessary to construct a project under this contract.
b. -surveys necessary after
construction is completed.
16.15. UTILITY COORDINATION:
19
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
17.16. MATERIALS
a. The contractor shall provide copies of all delivery tickets, or invoices, for all
materials and equipment to be used for the project to the County Project
Management Section immediately upon delivery or as soon thereafter as is
practical.
b. Arrangements for storage areas for materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor. Before mobilizing or storing any materials or
equipment, the contractor shall identify the areas to be used for storage in writing
to the County. If property other than County right-of-way is proposed for storage,
the contractor shall provide the County a copy of the written approval or
agreement from the property owner before mobilizing or storing any materials or
equipment on said property. The contractor shall be responsible for restoring
any and all damages to storage areas. Restoration of damage to public right-of-
ways, easements, or private properties outside of the work zone area shall be the
outside of the work zones shall be included in tsite specific
Mobilization bid price.
18.17. WORKSITE VISIBILITY: No work shall be performed when the visibility is less than
two (2) times the Stopping Sight Distance for the highest regulatory posted speed
through the project area as defined in the FDOT Manual of Uniform Standards for
Design, Construction and Maintenance for Streets and Highways. Visibility distance
shall be measured in all directions of travel and at locations and directed by the County.
Project time extensions for substandard visibility shall be assessed according to FDOT
Standard Specification Section 8-7.3.2.
19.18. HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL: If historical or archaeological artifacts are
discovered at any time on the project site, the contractor must notify the County, the
Water Management District, the Florida Department of State and the Division of
Historical Resources. The contractor shall follow any rules or requests from agencies
with jurisdiction. If required to stop work, delay work or perform extra work in the
affected area, delays and additional costs will be considered an unforeseen difficulty. If
the contractor desires to make a delay claim, any such claim shall be submitted to the
County Project Manager in writing within three working days of the occurrence of the
event giving rise to the claim.
20.19. CONTAMINATION: Any equipment that is leaking fuel, lubricant, coolant, hydraulic
fluid or any other hazardous material shall immediately be repaired by the contractor to
stop the leak. The contractor shall clean up and dispose of any leaked fluids according
to all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations within 24-hours of occurrence.
All repairs, removal, clean-up and/or disposal shall be at no cost to the County.
21.20. SAFETY
a.
b. The contractor is required to comply with Florida Statute (F.S.), Chapter 556,
Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act. The contractor is
20
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
responsible for contacting Sunshine State One-Call of Florida, Inc., at 811 or
www.callsunshine.com, no less than two (2) business days (48 hours) and no
more than 5 business days before beginning any excavation, the contractor
provide notification according to the procedures of the F.S. Chapter 556.
22.21. WORK AREA CLEAN-UP REQUIREMENTS
a. During the progress of the Work, the contractor shall keep the premises and
maintained travel lanes free from accumulations of waste, discarded or surplus
material, rubbish and other debris or contaminates resulting from the work.
b. Following completion of the Work, contractor shall remove all waste material,
rubbish, debris, tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material
from public right-of-ways, easements, and private properties. The contractor
shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the County at final
completion of the work.
23.22. WORK STOPPAGE: From time to time, it may be necessary for the contractor to stop
a portion of the work or all work to accommodate a civic function. If the contractor will be
required to stop work, the County Project Management Section shall notify the
Contractor a minimum of five (5) Working Days before any requested work stoppage.
Following resuming work, the contractor and the County Project Manager shall agree to
and document the number of additional days to be added to the project completion time
to accommodate the requested work stoppage.
24.23. WARRANTY: The vendor shall warrant against all defects in material and
workmanship for a period of one year after acceptance, unless otherwise indicated in
the
21
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1) Bid Item No. PC-002 - Asphalt Rejuvenator
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the sprayed application of an asphalt rejuvenating agent to
bituminous asphaltic concrete surface courses.
b. Method of Measurement: Asphalt Rejuvenator will be measured by the square
yard as provided for in the Bid Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
2) Bid Item No. PC-003 Crack Sealing
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the preparation and sealing of all surface cra
greater.
b. Method of Measurement: Crack Sealing shall be measured in gallons of crack
seal applied to the road, as provided in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: The unit price as shown on the Bid Sheet "Sealing" or
"Routing and Sealing" shall be all inclusive to include cleaning, sealing, FDOT
traffic control, mobilization and any other incidentals required to complete the
work as specified.
3) Bid Item No. PC-004 Chip Seal
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for single or double application of combined layers of polymer modified
liquid asphalt emulsion and spread aggregate.
b. Method of Measurement: Chip seal, single or double application, will be
measured by the square yard as provided for in the Contract Documents.
d. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
4) Bid Item No. PC-005 Micro-Surfacing
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the placement of a polymer modified microsurface on a prepared
existing paved road to the thickness specified by the County.
b. Method of Measurement: Microsurfacing will be measured by the square yard,
with the exception of that used for rut filling. The later will be measured per ton,
as provided for in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
22
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
5) Bid Item No. PC-006 - Scrub Seal
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the sprayed application of a Scrub seal material to bituminous
asphaltic concrete surface courses.
b. Method of Measurement: Scrub Seal will be measured by the gallon as provided
for in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
6) Bid Item No. PC-007 Cold-In-Place Recycling (CIP)
a. Description: Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the in-place construction of Cold Recycled Bituminous Base
Course or CIR, as set forth in the Contract Documents.
b. Method of Measurement: CIR will be measured by the square yard. Refer to the
technical specification for the method of measurements of additional tasks or
materials associated to CIR, as per the technical specification.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
7) Bid Item No. PC-008-3 and PC-008-4 Full Depth Reclamation (FDR)
a. Description: Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform all
operations in the preparation of a stabilized base course done by in-place
pulverizing and blending of the existing pavement and base materials, and the
introduction of asphalt emulsion and additives as called for under the technical
specifications.
b. Method of Measurement: Full Depth Reclamation will be measured by the
square yard. Refer to the technical specification for the method of
measurements of additional tasks or materials associated to FDR, as per the
technical specification.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
8) Bid Item No. PC-009- Bituminous Fog Seal
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the sprayed application of a bituminous fog seal material to
bituminous asphaltic concrete surface courses.
b. Method of Measurement: Fog Seal will be measured by the gallon as provided
for in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
23
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-002 ASPHALT REJUVENATOR
I. Description
This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the application of an asphalt rejuvenating agent to asphalt concrete surface
courses. The rejuvenation of surface courses shall be by spray application of a cationic
rejuvenating agent composed of petroleum oils and resins emulsified with water. All work shall
be in accordance with the specifications, the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and
conditions of this contract.
II. Material
A. Rejuvenator Agent:
The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be an emulsion composed of a petroleum resin oil
base uniformly emulsified with water. Each bidder must submit with their bid a certified
statement from the asphalt rejuvenator manufacturer showing that the asphalt
rejuvenating emulsion conforms to the required physical and chemical requirements.
TEST METHOD REQUIREMENTS
TESTS ASTM AASHTO MIN. MAX.
Tests on Emulsion:
Viscosity # 25°C, SFS D-244 T-59 15 40
1
Residue, % W D-244 (mod) T-59 (mod) 60 65
2
Miscibility Test D-244 (mod) T-59 (mod) No Coagulation
3
Sieve Test, %W D-244 (mod) T-59 (mod) -- 0.1
Particle Charge Test D-244 T-59 Positive
4
Percentage Light Transmittance GB GB -- 30
Tests on Residue from Distillation:
Flash Point, COC, °C D-92 T-48 196 --
Viscosity @ 60°C, cst D-445 -- 100 200
Asphaltenes, %w D-2006-70 -- -- 1.00
Maltene Dist. Ratio D-2006-70 -- 0.3 0.60
5
PC/S Ratio D-2006-70 -- 0.5 --
5
Saturated Hydrocarbons, S D-2006-70 -- 21 28
1
ASTM D-244 Modified Evaporation Test for percent of residue is made by heating 50 gram sample to 149 C (300 F)
until foaming ceases, then cool immediately and calculate results.
2
Test procedure identical with ASTM D-244-60 except that 0.02 Normal Calcium Chloride solution shall be used in
place of distilled water.
3
Test procedure identical with ASTM D-244 except that distilled water shall be used in place of two percent sodium
oleate solution.
4
Test procedure is attached.
5
Chemical composition by ASTM Method D-2006-70:
PC = Polar Compounds A = First Acidaffins
1
A = Second Acidaffins S= Saturated Hydrocarbons
2
B. Material Performance
The rejuvenating agent shall have a record of at least five years of satisfactory service
as an asphalt rejuvenating agent and in-depth sealer. The asphalt rejuvenating agent
shall have the capability to penetrate the asphalt pavement surface. The asphalt
rejuvenating agent shall be absorbed and incorporated into the asphalt binder.
Verification that said incorporation of the asphalt rejuvenating agent into the asphalt
binder has been effected shall be by analysis of the chemical properties of said asphalt
24
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
binder i.e. viscosity shall be improved to the following extent. The viscosity shall be
reduced by a minimum of forty, (40%) percent as determined by dynamic shear
rheometer (DSR) method for asphalt testing in accord with AASHTO T315-05. This
analysis shall apply to extracted asphalt binder, taken from cores extracted fifteen to
areas shall be sealed in-depth to the intrusion of air and water.
The rejuvenating agentshall have a record of at least five years of satisfactory service
as an asphalt rejuvenating agent and in-depth sealer. Satisfactory service shall be
based on the capability of the material to decrease the viscosity of the asphalt binder
and provide an in-depth seal.
proposed for use is in compliance with the specification requirements. The bidder must
submit with their bid, previous use documentation and test data conclusively
demonstrating that; the rejuvenating agent has been used successfully for a period of
five years by government agencies such as cities, counties, etc.; and that the asphalt
rejuvenating agent has been proven to perform, as heretofore required, through field
testing by government agencies as to the required change in the asphalt binder
viscosity and penetration number. Testing data shall be submitted indicating such
product performance on a sufficient number of projects, each being tested for a
minimum period of three years to insure reasonable longevity of the treatment, as well
as product consistency. In addition, testing data shall be submitted to indicate said
product performance over a testing period of three years to ensure reasonable life
expectancy.
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
C. Product Standards and Alternates
Formatted: Heading 2, Left, Space Before:
10 pt, Linespacing: Multiple 1.15 li, Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
ALTERNATE for the Standard specified, provided the bidder adheres to the following
C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
and submits the same with their bid. at: 0.19" + Indentat: 0.19", Keep lines
together
1. List the proposed alternate on the Alternate Bid Sheet form giving the product
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 2 +
name and price.
Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, + Start at: 1 +
2. Furnish complete specifications and descriptive literature for the alternate, as
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.75" + Indent
at: 1"
well as a one-gallon sample of the material proposed for use. Such description
and detailed information shall be complete and at least equal in detail to the
3. Submit a current Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for the alternate materials.
4. Submit a list of all projects on which the Alternate has been used by the bidder
within the state of Florida during the past five (5) eyars with said list containing
location, dates of the project, contact name, address and phone number.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75"
The alternate will be given consideration by the County. The Contractor may furnish
only those alternate items included in their bid proposal and approved by the County
prior to award of the contract. If no Alternate is indicated in the bid proposal, the
Contractor shall furnish the Standard (brand) specified.
Should the Alternate be found unacceptable by the County based on the data submitted
with the bid and no bid is entered on the Bid Sheet for the Standard, then said bid will
be considered non-responsive.
25
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
III. Equipment
Any equipment which is not maintained in full working order, or is proven inadequate to obtain
the results prescribed, shall be repaired or replaced at the direction of the Engineer.
A. Distributer Tank:
The distributor for spreading the emulsion shall be self-propelled, and shall have
pneumatic tires. The distributor shall be designed and equipped to distribute the
asphalt rejuvenating agent uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily determined
and controlled rates from 0.05 to 0.5 gallons per square yard of surface, and with an
allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5 percent of the specified rate.
Distributor equipment shall include full circulation spray bars, pump tachometer, volume
measuring device and a hand hose attachment suitable for application of the emulsion
manually to cover areas inaccessible to the distributor. The distributor shall be
equipped to circulate and agitate the emulsion within the tank.
A check of distributor equipment as well as application rate accuracy and uniformity of
distribution shall be made when directed by the Engineer.
The truck used for sanding shall be equipped with a spreader that allows the sand to be
uniformly distributed onto the pavement. The spreader shall be able to apply 1/2 pound
to 3 pounds of sand per square yard in a single pass. The spreader shall be adjustable
so as not to broadcast sand onto driveways or treelawns.
B. Sand Truck:
Sand blotters may be used to allow early opening to traffic, if so determined by the
Engineer. The truck used for sanding shall be equipped with a spreader that allows the
sand to be uniformly distributed onto the pavement. The spreader shall be able to apply
1/2 pound to 3 pounds of sand per square yard in a single pass. The spreader shall be
adjustable so as not to broadcast sand onto driveways or treelawns.
The sand to be used shall be free flowing, without any leaves, dirt stones, etc. Any wet
sand shall be rejected from the job site.
C. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of projects
governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs associated
herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV.Experience
The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be applied by an experienced applicator of such material.
for use. They must submit with their bid a list of five projects on which they applied said
rejuvenator. They shall indicate the project dates, number of square yards treated in each,
and the name and phone number of the representative in charge of each project. A project
superintendent knowledgeable and experienced in application of the asphalt rejuvenating
26
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
outline of the project superintendent.
V. Construction
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
The contractor responsible for applying the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall maintain a
current, written Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) that complies with all
relevant Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory requirements. Prior to the
commencement of application operations, the contractor shall conduct SWPPP training
of all personnel actually applying the asphalt rejuvenating agent. At all times, the
contractor shall ensure that a current copy of their SWPPP is present on-site, wherever
the asphalt rejuvenating agent is being applied.
B. Handling of Asphalt Rejuvenating Agent
Contents in tank cars or storage tanks shall be circulated at least forty-five minutes
before withdrawing any material for application. When loading the distributor, the
asphalt rejuvenating agent concentrate shall be loaded first and then the required
amount of water shall be added. The water shall be added into the distributor with
enough force to cause agitation and thorough mixing of the two materials. To prevent
foaming, the discharge end of the water hose or pipe shall be kept below the surface of
the material in the distributor which shall be used as a spreader. The distributor truck
will be cleaned of all its asphalt materials, and washed out to the extent that no
discoloration of the emulsion may be perceptible. Cleanliness of the spreading
equipment shall be subject to the approval and satisfaction of the Engineer.
C. Weather and Seasonal Limitations
The temperature of the asphalt rejuvenating emulsion, at the time of application shall be
as recommended by the manufacturer. The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be applied
only when the existing surface to be treated is thoroughly dry. Additionally, application
of the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be prohibited when weather forecasts indicate a
chance of a rain event in the work area, which would produce in excess of 0.10 inches
of rain within four hours of the application of the asphalt rejuvenating agent. The
contractor shall perform follow-up inspections of stormwater inlets, culverts, and
asphalt rejuvenating agent application operations, whenever a precipitation event, in
excess of 0.10 inches of rain, occurs during a two day period following application of the
asphalt rejuvenating agent. The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall not be applied when
the ambient temperature is below 40° F.
D. Resident Notification
The Contractor shall distribute by hand, a typed notice to all residents and businesses
on the street to be treated. The notice will be delivered no more than 24 hours prior to
the treatment of the road. The notice will have a local phone number that the residents
may call to ask questions. The notice shall be of the door hanger type which secures to
the door handle of each dwelling. Unsecured notices will not be allowed. The
contractor shall also place the notice on the windshield of any parked cars on the street.
Hand distribution of this notice will be considered incidental to the contract.
27
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
E. Field Verification
Formatted: Heading 2, Left, Space Before:
10 pt, Linespacing: Multiple 1.15 li, Outline
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work
C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
and adjoining properties. It shall be the Contracto at: 0.19" + Indentat: 0.19", Keep lines
together
treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the
Formatted: Normal
necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
construction from damages or contamination.
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages
to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their
expense.
E.F. Site Preparation
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
and deleterious material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping the
road immediately ahead of the operation to make sure the road is free of loose
aggregate and other debris, as well as sweeping and cleaning the streets after
treatment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the hand cleaning is not sufficient then a
self-propelled street sweeper shall be used.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be
protected from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper
or other suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
F.G. Application of Rejuvenating Agent
The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be applied by a distributor truck at the temperature
recommended by the manufacturer and at the pressure required for the proper
distribution. The emulsion shall be applied so that uniform distribution is obtained at all
points of the areas to be treated. Distribution shall be commenced with a running start
to insure full rate of spread over the entire area to be treated. Areas inadvertently
missed shall receive additional treatment as may be required by hand sprayer
application.
Application of asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be on one-half width of the pavement at
a time. When the second half of the surface is treated, the distributor nozzle nearest
the center of the road shall overlap the previous application by at least one-half the
width of the nozzle spray. In any event the centerline construction joint of the pavement
shall be treated in both application passes of the distributor truck.
Before spreading, the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be blended with water at the rate
of two (2) parts rejuvenating agent to one (1) part water, by volume or as specified by
the manufacturer. The combined mixture of asphalt rejuvenating agent and water shall
be spread at the rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gallons per square yard, or as approved by the
Engineer.
Where more than one application is to be made, succeeding applications shall made as
soon as penetration of the preceding application has been completed and approval is
28
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
granted for additional applications by the Engineer.
Grades or super elevations of surfaces that may cause excessive runoff, in the opinion
of the Engineer, shall have the required amounts applied in two or more applications as
directed.
After the street has been treated, the area within one foot of the curb line on both sides
of the road shall receive additional treatment of the asphalt rejuvenating emulsion. Said
treatment shall be uniformly applied by a method acceptable by the Engineer.
After the rejuvenating agent has penetrated, a coating of dry sand shall be applied to
the surface in sufficient amount to protect the traveling public as required by the
Engineer.
All sand used during the treatment must be removed no later than 48 hours after
treatment of the street. This shall be accomplished by a combination of hand and
mechanical sweeping. All turnouts, cul-de-sacs, etc. must be cleaned of any material to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Street sweeping will be included in the price bid per
square yard for asphalt rejuvenating agent.
If, after sand is swept and in the opinion of the Engineer, a hazardous condition exists
on the roadway, the contractor must apply additional sand and sweep same no later
than 24 hours following reapplication. No additional compensation will be allowed for
reapplications and removal of sand.
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
H. Pavement Marking Restoration
If the Contractor is using an approved Alternate to the Product Standard specified, the
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 2 +
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 +
Contractor shall include as part of the project tasks, the restoration of all pavement
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.19" + Indent
markings and striping after the product has been satisfactorily applied. These tasks will
at: 0.19"
be paid under the FDOT series 710 and 711 pay items indicated on the Alternate Bid
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
Sheet.
G.I.Quality Assurance and Testing
The Contractor shall furnish a quality inspection report showing the source,
manufacturer, and the date shipped, for each load of asphalt rejuvenating agent. When
directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall take representative samples of material
for testing.
The County, at their option, may require testing to be performed on extracted asphalt
cement from a pavement to a depth of three eights inch (3/8"). The testing protocol shall
-inch or 6-inch core by ASTM
D2172 and ASTM D1856. The recovered binder can be tested for complex viscosity @
60ºC, Pas, using the Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) by AASHTO T315, or viscosity
@ 60ºC, Poises, using the Absolute viscosity @ 60ºC, Poises, by ASTM D2171.
Test sections shall be at least one squared yard in area. The test sections shall have
various application rates for each pavement type that exists on the project and shall be
conducted prior to the application of product to define application rates which meet
and/or exceed the above targets.
29
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Costs associated with testing shall be included in bid price.
VI.Traffic Control
The Contractor shall schedule his operations and carry out the work in a manner to cause the
least disturbance and/or interference with the normal flow of traffic over the areas to be
treated. Treated portions of the pavement surfaces shall be kept closed and free from traffic
until penetration, in the opinion of the Engineer, has become complete and the area is suitable
for traffic.
When, in the opinion of the Engineer, traffic must be maintained at all times on a particular
street, then the Contractor shall apply asphalt rejuvenating agent to one lane at a time. Traffic
shall be maintained in the untreated lane until traffic may be switched to the completed lane.
The contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control and signing required to ensure safe
travel. The contractor shall notify the police and fire departments as to the streets that are to
be treated each day. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, proper signing is not being used, the
Contractor shall stop all operations until safe signing and barricading is achieved.
VII.Method of Measurement
Asphalt rejuvenating agent will be measured by the square yard as provided for in the Contract
Documents. The accepted quantities, measured as provided for above, will be paid for at the
contract unit price for asphalt rejuvenating agent.
VIII. Basis of Payment
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit prices include all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Asphalt Rejuvenating
Agent, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for
any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Formatted Table
Asphalt Rejuvenating Agent Square Yard
Silica Sand Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-002
30
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING PERCENT LIGHT TRANSMITTANCE
I. Scope
This procedure covers the determination of percent light transmittance of the asphalt
rejuvenating agent.
II. Equipment
A. Container may be either glass, plastic or metal having a capacity of 6,000 ml.
B. Graduated cylinder, 1,000 ml, or greater.
C. Light transmittance measuring apparatus, such as Bausch and Lomb or Lumertron
spectrophotometer.
D. Graduated pipette having 1 ml capacity to 0.01 ml accuracy.
E. Suction bulb for use with the pipette.
F. Test tubes compatible with
33-17-81, (B&L).
III. Spectrophotometer Calibration
A. Calibrate spectrophotometer as follows:
1. Set wavelength at 580 mµ
2. Allow spectrophotometer to warm up for thirty minutes.
3. Zero percent light transmittance (%LT) scale.
4. Rinse test tube three times with tap water and fill to top of circle marking on B&L test
tube, or approximately 2/3 full.
5. Place tube in spectrophotometer and set %LT scale at 100
6. Repeat steps 3 and 5 two times or until no further adjustments are necessary.
IV.Procedure
A. Shake, stir or otherwise thoroughly mix emulsion to be tested. Place sample of
emulsion in beaker and allow to stand one minute.
B. Place 2.000 ml tap water in container.
C. Such 1.00 ml emulsion into pipette using suction bulb. Wipe off outside of pipette.
D. Using suction bulb, blow emulsion into container.
E. Rinse pipette by sucking in diluted emulsion solution and blowing out.
F. Clean pipette with soap or solvent and water. Rinse with acetone.
G. Stir diluted emulsion thoroughly.
H. Rinse out tube to be used with the diluted emulsion three times and fill to top of circle.
I. Calibrate spectrophotometer.
J. Place diluted emulsion sample tube in spectrophotometer, cover and read %LT to
nearest tenth.
K. Repeat steps I and J until three identical consecutive readings are achieved.
L. The elapsed time between addition of emulsion to dilution of water and final %LT
reading should not exceed 5 minutes.
31
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-003 CRACK SEALING
I. Description
The work consists of applying a hot-applied, single component polymer/rubber modified
asphalt material supplied in solid form, to seal or fill cracks or joints in asphalt concrete or
Portland cement concrete pavements. Cracks or joints that will be sealed shall be a minimum
of one quarter (1/4) inch, and have a maximum width of one (1) inch.
II. Materials
A. Polymer/rubber Modified Asphalt Material: Materials shall be a premixed, single
component mixture of asphalt cement, aromatic extender oils, polymers, and granulized
rubber in a closely controlled manufacturing process. Materials shall conform to the
following specifications when heated in accordance to ASTM D5078 to the
!
Property Specification
Cone Penetration, 77.0°F (ASTM D5329) 30 60 dmm
Resilience, 77.0°F (ASTM D5329) 30 % minimum
Softening Point (ASTM D113) 200°F minimum
Ductility, 77.0°F (ASTM D113) 300 mm minimum
Flow 140°F (60°C) (ASTM D5329) 3mm maximum
Asphalt Compatibility (ASTM D5329) Pass
Bitumen Content (ASTM D4) 60% minimum
Tension Adhesion (ASTM D5329) 400% minimum
Maximum Heating Temperature 400°F (204°C)
Formatted Table
Minimum Heating Temperature 380°F (193°C)
Formatted: Font color: Auto
B. Blotting Material: If required, the blotting material shall be an aggregate such as cement
dust, Crafco Detack or equivalent, or other cover aggregate approved by the Project
Manager.
III. Equipment
A.Sealant Application Equipment: Equipment used to install the sealant into the cracks
shall be as specified by the manufacturer and shall have the ability to fill cracks with two
wands at the same time and maintain the proper temperature of the sealant throughout
the sealing process. This heating unit shall be a jacketed double boiler melter with
transmittal of heat through heat transfer oil. It shall be equipped with an on board
automatic heat controlling device to permit the attainment of a predetermined
temperature, and then maintain that temperature as long as required. The unit shall
also have an agitation system to meet the requirements of Appendix X1.1. of ASTM
6690. The sealant shall be applied to the pavement under pressure supplied by a gear
pump with hose and wand and direct connecting applicator tip. The pump shall have
sufficient pressure to apply designated sealant at a rate of at least three (3) gallons
(11.4L) per minute. Melter applicators shall be approved for use by the sealant
32
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
manufacturer. Pouring pots or gravity-fed sealant applicators shall not be used for
sealing cracks and joints.
B. Hot Compressed Air (HCA) Equipment: A hot compressed air lance shall be used to
clean, dry and pre-heat cracks prior to applying sealant. The air lance shall consist of a
compressor propane system providing a high temperature, high velocity blast of air.
C. Compressor: The compressor shall be 75 C.F.M. capacity, or more, to ensure an
adequate supply of air to effectively clean the joints. Any pneumatic tool lubricator must
be bypassed and a filter installed on the discharge valve to keep water and oil out of the
lines.
D. Crack Cleaning Equipment: Cleaning of excess debris shall be done by means of power
sweepers, hand brooms, or air brooms.
IV.Submittals
The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager the specifications sheets along with the
installation procedures of the type of crack seal that is to be used.
A log sheet shall be maintained during the crack seal operations. The original of this log sheet
shall be supplied to the Project Manager. A minimum of the following information shall be
recorded:
Road name, date, time application process starts, amount installed, time application
process ends.
Date, time and amount added to the melter.
The lot number from each box added shall be also recorded.
Weather conditions
!
The Contractor shall supply the Project Manager with tickets and the corresponding actual lot
numbers removed from the boxes, showing the amount of gallons used for each road.
A log of all herbicides, if any, shall be kept and a copy shall be supplied to the Project Manager
within one (1) week of spraying. This log shall include the type of material, mixture rate,
application rate, location, date, and time of application.
V. Preparations
A. Weather: No sealant shall be installed unless the ambient and pavement temperature
are 40° and rising. There shall be no fog and no chance of rain. Any cracks that are not
sealed the same day they are prepared shall be blown out with compressed air before
the sealing operation continues. If rain or fog delays the sealing operation, the cracks
shall be allowed to dry and shall have additional cleaning as required to remove any
debris that may have been washed into the crack by rain. The cracks shall be
completely dry before the seal treatment can resume. The Contractor may use the Hot
Compressed Air Lance method of cleaning and drying the cracks with the approval of
the Project Manager. Care shall be taken to not overheat the existing asphaltic concrete
surface if this method is used.
Formatted: Normal, Left, Indent: Hanging:
0.31", Space Before: 0 pt, After: 0 pt, No
bullets or numbering
33
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.31", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
B. Field Verification
C, + Start at: 2 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway surface.
at: 0.19" + Indentat: 0.19"
Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work and adjoining
ure that the treatment and
construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the necessary precautions
to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during construction from damages or
contamination.
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages to
the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their expense.
Formatted: Font color: Auto, Pattern: Clear
A.
Formatted: Normal, Left, Space Before: 0 pt,
After: 0 pt, No bullets or numbering
B.C. Surface Preparation: No sealant shall be installed until all cracks and joints have
been cleaned free of all deleterious materials, including any dust, old sealant,
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.19", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
incompressibles, and organic material, and are sufficiently dry. Following the initial routing
C, + Start at: 3 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
and cleaning operation, all cracks and joints shall be HCA lanced within 10 minutes of
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
application of the sealant. Equipment for the two operations should be kept in a compact
configuration such that not more than 50 feet separates equipment required by the two
operations. Extreme care shall be used to ensure the crack sidewalls do not become
overheated and burned.
C.D. Crack Cleaning: All cracks and joints shall be cleaned free of all deleterious
materials, including any dust, old sealant, incompressible, and organic material. When
vegetation exists in the cracks and joints, it shall be removed by either using propane torch
or treated with an herbicide that sterilizes the soil. The method of removal is subject to the
approval of the Project Manager. If an herbicide is used it shall be applied according to the
manufacturer's specifications and shall be applied ahead of the operations so that the weed
is totally browned. The applicator of the herbicide shall have the proper State of Florida
Pesticide Applicators License. A copy of this license shall be supplied to the Project
Manager upon request. A log of all herbicides shall be kept. Submittals and a copy shall be
supplied to the Project Manager. !
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.19"
All cracks are to be clean and are sufficiently dry before any crack sealing material is
applied. All cracks shall be blown clean by high pressure air. All old material and other
debris removed from the cracks shall be removed from the pavement surface immediately.
Any cracks that are not sealed the same day they are prepared shall be blown out with
compressed air before the sealing operation continues.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 5 +
VI.Construction Methods
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
A.C. Sealant Heating: The temperature of the sealant shall be heated and maintained
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 2 +
using the manufacturer's recommended procedures. The sealant compound shall be
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 3 +
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.5" + Indent
melted slowly with constant agitation until it is in a lump-free, free-flowing state, within
at: 0.5"
the temperature range recommended by the manufacturer for application. Care shall be
taken to insure that the sealant is not heated above the manufacturer's recommended
maximum temperature or for longer than the recommended application life. The Project
Manager shall have the right to reject the product if it is determined that this has
occurred.
34
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
B.D. General Sealant Application: All single transverse cracks in the travel lanes shall
be sealed by the Cut and seal method. All other cracks in the travel lanes, shoulders,
and auxiliary areas may be filled by either the Cut and Seal method or the Crack Fill
method. If a surface treatment, such as resurfacing or surface sealing shall follow, the
Crack filling material must cure for a minimum of 30 days prior to application of the final
surface treatment.!
C.E. Cut and Seal Method: Cut, clean and seal cracks and joints that are 1/16 inch or
greater in width. Cut along the crack or joint to construct a uniform rectangular reservoir
in which the sealant is to be placed. The reservoir shall be between ½ inch and ¾ inch
in width. The depth of the reservoir shall be between ½ inch and 1 inch. The cut
reservoir shall have vertical, intact sides with no loosely bonded aggregate. Following
cutting, the reservoir shall be cleaned using the air blast method or other acceptable
method. The reservoir shall be inspected prior to the application of the sealant to
ensure that it is clean, dry and free of dirt, debris, adhered fines or other contaminants.
If the reservoirs are not clean and dry, they shall be re-cleaned to achieve the required
condition. Sealant shall be applied to slightly overfill the reservoir and then struck off
pavement surface. In no case shall the remaining material be lower than the pavement
surface or exceed 1/16 inch above the surface. In no case shall the width of excess
material on the pavement surface exceed 3 inches. !
D.F.Crack Fill Method: Clean and seal joints and cracks that are 1/16 inch or greater
in width. Clean joints and cracks with air blast cleaning or other acceptable methods to
a depth of at least twice the joint or crack width. Joints and cracks shall be inspected
prior to the application of the sealant to ensure that it is clean, dry and free of dirt,
debris, adhered fines or other contaminants. Apply sealing material with a pressure
nozzle. Completely fill cracks and joints. Sealant shall be applied to slightly overfill the
crack or joint and then struck of
squeegee material shall be flush with the pavement surface. In no case shall the
remaining material be lower than the pavement surface or exceed 1/16 inch above the
surface. In no case shall the width of excess material on the pavement surface exceed
3 inches. !
E.G. Pavement Cleaning and Protection: The pavement surface and all work areas
shall be left in a clean condition. Vehicular traffic shall not be permitted on the
pavement in treated areas during the initial curing period recommended by the
manufacturer. The Contractor shall provide all temporary traffic control devices to
protect the treated areas, as required by the Engineer.
Prevent tracking with an application of fine sand, unless it can be demonstrated that the
crack and joint sealer will not track without its application. Other methods may be used
if approved by the Engineer. Repair any pavement striping or markings affected by the
application of the sealant. Any excessive or spilled sealant shall be removed by the
Contractor using approved methods. Any damage to uncured sealant shall be repaired
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 5 +
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
VII.Liability and Deficiencies
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 2 +
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 3 +
A.C. During the period of construction and the warranty period the Contractor shall be
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.5" + Indent
responsible for processing any and all claims for property damage and or bodily injury
at: 0.5"
35
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
caused by the failure of the Crack Sealing including but not limited to, motor vehicles or
pedestrians. The Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of all property damage
and bodily injury claims and agrees to save and hold harmless the County from all such
claims. Claims not handled by the Contractor or their representative in the proper
manner, will be settled by the County. The County shall recover all costs from the
Contractor.!
The Contractor shall be responsible for any claims of tracking as part of this
specification. If there is a claim the Contractor shall be responsible for: !
1. Applying more blotting material as necessary.
2. Address the tracked material by either removing or repairing the object that was
affected.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 2 +
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 3 +
B.D. Where the sealant subsides in the crack by more than 1/8 inch below the adjacent
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.5" + Indent
pavement surface, except where the pavement will be immediately overlaid, the surface
at: 0.5"
of the sealant shall be cleaned and topped up.
The sealant shall be removed, the routed crack rerouted at the Project Manager's
discretion, and resealed if any of the following occur:
1. The sealant contains imbedded foreign material other than dusting material.
2. The sealant contains entrapped air bubbles;
3. The sealant has de-bonded or pulled away from the crack; or
4. The sealant has been excessively heated.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 5 +
VIII. Method of Measurement
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Crack Sealing-Filling, and not specifically listed in another item in the
Bid Form, shall be included in this item.
The measurement shall be made in amount of linear feet of cracks or joints completed and
accepted, determined by field measure, and shall be supported by the submittals. The amount
of crack sealer shall be reported and invoiced for each road.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 5 +
IX.Basis of Payment.
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Crack and Joint
Sealing/Filling, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be
provided for any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the
specifications, except that at the direction of the County.
36
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Bituminous Crack and Joint Sealing per Linear FootGallon
All invoices shall contain the purchase order number, invoice date, itemized work detail
including the amount of product applied to each road, date of service specific to each location,
appropriate retention, person to contact and their phone number for billing questions and
location of delivery or service, and confirmation of acceptance of the goods or services by the
appropriate COUNTY representative.
END OF SECTION PC-003
37
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-004 CHIP SEALCHIP SEAL
I. Description
The work specified in this section consists of placement of a polymer modified Microsurface on
a prepared existing paved road, placed within the lines, grades, and thickness established by
the County.
Description: Microsurfacing is a polymer-modified cold-mix paving system that begins as a
mixture of dense-graded aggregate, polymer modified asphalt emulsion, water, and mineral
fillers placed in a slurry state at ambient air temperature to extend the service life of both urban
and rural roads within the County. The end product should maintain a skid-resistant surface in
variable thick sections throughout the service life of the micro surfacing.
II. Materials:
A. Emulsified Asphalt: Provide quick-traffic latex modified cationic type CSS emulsion
with natural or synthetic latex conforming to the requirements specified in AASHTO
M208 or ASTM D2397 for CSS-1H.
B.
Property Minimum Maximum
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol @ 25° C, Sec. 20.0 90.0
Particle Charge Positive ---
Sieve Test --- 0.1
Distillation: --- ---
Oil distillate, by volume, % --- 0.5
Residue from Distillation, % 62.0 ---
Penetration, 25°C, 100g, 5 sec. 40.0 100.0
Ductility, 77° F, 50 mm/ sec. 70.0 ---
plus the following:
AASHTO ASTM TEST QUALITY SPECIFICATION
TEST NO. NO.
T53 D36 Softening Point
T59 D244 Residue after Distillation 62% Minimum
T49 2397 40 90*
2170
It shall pass all applicable storage and settlement tests. The cement mixing test shall be
waived for this emulsion. The polymer material shall be milled or blended into the
asphalt or emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process.
The minimum amount and type of polymer modifier shall be determined by the
laboratory performing the mix design. The minimum amount required will be based on
asphalt weight content and will be certified by the emulsion supplier. In general, a three
percent (3%) polymer solids, based on asphalt weight, is considered minimum.
The five-day (5) settlement test may be waived, provided job stored emulsion is used
within thirty-six (36) hours from the time of the shipment, or the stored material has had
additional emulsion blended into it prior to use.
38
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Each load of emulsified asphalt shall be accompanied with a Certificate of
Analysis/Compliance to assure that it is the same as that used in the mix design. For
the first load of emulsified asphalt produced for the project, the supplier shall submit a
application, the owner / buying agency may sample and test all subsequent loads of
emulsified asphalt delivered to the project to verify and determine compliance with
specification requirements. Where these tests identify material outside specification
requirements, the owner may require the supplier to cease shipment of that pretested
emulsified asphalt product. Further shipment of that pretested emulsified asphalt
problem is evaluated and corrected by the supplier as necessary to the satisfaction of
the owning agency.
C. Aggregate: The mineral aggregate used shall be of the type and grade specified for
the particular use of the Microsurfacing. The aggregate shall be a manufactured
crushed stone such as granite, slag, limestone, chat, or other high-quality aggregate, or
combination thereof. To assure the material is totally crushed, one-hundred percent
(100%) of the parent aggregate will be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to
be used.
When aggregate is tested according to the following test, it should meet these minimum
requirements:
AASHTO
ASTM
TES
TEST QUALITY SPECIFICATION
T
NO.
NO.
T176 D2419 Sand Equivalent 65 Minimum
15% Maximum using NA2 SO4
T104 C88 Soundness
or 25% Maximum using MgSO4
T96 C131 Abrasion Resistance 30% Maximum
The abrasion test is to be run on the parent aggregate. The aggregate should meet
state-approved polishing values. Proven performance may justify the use of aggregates
that may not pass all of the above tests.
When tested in accordance with AASHTO T27 (ASTM C136) and AASHTO T11 (ASTM
C117), the target (mix design) aggregate gradation (including the mineral filler) shall be
within one of the following bands.
SIEVE SIZE TYPE II TYPE III STOCKPILE
% PASSING % PASSING TOLERANCE
100 100
#4 (4.75 mm) 90 100 70 - 90 ± 5 %
#8 (2.36 mm) 65 90 45 70 ± 5 %
#16 (1.18 mm) 45 70 28 - 50 ± 5 %
#30 (600 um) 30 50 19 - 34 ± 5 %
#50 (330 um) 18 30 12 - 25 ± 4 %
#100 (150 um) 10 21 7 - 18 ± 3 %
#200 (75 um) 5 15 5 - 15 ± 2 %
39
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
I. Description
Formatted: Font: NotBold, Pattern: Clear
(White)
The work specified in this section consists of furnishing and applying a single or double
Formatted: Heading 1, None, Line spacing:
application of bituminous surface treatment on a paved roadway or on a prepared road base,
single, Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
compacted to the lines, grades, and thickness established by the County and in substantial
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
conformance with the limits established by the owner.
0", No widow/orphan control, Don't keep with
next, Tab stops: 0.5", Left
Description: Chip Seal is a pavement surface treatment option that combines a layer of
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
polymer modified liquid asphalt emulsion placed on a prepared base with a layer of aggregate
Formatted: Line spacing: single
spread and compacted while the asphalt is still liquid.
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
II. Materials:
Formatted: Font: NotBold, Pattern: Clear
(White)
A. Aggregates: Crushed granite conforming to FDOT specifications section 901,
Formatted: Heading 1, None, Line spacing:
single, Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
table 1 for #89, #78 or #67 gradation for coarse aggregates except as modified
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
herein. The aggregate shall be washed granite obtained from a source approved
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0", No widow/orphan control, Don't keep with
by the owner. Sampling and testing of aggregate shall be the responsibility of the
next, Tab stops: 0.5", Left
contractor. Copies of test results from the aggregate supplier shall be furnished
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
to the owner prior to the start of the surface treatment.
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
C/!Liquid bituminous material for surface treatment: CRS-2h liquid bituminous
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
material conforming to FDOT specification section 916-4.1 except as modified
herein. The bituminous material shall be polymer modified. The contractor shall
certify the liquid bituminous material meets the aforementioned FDOT.!
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
The Cationic mixing grade shall be homogenous and of high quality. The material shall be
Formatted: Line spacing: single
prepared from straight-run Venezuelan Asphalt of high ductility and shall contain a rubber
hydrocarbon additive derived from latex in addition to carefully controlled amounts of selected
diluents to promote work ability and minimize stripping. Additives that enhance pavement
performance are subject to approval by the County.
Cationic Asphalt Emulsion
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Material Designation
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Test on Emulsion: Minimum Maximum
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol, 77 degrees F (25 C), s --- ---
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Viscosity, Saybolt, 122 degrees F (50 C), s 150 400
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Storage Stability Test, 24-h, %* 1
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Distillation (prior to addition of dilutent)
% residue by volume of emulsion 65 ---
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
% oil distillate by volume of emulsion --- 0.5
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Tests on Residue from Distillation: --- ---
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Penetration, 77 °F, 100 g., 5 sec. 70 110
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Solubility in Trichloroethylene, % 97.5 ---
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Ductility, 77 °F, 5 cm./min., cm. 100 ---
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
C. Material Samples:
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
The County will require the Contractor to sample and test each load of emulsion
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
prior to delivery. The Contractor will also provide a sample of the emulsion, on site, Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
prior to commencing work. The County will require the Contractor to provide sample
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
containers and a local Independent testing laboratory for the analyzing of emulsion.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
40
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of the testing. The County reserves
the right to test any shipment of emulsion that is believed to be of substandard. All
samples shall be shipped and stored in clean air tight sealed wide mouth jars or
bottles made of plastic.
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
III. Equipment:
Formatted: Heading 1, None, Line spacing:
single, Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
A. Distributor:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0", No widow/orphan control, Don't keep with
The liquid bituminous material shall be applied with a truck mounted, pressure
next, Tab stops: 0.5", Left
distributor that has been calibrated within the previous twelve (12) months, for
Formatted: Font: NotBold, Pattern: Clear
transverse and longitudinal application rate. The distributor shall be equipped,
(White)
maintained and operated so that the bituminous material can be applied at controlled
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
temperatures and rates from .035 to 1.5 gallons per square yard. The distributor shall
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
be capable of applying bituminous material of variable widths up to sixteen (16) feet.
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
The distributor shall uniformly apply the bituminous material to the specified rate with a
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
maximum allowed variation of 0.015 gallons per square yard. Distributor equipment
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
shall include tachometer, accurate volume measuring device, a calibrated tank and a
single
be equipped with a heating device, asphalt pump and full circulating spray bars
adjustable laterally and vertically. Distributors and transport trailers shall be equipped
with a sampling valve. Distributor trucks shall be of the pressure type with insulated
tanks. The use of gravity distributors will not be permitted. The valves shall be
operated by levers so that one or all valves may be quickly opened or closed in one
operation. The valves which control the flow from nozzles shall act positively so as to
provide a uniform unbroken spread of bituminous material on the surface. The
distributor shall be equipped with devices and charts to provide for accurate and rapid
determination and control of the amount of bituminous material being applied and with
a bitumeter of the auxiliary wheel type registering speed in feet per minute, and trip
and total distance in feet.
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
B. Aggregate Spreader:
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
The aggregate spreader shall be a self-propelled unit capable of uniformly spreading
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
width of the lane to be treated. The spreader shall be calibrated within the previous
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
twelve (12) months for transverse and longitudinal application. The spreader shall be
equipped with a computer-controlled aggregate/chip spreader in order to ensure the
appropriate aggregate coverage at varying speeds, unless approved otherwise by
Engineer.
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
C. Pneumatic Tire Rollers:
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
The contractor shall use eight (8) to twelve (12) ton self-propelled pneumatic tire
rollers with oscillating wheels and low pressure, smooth tires. Maintain the inflation of
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
the tires such that in no two tires the air pressure varies more than 5 psi. The rollers
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
will be equipped with an operating water system and coco pads. A sufficient number of
rollers and a sufficient number of passes shall be used to ensure cover aggregate is
properly rolled.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
41
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
D. Self-Propelled Rotary Power Broom:
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
The self-propelled rotary broom shall be designed, equipped, maintained and
operated so the pavement surface can be swept clean. The broom shall have an
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
adjustment to control the downward pressure. Brooming is required before and after
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
the chip seal operation.
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
E. Additional equipment:
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
projects governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single, Tab stops: 0.56", Left + Not at 0.5"
associated herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight
edge) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
IV.Experience:
Formatted:Font:NotBold,Pattern:Clear
(White)
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
minimum of five Chip Seal project references in the State of Florida that have been completed
Formatted: Line spacing: single
within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding
the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the
requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall have the option to inspect
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
V. Construction:
Formatted: Heading 1, None, Line spacing:
single, Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
A. Layout:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0", No widow/orphan control, Don't keep with
The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the roadway
next, Tab stops: 0.5", Left
prior to paving.
Formatted: Font: NotBold, Pattern: Clear
(White)
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations:
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
The surface treatment shall not be applied to a wet surface or when rain is occurring
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
or the threat of rain is present immediately before placement. The surface treatment
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
shall not be applied when the temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit in the
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
shade, and humidity should be 50% or lower. When applying emulsions, the
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
temperature of the surface shall be a minimum of 55°F, and no more than 140°F.
single, Tab stops: 0.75", Left + Not at 0.5"
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
Additionally, application of the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be prohibited when
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
weather forecasts indicate a chance of a rain event in the work area, which would
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
produce in excess of 0.10 inches of rain within four hours of the application of the
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
asphalt rejuvenating agent.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
C. Field Verification
Formatted: Font: Arial, 12 pt, Bold, Pattern:
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
Clear
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of
Formatted: List Paragraph, Level 2, Space
Before: 12 pt, After: 3 pt, Line spacing:
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
that the treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway,
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
taking the necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1", Keep
with next, Don't keep lines together
pavement during construction from damages or contamination.
Formatted: Font: Bold, Pattern: Clear
42
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause
damages to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor
shall be responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at
their expense.
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
D. Site and Surface Preparation:
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
and deleterious material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping
the road immediately ahead of the operation to make sure the road is free of loose Formatted: Font: 12 pt
aggregate and other debris, as well as sweeping and cleaning the streets after
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
treatment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the hand cleaning is not sufficient then a
self-propelled street sweeper shall be used.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be
protected from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper
or other suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
Thermoplastic striping and pavement markings, raised pavement markers, and raised
pavement marker adhesive shall be removed.
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
E. Traffic Control:
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary traffic control, barricades, signs and
flagmen, to ensure the safety of the traveling public and to all working personnel.
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Traffic shall not travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been completed. The
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
Contractor shall submit an M.O.T plan indication all facets of traffic control for the
project area. The MOT plan must be approved in writing by the County prior to
commencing any work. All traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT
Roadway Design Standards, most current edition and TP-102. M.O.T. and associated
devices shall be checked daily and periodically throughout the project for compliance;
and where adjustments or corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Traffic shall not be allowed on the roadway after placement of the chip seal for a
minimum of two hours. During and after placement of the chip seal, pilot cars should
escort traffic at a speed of 20 mph (30 kph) over the chip sealed surface for two to 24
hours. Once all the loose aggregate is removed from the new chip seal surface,
pilot cars are no longer needed.
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
F. Application of bituminous material:
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
Liquid bituminous material shall be applied by means of a pressure type distributor in
a uniform, continuous spread over the section to be treated. The distributor shall be
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
moving forward at the proper speed when the liquid is discharged onto the pavement
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single, Tab stops: 0.75", Left + Not at 0.5"
to provide an even and consistent application at the rate prescribed. If any areas are
deficient the operation shall be stopped and corrected immediately. The liquid shall
spreader when the ambient air temperature is above 75 degrees or one hundred
below 75 degrees.
Formatted: Line spacing: single
43
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.06", Hanging:
Single Chip Seal: Application of the liquid bituminous material shall be
0.25", Line spacing: single
applied at a rate of .38 -.45 gallons per square yard depending on the
composition of the existing road bed, surface texture and the size of the
aggregate in use.
Double Chip Seal: The second application of liquid bituminous material shall
be applied at a rate of .38 - .42 gallons per square yard depending upon the
size of the first layer of aggregate that the liquid is sprayed upon and the size
of the aggregate being placed over the first application of surface treatment.
Formatted: Font: 12 pt, Bold, Not Italic
G. Application of cover Aggregate: Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
Immediately following the spray application of the liquid bituminous material, cover
single
aggregate shall be spread over the liquid material at a rate of 18 30 lbs square yard
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
depending upon the type of road base and/or the size of the existing aggregate that is
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
being resurfaced.
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
H. Rolling:
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
Immediately following the first application of the cover material, roll the entire surface
single
with a pneumatic roller, followed immediately with the steel drum roller. Cover the
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
entire surface one time with the steel drum roller. Then, roll the cover material again
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
with the pneumatic roller. Continue rolling as long as necessary to ensure thorough
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
keying of the cover aggregate into the liquid bituminous material. Eliminate the steel
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
drum when rolling the second application of cover aggregate. Apply the second
application of liquid and cover material the same day as the first application, as far as
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
it is practicable and consistent with the setting of the liquid bituminous material.
Formatted: List Paragraph, Line spacing:
single, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering
I. Sweeping:
Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 1 + Alignment:
Left + Aligned at: 0.75"+ Indent at: 1"
After rolling of the first application of cover aggregate, lightly broom the loose
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
aggregate in a manner not to dislodge the aggregate embedded in the liquid. Sweep
loose material from road bed. Following second application again broom loose
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", Line spacing:
single
aggregate from the road bed prior to the application of the fog seal. If temperatures
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
exceed 85 degrees, it may be necessary to wait 24 hours before sweeping the first
application of chip seal. Formatted: Font: NotBold, Pattern: Clear
(White)
Formatted: Heading 1, None, Line spacing:
J. Fog Seal:
single, Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Upon direction from the Engineer, fog seal is to be applied as a separate pay item.
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
When surface treatment has set, a fog seal is to be applied at a rate of .1 to .15
0", No widow/orphan control, Don't keep with
gallons per square yard to the entire surface treatment. The liquid for fog seal shall be
next, Tab stops: 0.5", Left
a cationic mixing type emulsion diluted forty (40%) percent with water. Fog seal shall
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
then be lightly sanded at a rate of plus or minus two (2) pounds per square yard by
Formatted: Line spacing: single
means of a mechanical spreader.
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
Formatted: Heading 1, None, Line spacing:
VI.General Performance:
single, Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of the engineer without
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other types of pavement distress or
0", No widow/orphan control, Don't keep with
unsatisfactory performance.
next, Tab stops: 0.5", Left
Formatted: Font: NotBold, Pattern: Clear
VII.Method of Measurement:
(White)
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
Formatted: Line spacing: single
44
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Chip Seal, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form,
shall be included in this item. Should the contractor be directed to place Fog Seal as a
secondary application to Chip Seal, it shall be measured separately as listed in the Technical
Specification for Fog Seal
Formatted: Pattern: Clear (White)
VIII. Basis of Payment:
Formatted: Heading 1, None, Line spacing:
single, Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0", No widow/orphan control, Don't keep with
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
next, Tab stops: 0.5", Left
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Chip Seal, including all
Formatted: Font: NotBold, Pattern: Clear
items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary
(White)
for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications, except that at the direction
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
of the County. If applied, Fog Seal shall be paid separately as listed in the Technical
Formatted: Line spacing: single
Specification for Fog Seal.
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Payment will be made under:
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Pay Item Pay Unit
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Chip Seal (Single application) Square Yard
Chip Seal (Double application) Square Yard
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
The job mix (target) gradation shall be within the gradation band for the desired type.
After the target gradation has been submitted (this should be the gradation that the mix
design is based on), then the percent passing each sieve shall not vary by more than
the stockpile tolerance shown in the above table for each individual sieve, and still
remain within the gradation band. It is recommended that the percent passing shall not
go from the high end to the low end of the range for any two consecutive screens.
The aggregate will be accepted at the job location stockpile or when loading into the
support units for delivery to the lay-down machine. The stockpile shall be accepted
based on five gradation tests according to AASHTO T2 (ASTM D75). If the average of
the five tests is within the gradation tolerances, then the materials will be accepted. If
the tests show the material to be out, the contractor will be given the choice to either
remove the material or blend other aggregate with the stockpiled material to bring it into
specification. Materials used in blending must meet the quality tests before blending and
must be blended in a manner to produce a consistent gradation. If blending is used, it
will require that a new mix design be performed. The contractor shall supply copies of
the aggregate tickets to the customer within 24 hours of delivery to the job site.
Screening shall be required at the stockpile prior to delivery to the paving machine if
there are any problems created by having oversize material in the mix.
D. Mineral filler: (if required) shall be any recognized brand of non-air entrained Portland
cement or hydrated lime that is free from lumps. It may be accepted upon visual
inspection. The type and amount of mineral filler needed shall be determined by a
laboratory mix design and will be considered as part of the aggregate gradation. An
increase or decrease of less than one percent (1%) may be permitted when the
Microsurfacing is being placed if it is found to be necessary for better consistency or set
45
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
times.
E. Water: Potable and free of harmful or deleterious materials.
F. Additives: Additives may be added to the emulsion mix or any of the component
materials to provide the control of the quick-traffic properties. They must be included as
part of the mix design and be compatible with the other components of the mix.
III. Mix Design:
The Contractor shall submit to the County for approval a complete mix design with an
aggregate source used on five (5) similar micro surfacing projects. The mix design shall be
prepared and certified by a laboratory which has experience in designing Microsurfacing. After
the mix design has been approved, no substitution will be permitted, unless approved by the
County. Compatibility of the aggregate, polymer-modified emulsion, mineral filler, and other
additives shall be verified by the mix design. The mix design shall be made with the same
aggregate gradation that the contractor will provide on the project. Recommended tests and
values are as follows:
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
46
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
ISSA DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
TEST
NO.
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TB-139 Wet Cohesion
@ 30 Minutes Minimum (Set)12 Kg-cm Minimum
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
@ 60 Minutes Minimum (Traffic) 20 Kg-cm Minimum or Near
Spin
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TB-109 Excess Asphalt by LWT Sand 50 g/ft² Maximum (538 g/m²
Adhesion Maximum)
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
TB-114 Wet Stripping Pass (90% Minimum)
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TB-100 Wet-Track Abrasion Loss
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
One-hour Soak 50 g/ft² (538 g/m²) Maximum
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
75 g/ft² (807 g/m²) Maximum
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
Six-day Soak
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
The Wet Track Abrasion test is performed under laboratory conditions as a component of the
mix design process. The purpose of this test is to determine the minimum asphalt content of a
micro surface system. The Wet Track Abrasion Test is not recommended as a field quality
control or acceptance test. Some systems require longer times for the asphalt to adhere to the
stone. In these systems, a modified Marshall Stability Test (ISSA TB-148) or Hveem
Cohesiometer Test (ASTM D 1560) has been used to confirm asphalt content.
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
ISSA DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
TEST
NO.
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TB-147 Lateral Displacement 5% Maximum
Specific Gravity after 1,000 Cycles 2.10% Maximum
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
of 125 Pounds (56.71 Kg)
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TB-113 Mix Time @ 77°F (25°C)Controllable to 120 Seconds
Minimum
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
The mixing test is used to predict how long the material can be mixed in the machines before it
begins to break. It is more for information to be used by the contractor than for quality of the
end product.
The mixing test and set-time test should be checked at the highest temperatures expected
during construction.
The mix design should report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit weight of
the aggregate (bulking effect). The report must clearly show the proportions of aggregate,
mineral filler (minimum and maximum), water (minimum and maximum), additive usage, and
polymer-modified asphalt emulsion based on the dry weight of the aggregate.
All the component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the materials
proposed by the contractor to be used on the project. The percentages of each individual
material required shall be shown in the laboratory report. Adjustments may be required during
construction, based on field conditions. The Project Manager will give final approval for all such
adjustments.
47
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
COMPONENT LIMITS
MATERIALS
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Residual Asphalt 7% to 10.5% by dry weight of aggregate
Mineral Filler 0.0 to 3% by dry weight of aggregate
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Polymer-Based Modifier Minimum of 3% solids based on bitumen
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
weight content
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Additives As needed
Water As required to produce proper mix
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
consistency
IV.Sampling and Testing:
The Engineer at their discretion shall obtain two samples of micro surfacing mixture for each
day of production. The samples shall be obtained at different periods during the production day
and the Engineer shall test each sample at the expense of the County in accordance with FM
5-563 and FM 1-T 030 to determine the residual asphalt content and the gradation of each
sample. Evaporate all water from the sample prior to testing.
V. EXPERIENCE:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Micro Surfacing project references that have been completed within the past
three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding the staff that
they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of
equipment and if found deficient, it shall
VI.EQUIPMENT:
A. Mixing Equipment: The machine shall be specifically designed and manufactured to
lay Microsurfacing. The material shall be mixed by an automatic-sequenced, self-
propelled Microsurfacing mixing machine, which shall be a continuous-flow mixing unit
able to accurately deliver and proportion the aggregate, emulsified asphalt, mineral
filler, control setting additive, and water to a revolving multi-blade, double-shafted mixer
and to discharge the mixed product on a continuous-flow basis.
The machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for aggregate, emulsified asphalt,
mineral filler, control additive and water to maintain an adequate supply to the
proportioning controls.
The machine shall be equipped to allow the operator to have full control, from the rear of the
machine, of the forward and reverse speeds during applications of the Microsurfacing
material and be equipped with opposite-side driver stations to assist in alignment. The
self-loading device, opposite-side driver stations, and forward and reverse speed
controls shall be original equipment manufacturer design.
B. Proportioning Devices: Individual volume or weight controls for proportioning each
material to be added to the mix (i.e. aggregate, mineral filler, emulsified asphalt,
additive, and water) shall be provided and properly marked. These proportioning
devices are used in material calibration and determining the material output at any time.
C. Spreading Device: The mixture shall be agitated and spread uniformly in the surfacing
48
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
box by means of twin-shafted paddles or spiral augers fixed in the spreader box. A front
seal shall be provided to insure no loss of the mixture at the road contact point. The rear
seal shall act as a final strike-off and shall be adjustable. The spreader box and rear
strike-off shall be so designed and operated that a uniform consistency is achieved to
produce a free flow of material to the rear strike-off. The spreader box shall have
suitable means provided to side shift the box to compensate for variations in the
pavement geometry.
D. Secondary Strike-off: A secondary strike-off shall be provided to improve surface
texture. The secondary strike-off shall have the same adjustments as the spreader box.
No burlap drags will be permitted on the final applications.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
E. Rut-Filling Box: When required, before the final surface course is placed, preliminary
Microsurfacing material may be required to fill ruts, utility cuts, depressions in the
existing surface, etc. Ruts of one-half (½) inch (12.7 mm) or greater in depth shall be
filled independently with a rut-filling spreader box, either five foot (5) (1.5m) or six foot
(6) (1.8 m) in width. For irregular or shallow rutting of less than one-half (½) inch (12.7
mm) in depth, a full-width scratch-coat pass may be used as directed by the County.
Ruts that are in excess of one and one-half (1-½) inches (38.1 mm) in depth may
require multiple placements with the rut-filling spreader box to restore the cross-section.
All rut-filling level-up material should cure under traffic for at least a twenty-four(24)
hour period before additional material is placed on top of the level-up.
F. Auxiliary Equipment: Suitable surface preparation equipment, traffic control
equipment, hand tools, and any other support and safety equipment shall be provided
by the contractor as necessary, (or as the County requires) to perform the work.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
G. General: Each mixing unit to be used in the performance of the work shall be calibrated
in the presence of the County prior to construction. Previous calibration documentation
covering the exact materials to be used may be acceptable, provided that no more than
sixty (60) days have lapsed. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of
each material at various settings, which can be related to the machine metering
devices. No machine will be allowed to work on the project until the calibration has been
completed and/or accepted.
All equipment, tools, and machines used in the performance of this work shall be
maintained in satisfactory working condition at all times to ensure a high-quality product.
Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
VII.Construction:
A. Test Strip: A test strip 1000 feet long and the width of one lane shall be provided. The
test must include all courses specified and must be constructed at the same time of day
as the scheduled full scale production. The test strip will be evaluated for 24 hours after
placement and will be subject to approval from the engineer before any further
production. If unsatisfactory, the test strip shall be removed and another strip placed for
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
B. Weather Limitations: Microsurfacing shall not be applied if either the pavement or air
49
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
temperature is below 50°F (10°C) and falling, but may be applied when both pavement
and air temperatures are above 45°F (7°C) and rising. No Microsurfacing shall be
applied when there is the possibility that the finished product will freeze within 24 hours.
The mixture shall not be applied when weather conditions prolong opening to traffic
beyond a reasonable time or as directed by the County.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
C. Surface Preparation: The first step of surface preparation is to res
structural integrity and functional performance characteristics through patching and
crack sealing.
Formatted: Font: NotBold
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.5", No bullets or
numbering
and deleterious material.
Formatted: Level 1, Don't add space between
All pavement marking shall be removed, maintained, and compensated for in
paragraphs of the same style, No
accordance to FDOT Standard Specification Section 102-5.8. Immediately prior to
widow/orphan control, Allow hanging
applying the Microsurfacing, the surface shall be cleared of all loose material, silt spots,
punctuation,Font Alignment: Auto
vegetation, and other objectionable material. Any standard cleaning method will be
acceptable. If water is used, cracks shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before applying
Microsurfacing.
Manholes, valve boxes, drop inlets and other service entrances shall be protected from
the Microsurfacing by a suitable method. Utility inlets should be covered with heavy
paper or roofing felt adhered to the surface of the inlet. The paper is removed once the
micro-surfacing has sufficiently cured. In addition to covering the inlets, all starts, stops,
and handwork on turnouts should be done on roofing felt to ensure sharp, uniform joints
and edges. The County shall approve the surface preparation prior to surfacing. No dry
aggregate either spilled from the lay-down machine or existing on the road, will be
permitted.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
E. Tack Coat: Normally, tack coat is not required unless the surface to be covered is
extremely dry and raveled or is concrete or brick. If required, the tack coat should
consist of one part emulsified asphalt/three parts water and should be applied with a
standard distributor. The emulsified asphalt should be SS or CSS grade. The distributor
shall be capable of applying the dilution evenly at a rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gal/yd² (0.23 to
0.45 l/m²). The tack coat shall be allowed to cure sufficiently before the application of
Microsurfacing. If a tack coat is to be required, it must be billed as a separate pay item.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
F. Application: A test strip shall be placed in conditions similar to those expected to be
encountered during the project unless specifically waived by the county.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
When required by local conditions, the surface shall be pre-wetted ahead of the
spreader box. The rate of application of the spray shall be adjusted during the day to
suit temperatures, surface texture, humidity, and dryness of the pavement.
The Microsurfacing shall be of the desired consistency upon leaving the mixer. A
sufficient amount of material shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so
that a complete coverage is obtained. Overloading of the spreader shall be avoided. No
lumping, balling, or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted.
50
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
No streaks, such as those caused by oversized aggregate, shall be left in the finished
surface. If excess streaking develops, the job will be stopped until the contractor proves
to the Project Manager or his/her designee that the situation has been corrected.
Excessive streaking is defined as more than four drag marks greater than one-half (½)
inch wide (12.7 mm) and four inches (4) long (101 mm), or one inch (1) wide (25.4 mm)
and three (3) inches long (76.2 mm), in any 29.9 yd² (25 m²) area. No transverse ripples
or longitudinal streaks of one-fourth (¼) inch in depth (6.4 m²) will be permitted,when
measured by placing a ten (10) foot (3 m) straight edge over the surface.
The Microsurfacing mixture shall be of the proper consistency at all times, so as to
provide the application rate required by the surface condition. The average single
application rate, as measured by the Project Manager, shall be in accordance with the
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
following table:
SUGGESTED
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
AGGREGATE TYPE LOCATIONAPPLICATION
RATES
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TYPE II 20 - 24 lb/yd² (+/-2
Urban and Residential Streets
Single application lbs)
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TYPE II Urban, Residential, and Primary 30 - 34 lb/yd² (+/- 2
Double application Routes lbs)
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TYPE II
Primary and Cold Mix Roads as 24 - 28 lb/yd² (+/- 2
Heavy single
directed lbs)
application
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TYPE II
Primary and Cold Mix Roads as 38 42 lb/ yd² (+/- 2
Heavy double
directed lbs)
application
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
TYPE II Rut Fill Wheel Ruts Tonnage As Required
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
Suggested application rates are based upon the weight of dry aggregate in the mixture.
Application rates are affected by the unit weight of the aggregate.
Microsurfacing is often put down in two full-width passes in place of rut-filling when the
rutting or deformation is not severe. When two passes are used, the first pass (scratch
course) is made using a metal or stiff rubber strike-off and applying only what the
surface demands for leveling. The second course is applied at 15 30 lb/yd² (8.1 16.3
kg/m²).
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
G. Joints: No excess buildup, uncovered areas, or unsightly appearance shall be
permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints. The contractor shall provide suitable-width
spreading equipment to produce a minimum number of longitudinal joints throughout the
project. When possible, longitudinal joints shall be placed on lane lines. Half passes and
odd-width passes will be used only in minimum amounts. If half passes are used,they
shall not be the last pass of any paved area. A maximum of three (3) inches (76.2 mm)
shall be allowed for overlap of longitudinal lane line joints. Also, the joint shall have no
more than a one-fourth (¼) inch (6.4 mm) difference in elevation when measured by
placing a ten (10) foot (3 m) straight edge over the joint and measuring the elevation
51
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
drop-off.
H. Mix Stability: The Microsurfacing shall possess sufficient stability so that premature
breaking of the material in the spreader box does not occur. The mixture shall be
homogeneous during and following mixing and spreading. It shall be free of excess
water or emulsion and free of segregation of the emulsion and aggregate fines from the
coarser aggregate. Under no circumstances shall water be sprayed directly into the lay-
down box while laying Microsurfacing material.
I. Handwork: Areas which cannot be reached with the machine shall be surfaced using
hand squeegees to provide uniform coverage. If necessary, the area to be hand worked
shall be lightly dampened prior to mix placement. Care shall be exercised to leave no
unsightly appearance from hand work. The same type of finish as applied by the
spreader box shall be required.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
J. Edgelines: Care shall be taken to ensure straight lines along curbs and shoulders. No
runoff on these areas will be permitted. Lines at intersections will be kept straight to
provide a good appearance. If necessary, a suitable material will be used to mask off
the end of streets to provide straight lines. Edge lines shall not vary by more than ± 2
inches (± 50 mm) horizontal variance in any 96 feet (30 m) of length.
K. Clean-up: All areas, such as man-ways, gutters, and intersections, shall have the
Microsurfacing mix removed as specified by the County. The contractor shall, on a daily
basis, remove any debris associated with the performance of the work, completely and
thoroughly to the satisfaction of the County. In addition, the contractor shall, at the
request of the County pressure wash any area such as, curb and gutter, private
driveways, etc. removing any and all stains associated with the placement of the
Microsurfacing.
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial
L. General Performance: Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of
the engineer without bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other
Formatted: Font: Arial, 12 pt
types of pavement distress or unsatisfactory performance.
M. Traffic Control: Traffic shall not travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been
completed. All traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT Roadway Design
Standards and the current MUTCD. All associated devices shall be checked daily or
more frequently as needed throughout the project for compliance. Where adjustments
or corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
VIII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Microsurfacing, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid
Form, shall be included in this item.
IX.Warranty:
The Contractor shall provide the County upon final acceptance of the Microsurfacing work, a
warranty period of three years which shall include all labor, materials, hauling, traffic control
and striping to repair the defective areas. Defective areas shall include
52
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
debonding/delamination, bleeding, excessive raveling and aggregate loss exposing the old
roadway surface. The Contractor shall perform all warranty work at no cost to the City or
County.
X. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Microsurfacing,
including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any
item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
53
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Payment will be made under:
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Pay Item Pay Unit
Microsurfacing (Single application) Square Yard Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Microsurfacing (Double application),Square Yard
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Microsurfacing (Rut filling) Ton
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
END OF SECTION PC-004
54
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-005 MICROSURFACING
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
I. Description
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
The work specified in this section consists of placement of a polymer modified Microsurface on
a prepared existing paved road, placed within the lines, grades, and thickness established by
the County.
Description: Microsurfacing is a polymer-modified cold-mix paving system that begins as a
mixture of dense-graded aggregate, polymer modified asphalt emulsion, water, and mineral
fillers placed in a slurry state at ambient air temperature to extend the service life of both urban
and rural roads within the County. The end product should maintain a skid-resistant surface in
variable thick sections throughout the service life of the micro surfacing.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
II. Materials:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
A. Emulsified Asphalt: Provide quick-traffic latex modified cationic type CSS emulsion
with natural or synthetic latex conforming to the requirements specified in AASHTO
M208 or ASTM D2397 for CSS-1H.
B.
Property Minimum Maximum
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol @ 25° C, Sec. 20.0 90.0
Particle Charge Positive ---
Sieve Test --- 0.1
Distillation: --- ---
Oil distillate, by volume, % --- 0.5
Residue from Distillation, % 62.0 ---
Penetration, 25°C, 100g, 5 sec. 40.0 100.0
Ductility, 77° F, 50 mm/ sec. 70.0 ---
plus the following:
AASHTO ASTM TEST QUALITY SPECIFICATION
TEST NO. NO.
T53 D36 Softening Point
T59 D244 Residue after Distillation 62% Minimum
T49 2397 40 90*
2170
It shall pass all applicable storage and settlement tests. The cement mixing test shall be
waived for this emulsion. The polymer material shall be milled or blended into the
asphalt or emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process.
The minimum amount and type of polymer modifier shall be determined by the
laboratory performing the mix design. The minimum amount required will be based on
asphalt weight content and will be certified by the emulsion supplier. In general, a three
percent (3%) polymer solids, based on asphalt weight, is considered minimum.
The five-day (5) settlement test may be waived, provided job stored emulsion is used
within thirty-six (36) hours from the time of the shipment, or the stored material has had
additional emulsion blended into it prior to use.
Each load of emulsified asphalt shall be accompanied with a Certificate of
Analysis/Compliance to assure that it is the same as that used in the mix design. For
55
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
the first load of emulsified asphalt produced for the project, the supplier shall submit a
application, the owner / buying agency may sample and test all subsequent loads of
emulsified asphalt delivered to the project to verify and determine compliance with
specification requirements. Where these tests identify material outside specification
requirements, the owner may require the supplier to cease shipment of that pretested
emulsified asphalt product. Further shipment of that pretested emulsified asphalt
problem is evaluated and corrected by the supplier as necessary to the satisfaction of
the owning agency.
C. Aggregate: The mineral aggregate used shall be of the type and grade specified for
the particular use of the Microsurfacing. The aggregate shall be a manufactured
crushed stone such as granite, slag, limestone, chat, or other high-quality aggregate, or
combination thereof. To assure the material is totally crushed, one-hundred percent
(100%) of the parent aggregate will be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to
be used.
When aggregate is tested according to the following test, it should meet these minimum
requirements:
AASHTO ASTM QUALITY SPECIFICATION
TEST NO.TEST NO.
T176 D2419 Sand Equivalent 65 Minimum
T104 C88 Soundness 15% Maximum using NA2 SO4 or 25%
Maximum using MgSO4
T96 C131 Abrasion Resistance 30% Maximum
The abrasion test is to be run on the parent aggregate. The aggregate should meet
state-approved polishing values. Proven performance may justify the use of aggregates
that may not pass all of the above tests.
When tested in accordance with AASHTO T27 (ASTM C136) and AASHTO T11 (ASTM
C117), the target (mix design) aggregate gradation (including the mineral filler) shall be
within one of the following bands.
SIEVE SIZE TYPE II TYPE III STOCKPILE
% PASSING % PASSING TOLERANCE
100 100
#4 (4.75 mm) 90 100 70 - 90 ± 5 %
#8 (2.36 mm)65 90 45 70 ± 5 %
#16 (1.18 mm) 45 70 28 - 50 ± 5 %
#30 (600 um) 30 50 19 - 34 ± 5 %
#50 (330 um) 18 30 12 - 25 ± 4 %
#100 (150 um) 10 21 7 - 18± 3 %
#200 (75 um) 5 15 5 - 15± 2 %
The job mix (target) gradation shall be within the gradation band for the desired type.
After the target gradation has been submitted (this should be the gradation that the mix
design is based on), then the percent passing each sieve shall not vary by more than
the stockpile tolerance shown in the above table for each individual sieve, and still
56
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
remain within the gradation band. It is recommended that the percent passing shall not
go from the high end to the low end of the range for any two consecutive screens.
The aggregate will be accepted at the job location stockpile or when loading into the
support units for delivery to the lay-down machine. The stockpile shall be accepted
based on five gradation tests according to AASHTO T2 (ASTM D75). If the average of
the five tests is within the gradation tolerances, then the materials will be accepted. If
the tests show the material to be out, the contractor will be given the choice to either
remove the material or blend other aggregate with the stockpiled material to bring it into
specification. Materials used in blending must meet the quality tests before blending and
must be blended in a manner to produce a consistent gradation. If blending is used, it
will require that a new mix design be performed. The contractor shall supply copies of
the aggregate tickets to the customer within 24 hours of delivery to the job site.
Screening shall be required at the stockpile prior to delivery to the paving machine if
there are any problems created by having oversize material in the mix.
D. Mineral filler: (if required) shall be any recognized brand of non-air entrained Portland
cement or hydrated lime that is free from lumps. It may be accepted upon visual
inspection. The type and amount of mineral filler needed shall be determined by a
laboratory mix design and will be considered as part of the aggregate gradation. An
increase or decrease of less than one percent (1%) may be permitted when the
Microsurfacing is being placed if it is found to be necessary for better consistency or set
times.
E. Water: Potable and free of harmful or deleterious materials.
F. Additives: Additives may be added to the emulsion mix or any of the component
materials to provide the control of the quick-traffic properties. They must be included as
part of the mix design and be compatible with the other components of the mix.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
III. Mix Design:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
The Contractor shall submit to the County for approval a complete mix design with an
aggregate source used on five (5) similar micro surfacing projects. The mix design shall be
prepared and certified by a laboratory which has experience in designing Microsurfacing. After
the mix design has been approved, no substitution will be permitted, unless approved by the
County. Compatibility of the aggregate, polymer-modified emulsion, mineral filler, and other
additives shall be verified by the mix design. The mix design shall be made with the same
aggregate gradation that the contractor will provide on the project. Recommended tests and
values are as follows:
57
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
ISSA TEST DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
NO.
TB-139 Wet Cohesion
@ 30 Minutes Minimum (Set) 12 Kg-cm Minimum
@ 60 Minutes Minimum (Traffic) 20 Kg-cm Minimum or Near Spin
TB-109 Excess Asphalt by LWT Sand Adhesion 50 g/ft² Maximum (538 g/m²
Maximum)
TB-114 Wet Stripping Pass (90% Minimum)
TB-100 Wet-Track Abrasion Loss
One-hour Soak 50 g/ft² (538 g/m²) Maximum
75 g/ft² (807 g/m²) Maximum
Six-day Soak
The Wet Track Abrasion test is performed under laboratory conditions as a component of the
mix design process. The purpose of this test is to determine the minimum asphalt content of a
micro surface system. The Wet Track Abrasion Test is not recommended as a field quality
control or acceptance test. Some systems require longer times for the asphalt to adhere to the
stone. In these systems, a modified Marshall Stability Test (ISSA TB-148) or Hveem
Cohesiometer Test (ASTM D 1560) has been used to confirm asphalt content.
ISSA DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
TEST NO.
TB-147 Lateral Displacement 5% Maximum
Specific Gravity after 1,000 Cycles of 125 2.10% Maximum
Pounds (56.71 Kg)
TB-113 Mix Time @ 77°F (25°C) Controllable to 120 Seconds
Minimum
The mixing test is used to predict how long the material can be mixed in the machines before it
begins to break. It is more for information to be used by the contractor than for quality of the
end product.
The mixing test and set-time test should be checked at the highest temperatures expected
during construction.
The mix design should report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit weight of
the aggregate (bulking effect). The report must clearly show the proportions of aggregate,
mineral filler (minimum and maximum), water (minimum and maximum), additive usage, and
polymer-modified asphalt emulsion based on the dry weight of the aggregate.
All the component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the materials
proposed by the contractor to be used on the project. The percentages of each individual
material required shall be shown in the laboratory report. Adjustments may be required during
construction, based on field conditions. The Project Manager will give final approval for all such
adjustments.
COMPONENT MATERIALS LIMITS
Residual Asphalt 7% to 10.5% by dry weight of aggregate
Mineral Filler 0.0 to 3% by dry weight of aggregate
Polymer-Based Modifier Minimum of 3% solids based on bitumen weight
content
Additives As needed
WaterAs required to produce proper mix consistency
58
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
IV.Sampling and Testing:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
The Engineer at their discretion shall obtain two samples of micro surfacing mixture for each
day of production. The samples shall be obtained at different periods during the production day
and the Engineer shall test each sample at the expense of the County in accordance with FM
5-563 and FM 1-T 030 to determine the residual asphalt content and the gradation of each
sample. Evaporate all water from the sample prior to testing.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
V. EXPERIENCE:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Micro Surfacing project references that have been completed within the past
three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding the staff that
they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of
equipment and if found defici
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
VI.EQUIPMENT:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
A. Mixing Equipment: The machine shall be specifically designed and manufactured to
lay Microsurfacing. The material shall be mixed by an automatic-sequenced, self-
propelled Microsurfacing mixing machine, which shall be a continuous-flow mixing unit
able to accurately deliver and proportion the aggregate, emulsified asphalt, mineral
filler, control setting additive, and water to a revolving multi-blade, double-shafted mixer
and to discharge the mixed product on a continuous-flow basis.
The machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for aggregate, emulsified asphalt,
mineral filler, control additive and water to maintain an adequate supply to the
proportioning controls.
The machine shall be equipped to allow the operator to have full control, from the rear
of the machine, of the forward and reverse speeds during applications of the
Microsurfacing material and be equipped with opposite-side driver stations to assist in
alignment. The self-loading device, opposite-side driver stations, and forward and
reverse speed controls shall be original equipment manufacturer design.
B. Proportioning Devices: Individual volume or weight controls for proportioning each
material to be added to the mix (i.e. aggregate, mineral filler, emulsified asphalt,
additive, and water) shall be provided and properly marked. These proportioning
devices are used in material calibration and determining the material output at any time.
C. Spreading Device: The mixture shall be agitated and spread uniformly in the surfacing
box by means of twin-shafted paddles or spiral augers fixed in the spreader box. A front
seal shall be provided to insure no loss of the mixture at the road contact point. The rear
seal shall act as a final strike-off and shall be adjustable. The spreader box and rear
strike-off shall be so designed and operated that a uniform consistency is achieved to
produce a free flow of material to the rear strike-off. The spreader box shall have
suitable means provided to side shift the box to compensate for variations in the
pavement geometry.
59
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
D. Secondary Strike-off: A secondary strike-off shall be provided to improve surface
texture. The secondary strike-off shall have the same adjustments as the spreader box.
No burlap drags will be permitted on the final applications.
E. Rut-Filling Box: When required, before the final surface course is placed, preliminary
Microsurfacing material may be required to fill ruts, utility cuts, depressions in the
existing surface, etc. Ruts of one-half (½) inch (12.7 mm) or greater in depth shall be
filled independently with a rut-filling spreader box, either five foot (5) (1.5m) or six foot
(6) (1.8 m) in width. For irregular or shallow rutting of less than one-half (½) inch (12.7
mm) in depth, a full-width scratch-coat pass may be used as directed by the County.
Ruts that are in excess of one and one-half (1-½) inches (38.1 mm) in depth may
require multiple placements with the rut-filling spreader box to restore the cross-section.
All rut-filling level-up material should cure under traffic for at least a twenty-four (24)
hour period before additional material is placed on top of the level-up.
F. Auxiliary Equipment: Suitable surface preparation equipment, traffic control
equipment, hand tools, and any other support and safety equipment shall be provided
by the contractor as necessary, (or as the County requires) to perform the work.
G. General: Each mixing unit to be used in the performance of the work shall be calibrated
in the presence of the County prior to construction. Previous calibration documentation
covering the exact materials to be used may be acceptable, provided that no more than
sixty (60) days have lapsed. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of
each material at various settings, which can be related to the machine metering
devices. No machine will be allowed to work on the project until the calibration has been
completed and/or accepted.
All equipment, tools, and machines used in the performance of this work shall be
maintained in satisfactory working condition at all times to ensure a high-quality product.
Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
VII.Construction:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
A. Test Strip: A test strip 1000 feet long and the width of one lane shall be provided. The
test must include all courses specified and must be constructed at the same time of day
as the scheduled full scale production. The test strip will be evaluated for 24 hours after
placement and will be subject to approval from the engineer before any further
production. If unsatisfactory, the test strip shall be removed and another strip placed for
B. Weather Limitations: Microsurfacing shall not be applied if either the pavement or air
temperature is below 50°F (10°C) and falling, but may be applied when both pavement
and air temperatures are above 45°F (7°C) and rising. No Microsurfacing shall be
applied when there is the possibility that the finished product will freeze within 24 hours.
The mixture shall not be applied when weather conditions prolong opening to traffic
beyond a reasonable time or as directed by the County.
Formatted: List Paragraph, Left, None, Add
space betweenparagraphs of the same style,
No bullets or numbering, Widow/Orphan
60
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Font: Bold, Pattern: Clear
C. Field Verification
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 2 +
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 3 +
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.19" + Indent
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work
at: 0.19"
treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the
necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during
construction from damages or contamination.
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages
to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their
expense.
B.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
C.D. Site and Surface Preparation: The first step of surface preparation is to restore
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
patching and crack sealing.
at: 0.5"
All pavement marking shall be removed, maintained, and compensated for in
accordance to FDOT Standard Specification Section 102-5.8. Immediately prior to
applying the Microsurfacing, the surface shall be cleared of all loose material, silt spots,
Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial,12 pt
vegetation, and other objectionable material. The Contractor shall be responsible for
clipping back shoulders and removing overburden or any other vegetation or debris to
ensure that the road is free of organic and deleterious material. Any standard cleaning
method will be acceptable. If water is used, cracks shall be allowed to dry thoroughly
before applying Microsurfacing.
Manholes, valve boxes, drop inlets and other service entrances shall be protected from
the Microsurfacing by a suitable method. Utility inlets should be covered with heavy
paper or roofing felt adhered to the surface of the inlet. The paper is removed once the
micro-surfacing has sufficiently cured. In addition to covering the inlets, all starts, stops,
and handwork on turnouts should be done on roofing felt to ensure sharp, uniform joints
and edges. The County shall approve the surface preparation prior to surfacing. No dry
aggregate either spilled from the lay-down machine or existing on the road, will be
permitted.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
D.E. Tack Coat: Normally, tack coat is not required unless the surface to be covered
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
is extremely dry and raveled or is concrete or brick. If required, the tack coat should
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
consist of one part emulsified asphalt/three parts water and should be applied with a
at: 0.5"
standard distributor. The emulsified asphalt should be SS or CSS grade. The distributor
shall be capable of applying the dilution evenly at a rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gal/yd² (0.23 to
0.45 l/m²). The tack coat shall be allowed to cure sufficiently before the application of
Microsurfacing. If a tack coat is to be required, it must be billed as a separate pay item.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
E.F. Application: A test strip shall be placed in conditions similar to those expected
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
to be encountered during the project unless specifically waived by the county.
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
at: 0.5"
When required by local conditions, the surface shall be pre-wetted ahead of the
spreader box. The rate of application of the spray shall be adjusted during the day to
61
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
suit temperatures, surface texture, humidity, and dryness of the pavement.
The Microsurfacing shall be of the desired consistency upon leaving the mixer. A
sufficient amount of material shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so
that a complete coverage is obtained. Overloading of the spreader shall be avoided. No
lumping, balling, or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted.
No streaks, such as those caused by oversized aggregate, shall be left in the finished
surface. If excess streaking develops, the job will be stopped until the contractor proves
to the Project Manager or his/her designee that the situation has been corrected.
Excessive streaking is defined as more than four drag marks greater than one-half (½)
inch wide (12.7 mm) and four inches (4) long (101 mm), or one inch (1) wide (25.4 mm)
and three (3) inches long (76.2 mm), in any 29.9 yd² (25 m²) area. No transverse ripples
or longitudinal streaks of one-fourth (¼) inch in depth (6.4 m²) will be permitted, when
measured by placing a ten (10) foot (3 m) straight edge over the surface.
The Microsurfacing mixture shall be of the proper consistency at all times, so as to
provide the application rate required by the surface condition. The average single
application rate, as measured by the Project Manager, shall be in accordance with the
following table:
SUGGESTED
AGGREGATE TYPE LOCATION
APPLICATION RATES
TYPE II
Urban and Residential Streets 20 - 24 lb/yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
Single application
TYPE II
Urban, Residential, and Primary Routes 30 - 34 lb/yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
Double application
TYPE II Primary and Cold Mix Roads as
24 - 28 lb/yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
Heavy single application directed
TYPE II
Primary and Cold Mix Roads as
Heavy double 38 42 lb/ yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
directed
application
TYPE II Rut Fill Wheel Ruts Tonnage As Required
Suggested application rates are based upon the weight of dry aggregate in the mixture.
Application rates are affected by the unit weight of the aggregate.
Microsurfacing is often put down in two full-width passes in place of rut-filling when the
rutting or deformation is not severe. When two passes are used, the first pass (scratch
course) is made using a metal or stiff rubber strike-off and applying only what the
surface demands for leveling. The second course is applied at 15 30 lb/yd² (8.1 16.3
kg/m²).
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
F.G. Joints: No excess buildup, uncovered areas, or unsightly appearance shall be
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints. The contractor shall provide suitable-width
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
spreading equipment to produce a minimum number of longitudinal joints throughout the
at: 0.5"
project. When possible, longitudinal joints shall be placed on lane lines. Half passes and
odd-width passes will be used only in minimum amounts. If half passes are used, they
62
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
shall not be the last pass of any paved area. A maximum of three (3) inches (76.2 mm)
shall be allowed for overlap of longitudinal lane line joints. Also, the joint shall have no
more than a one-fourth (¼) inch (6.4 mm) difference in elevation when measured by
placing a ten (10) foot (3 m) straight edge over the joint and measuring the elevation
drop-off.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
G.H. Mix Stability: The Microsurfacing shall possess sufficient stability so that
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
premature breaking of the material in the spreader box does not occur. The mixture
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
shall be homogeneous during and following mixing and spreading. It shall be free of
at: 0.5"
excess water or emulsion and free of segregation of the emulsion and aggregate fines
from the coarser aggregate. Under no circumstances shall water be sprayed directly
into the lay-down box while laying Microsurfacing material.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
H.I. Handwork: Areas which cannot be reached with the machine shall be surfaced
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
using hand squeegees to provide uniform coverage. If necessary, the area to be hand
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
worked shall be lightly dampened prior to mix placement. Care shall be exercised to
at: 0.5"
leave no unsightly appearance from hand work. The same type of finish as applied by
the spreader box shall be required.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
I.J. Edgelines: Care shall be taken to ensure straight lines along curbs and shoulders. No
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
runoff on these areas will be permitted. Lines at intersections will be kept straight to
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
provide a good appearance. If necessary, a suitable material will be used to mask off
at: 0.5"
the end of streets to provide straight lines. Edge lines shall not vary by more than ± 2
inches (± 50 mm) horizontal variance in any 96 feet (30 m) of length.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
J.K. Clean-up: All areas, such as man-ways, gutters, and intersections, shall have
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
the Microsurfacing mix removed as specified by the County. The contractor shall, on a
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
daily basis, remove any debris associated with the performance of the work, completely
at: 0.5"
and thoroughly to the satisfaction of the County. In addition, the contractor shall, at the
request of the County pressure wash any area such as, curb and gutter, private
driveways, etc. removing any and all stains associated with the placement of the
Microsurfacing.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
K.L. General Performance:
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of the engineer without
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other types of pavement
at: 0.5"
distress or unsatisfactory performance.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
L.M. Traffic Control:
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 4 +
Traffic shall not travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been completed. All
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT Roadway Design Standards and the
at: 0.5"
current MUTCD. All associated devices shall be checked daily or more frequently as
needed throughout the project for compliance. Where adjustments or corrections are
needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
VIII. Method of Measurement:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity to 0"
be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein. Any item
necessary for Microsurfacing, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form, shall be
63
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
included in this item.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
IX.Warranty:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
The Contractor shall provide the County upon final acceptance of the Microsurfacing work, a
warranty period of three years which shall include all labor, materials, hauling, traffic control and
striping to repair the defective areas. Defective areas shall include debonding/delamination,
bleeding, excessive raveling and aggregate loss exposing the old roadway surface. The Contractor
shall perform all warranty work at no cost to the City or County. A maintenance bond is not
required.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 1 +
X. Basis of Payment:
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement.
The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General Conditions, Special
Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Microsurfacing, including all items of work
described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary for the
completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Microsurfacing (Single application) Square Yard
Microsurfacing (Double application), Square Yard
Microsurfacing (Rut filling) Ton
END OF SECTION PC-005
64
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-006 SCRUB SEAL
I. Description
Scrub Seal shall consist of the application of a slow setting, anionic or cationic asphalt
emulsion or specialty emulsions developed specifically for scrub sealing, followed by a cover
aggregate. The emulsion may be polymer modified.
II. Materials
A. Asphalt Emulsions
The asphalt emulsions employed for Scrub Seals shall be slow to medium setting
anionic or cationic SS-1, SS-1H, CSS-1H; ASTM specifications for anionic (SS)
emulsions are listed in D977 and for cationic (CSS) emulsion in D2397. Suppliers of
other specialty emulsions for Scrub Sealing must supply specifications for these
emulsions. Asphalt emulsions may be modified with a polymer additive.
B. Cover Aggregates
Mineral Aggregates for scrub seal shall conform to Table 1.
Table 1: Scrub Seal Aggregate Gradation Limits
Sieve Size Percent PassingTolerance
3/8 inch (9.5mm) 100 0
No. 4 (4.75mm) 96 +3
No. 10 (2.0mm) 60 ±20
No. 50 (300µm) 18 ±12
No. 100 (150µm) 5 ±5
No. 200 (74µm) 5 ±3
the time of
application. Moisture content shall not exceed 1.5% by weight of aggregate. Sampling
and testing of aggregate shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Copies of test
results from the aggregate supplier shall be furnished to the owner prior to the start of
the surface treatment.
C. Material Samples:
The County will require the Contractor to sample and test each load of emulsion prior to
delivery. The Contractor will also provide a sample of the emulsion, on site, prior to
commencing work. The County will require the Contractor to provide sample containers
and a local Independent testing laboratory for the analyzing of emulsion. The Contractor
will be responsible for the cost of the testing. The County reserves the right to test any
shipment of emulsion that is believed to be of substandard. All samples shall be shipped
and stored in clean air tight sealed wide mouth jars or bottles made of plastic.
65
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
III. Equipment
A. Emulsion Distributor
The liquid bituminous material shall be applied with a truck mounted, pressure
distributor that has been calibrated within the previous twelve (12) months, for
transverse and longitudinal application rate. The distributor shall be equipped,
maintained and operated so that the bituminous material can be applied at controlled
temperatures and rates from .035 to 1.5 gallons per square yard. The distributor shall
be capable of applying bituminous material of variable widths up to sixteen (16) feet.
The distributor shall uniformly apply the bituminous material to the specified rate with a
maximum allowed variation of 0.015 gallons per square yard. Distributor equipment
shall include tachometer, accurate volume measuring device, a calibrated tank and a
tors shall be
equipped with a heating device, asphalt pump and full circulating spray bars adjustable
laterally and vertically. Distributors and transport trailers shall be equipped with a
sampling valve. Distributor trucks shall be of the pressure type with insulated tanks.
The use of gravity distributors will not be permitted. The valves shall be operated by
levers so that one or all valves may be quickly opened or closed in one operation. The
valves which control the flow from nozzles shall act positively so as to provide a uniform
unbroken spread of bituminous material on the surface. The distributor shall be
equipped with devices and charts to provide for accurate and rapid determination and
control of the amount of bituminous material being applied and with a bitumeter of the
auxiliary wheel type registering speed in feet per minute, and trip and total distance in
feet.
B. Emulsion Scrub Broom
Furnish an emulsion scrub broom assembly of similar design to Figures 1 or 2, or as
approved by the Engineer, and having the following characteristics:
Rigid frame construction
Attached to, and pulled by, the Emulsion Distributor
Of such weight that it does not squeegee the emulsion off the road surface
Leading and trailing broom heads angled at 10 to 15 degrees of the centerline of
the supporting member
Stiff bristles with a minimum height of five inches
Hinged wing assemblies or other means of adjusting the total broom width.
Be attached to and pulled by the distributor truck.
Have means to mechanically lift the scrub broom off of the roadway surface at
intermediate points of completion and remain elevated during transit.
66
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Figure 1: Typical Emulsion Scrub Broom Assembly
67
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Figure 2: Truck Mounted Emulsion Scrub Broom Assembly
C. Aggregate Spreader:
The aggregate spreader shall be a self-propelled unit capable of uniformly spreading the
than the width
of the lane to be treated. The spreader shall be calibrated within the previous twelve (12)
months for transverse and longitudinal application. The spreader shall be equipped with
a computer-controlled aggregate/chip spreader in order to ensure the appropriate
aggregate coverage at varying speeds, unless approved otherwise by Engineer.
D. Pneumatic Tire Rollers:
The contractor shall use eight (8) to twelve (12) ton self-propelled pneumatic tire rollers
with oscillating wheels and low pressure, smooth tires. Maintain the inflation of the tires
68
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
such that in no two tires the air pressure varies more than 5 psi. The rollers will be
equipped with an operating water system and coco pads. A sufficient number of rollers
and a sufficient number of passes shall be used to ensure cover aggregate is properly
rolled.
E. Self-Propelled Rotary Power Broom:
The self-propelled rotary broom shall be designed, equipped, maintained and operated
so the pavement surface can be swept clean. The broom shall have an adjustment to
control the downward pressure. Brooming is required before and after the chip seal
operation.
F. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of projects
governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs associated
herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor
IV.Experience
Bidders must submit a minimum of five Scrub Seal project references in the State of Florida
that have been completed within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit
detailed information regarding the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be
capable of meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall
basis for rejection of Contracto
V. Construction
Formatted: Font: Bold
A. Weather
The surface treatment shall not be applied to a wet surface or when rain is occurring or
the threat of rain is present immediately before placement. The surface treatment shall
not be applied when the temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit in the shade,
and humidity should be 50% or lower. When applying emulsions, the temperature of
the surface shall be a minimum of 55°F, and no more than 140°F.
Additionally, application of the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be prohibited when
weather forecasts indicate a chance of a rain event in the work area, which would
produce in excess of 0.10 inches of rain within four hours of the application of the
asphalt rejuvenating agent.
Formatted: Font: Bold
B. Resident Notification
The Contractor shall distribute by hand, a typed notice to all residents and businesses
on the street to be treated. The notice will be delivered no more than 24 hours prior to
the treatment of the road. The notice will have a local phone number that the residents
may call to ask questions. The notice shall be of the door hanger type which secures to
the door handle of each dwelling. Unsecured notices will not be allowed. The
69
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
contractor shall also place the notice on the windshield of any parked cars on the street.
Hand distribution of this notice will be considered incidental to the contract.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 2 +
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 3 +
C. Field Verification
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.19" + Indent
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
at: 0.19"
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work
treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the
necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during
construction from damages or contamination.
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages
to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their
expense.
Formatted: Font: Bold
C.D. Site Preparation
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.31", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
and deleterious material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping the
road immediately ahead of the operation to make sure the road is free of loose
aggregate and other debris, as well as sweeping and cleaning the streets after
treatment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the hand cleaning is not sufficient then a
self-propelled street sweeper shall be used.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be
protected from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper
or other suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
Thermoplastic striping and pavement markings, raised pavement markers, and raised
pavement marker adhesive shall be removed.
Formatted: Font: Bold
D.E. Traffic
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary traffic control, barricades, signs and flagmen,
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
to ensure the safety of the traveling public and to all working personnel. Traffic shall not
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been completed. The Contractor shall
submit an M.O.T plan indication all facets of traffic control for the project area. The
MOT plan must be approved in writing by the County prior to commencing any work. All
traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT Roadway Design Standards, most
current edition and TP-102. M.O.T. and associated devices shall be checked daily and
periodically throughout the project for compliance; and where adjustments or
corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Traffic shall not be allowed on the roadway after placement of the aggregate cover for a
minimum of two hours. During and after placement of the chip seal, pilot cars should
escort traffic at a speed of 20 mph (30 kph) over the chip sealed surface for two to 24
hours. Once all the loose aggregate is removed from the new chip seal surface, pilot
cars are no longer needed.
70
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Font: Bold
E.F. Application of Asphalt Emulsion:
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
Asphalt emulsion shall be applied by means of a pressure type distributor in a uniform,
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
continuous spread over the section to be treated. The distributor shall be moving
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
forward at the proper speed when the liquid is discharged onto the pavement to provide
an even and consistent application at the rate prescribed. If any areas are deficient the
operation shall be stopped and corrected immediately. The liquid shall not be applied
spreader when the
temperature is below 75 degrees.
Formatted: Font: Bold
F.G. Scrubbing
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
Immediately following application, the asphalt emulsion shall be scrubbed into the
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
existing pavement surface with a scrub broom conforming to Section III-B. Scrubbing
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
shall fill cracks and voids, force the emulsion into the existing pavement surface, and
distribute the emulsion uniformly over the roadway cross section.
Formatted: Font: Bold
G.H. Termination
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
Application of the emulsion shall be terminated on building paper or other similar
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
material approved by the Engineer, spread over the entire application width. Bu9lding
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
paper shall also be placed over the treated surface for a sufficient length at the
beginning of a spread to avoid spraying existing pavement or previously placed
screenings, and so that the nozzles are spreading properly when the uncovered surface
is reached. The building paper shall then be removed and disposed of in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer.
Formatted: Font: Bold
H.I. Application of cover Aggregate:
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
Screenings shall be uniformly spread by the aggregate spreader immediately following
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
the scrubbing. The spreading rate shall e from 18 to 30 pounds per square yard. The
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
initial rate of spreading shall be 24 pounds per square yard. The Contractor may
propose a different initial rate. The Contractor shall spread screenings on a 100-foot
test strip as requested by the Engineer to verify and determine the initial rate of
spreading. The spreading rate shall be adjusted up or down so that no bleeding occurs
during rolling. The initial rate of spreading, and any adjustments thereto during
spreading, shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.
The joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line
between designated traffic lanes.
Operating the chip spreader at speeds which causes the chips to roll after striking the
emulsion covered surface will not be permitted.
The transverse termination of screenings shall be complete and any excess screenings
shall be removed from the surface prior to resuming operations.
Stockpiling of screenings prior to placing will be permitted where space allows,
however, any contamination resulting during storage or from reloading operations will
be cause for rejection.
71
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Screenings shall be surface damp at the time of application, but excess water on the
aggregate surface will not be permitted. Screenings shall be re-dampened in the haul
trucks prior to delivery to the chip spreader when so directed by the Engineer.
The scrubbed pavement surface shall be covered with screenings before setting or
After the screenings have been spread, piles, ridges, or uneven distribution shall be
carefully removed to ensure against permanent ridges, bumps or depressions in the
completed surface. Additional screenings shall be spread in whatever quantities may
be required to prevent picking up by the rollers or traffic.
Formatted: Font: Bold
I.J.Rolling:
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
Initial rolling shall begin immediately behind the chip spreader and shall consist of one
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
pass completely covering the screenings applied. Asphalt emulsion and screenings
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
shall not be spread more than 2,500 feet ahead of completion of initial rolling
operations.
Secondary rolling shall begin immediately after completion of the initial rolling. The
amount of secondary rolling shall be that necessary to seat the screenings and in no
case shall be less than 2 passes.
Formatted: Font: Bold
J.K. Sweeping:
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
After rolling of the application of cover aggregate, lightly broom the loose aggregate in a
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
manner not to dislodge the aggregate embedded in the liquid. Sweep loose material
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
from road bed.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 5 +
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
VI.Finishing:
0"
Formatted: Font: Bold
A.D. Flush Coat
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
Flush Coat shall consist of an application of a fog seal coat followed by a sand cover to
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
the surface of the scrub seal coat.
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
Flush coat shall be applied at the discretion of the Engineer, immediately after initial
sweeping and removal of excess screenings and prior to opening the lane to
uncontrolled (not controlled with pilot cars) traffic.
Formatted: Font: Bold
B.E. Fog Seal
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
Fog seal coat shall not be applied when the atmospheric temperature is below 40°F.
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
When surface treatment has set, a fog seal is to be applied at a rate of 0.03 to 0.06
gallons per square yard to the entire surface treatment. The liquid for fog seal shall be a
cationic mixing type emulsion diluted forty (40%) percent with water.
Formatted: Font: Bold
C.F. Sand Cover
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
Sand cover shall be applied immediately following application of the fog seal coat. Sand
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
shall be spread by a chip spreader at a rate of 1 to 2 pounds per square yard. The
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
exact rate will be determined by the Engineer. Spreading shall not vary more than 5
percent from the exact application rate.
72
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Formatted: Font: Bold
D.G. Maintenance
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
Scrub seal coated surfaces shall be maintained, including the traffic control required for
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
maintenance operations, for a period of 4 consecutive calendar days, beginning on the
at: 0.5" + Indent at: 0.5"
day screenings are applied to the asphalt emulsion. Maintenance shall include
sweeping and distribution of screenings over the surface to absorb any free emulsion, to
cover any area deficient in cover material and to prevent formation of corrugations.
Clean sand may be used in lieu of screenings to cover any excess emulsion which
comes to the surface. The use of roadside material for this purpose will not be
permitted.
The surface shall be swept as often as necessary during the 4-day maintenance period
to maintain the surface free of loose screenings. At the end of the fourth day, any
excess screenings shall be removed from the paved area.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
VII.Method of Measurement
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 5 +
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
0"
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Scrub Seal, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form,
shall be included in this item. Should the contractor be directed to place Fog Seal as a
secondary application to the Scrub Seal, it shall be measured separately as listed in the
Technical Specification for Fog Seal.
Formatted: Outline numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: I, II, III, + Start at: 5 +
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0" + Indent at:
VIII. Basis of Payment
0"
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Scrub Seal, including all
items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary
for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications, except that at the direction
of the county, Fog Seal shall be applied and paid separately as listed in the Technical
Specification for Fog Seal.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Scrub Seal Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-005006
73
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-007 COLD-IN-PLACE RECYCLING (CIP)
I. Description
The work specified in this Technical Provision consists of the in-place construction of a Cold
Recycled Bituminous Base Course, using either reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material
and/or reclaimed aggregate material (RAM), combined with virgin aggregates and/or
bituminous material. It is the intent of this contract to recycle 100% of the existing asphalt
pavement to ensure that the completed recycled base course will be of a consistent material
and thickness throughout, including, but not limited to, all existing asphalt pavement adjacent
to all concrete curbing, storm sewer inlets, manholes, sanitary sewer manholes, and all utility
valve boxes. The existing asphalt pavement in the above-described locations must be
included in the recycling process in order to construct a bituminous base course with a uniform
thickness throughout 100% of the proposed area. The intent of this contract is to utilize the
specified process which is clearly defined within this specification. Therefore Full Depth
Reclamation or any variation of Full Depth Reclamation will not be accepted.
II. Materials:
A. Btqibmu!Fnvmtjpo!
The type of asphalt emulsion to be used shall be determined by the mixture design.
Bituminous material shall conform to the applicable requirements of the 3121!dvssfou!
GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!:27. At the
request of the county, a representative from the asphalt emulsion supplier shall be
available at the job site to monitor the characteristics and performance of the asphalt
emulsion. Throughout the job, the representative will monitor the project and make
adjustments to the asphalt emulsion formulation as required.
B. Dpme!Qvmwfsj{fe!Nbufsjbm!
The cold pulverized recycled asphalt pavement (hereinafter referred to as RAP) material
shall meet the following gradation requirement prior to the addition of the asphalt
emulsion.
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
TUBOEBSE!NFUSJD
Formatted: Centered
Sieve Size%Passing Sieve Size %Passing
Formatted Table
95 51 mm95
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
Formatted: Left, Indent: Hanging: 0.45"
C. Qpsumboe!Dfnfou!!
Formatted: Left, Indent: Hanging: 0.5"
Portland Cement shall be type I or II and conform to the latest standard requirements f
Formatted: Font: 11 pt
ASTM C150 and AASHTO M85, for the type specified.
Formatted: Indent: Hanging: 0.5"
III. Mixture Design:
A mix design(s) conducted by an independent, AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory
(AMRL) accredited laboratory using materials obtained directly from the project site,
conforming to the requirements of this Technical Specification shall be submitted to the County
at the Pre-Construction Conference. Based on RAP consistency throughout project limits,
more than one mix design may be required. A traffic control plan may be required in
accordance with TP-102 for collecting materials. Mix design formulations shall be conducted
in accordance with the following guidelines:
74
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
A. Njy!Eftjho!Qspdfevsft!!
1. Sampling and Processing - Prior to materials sampling in the roadway, obtain
approval from the County. A traffic control plan may be required in accordance with TP-
be recycled. If cores show significant differences in various areas, such as different
type or thickness of layers between cores, then separate mix designs shall be
performed for each of these pavement segments. It is recommended that a minimum of
one location be sampled for each
taken where visual differences in the pavement are noticed. Immediately patch all core
holes neatly with asphalt cold patch. Cores shall be cut in the laboratory to the depth
specified for the CIR project. Cores shall be crushed in the laboratory.
The mix design shall be performed on this crushed sample. Gradation of the sample
after crushing shall be determined by ASTM C117 and C136 (dried at no greater than
40°C). Samples shall be prepared with a sample splitter. An alternative method is to
dry, screen and recombine the sample in the laboratory to target gradation.
2. Mixing - Calculate the amount of RAP required to produce a 61.0 mm to 66.0
mm (2.4 to 2.6 inch) tall specimen by determining the maximum specific gravity of the
RAP in accordance with ASTM D2041.
Number of specimens: 4 per emulsion content for a total of 4 for long-term stability and
4 for moisture testing for the 3 emulsion contents. Two specimens are required for Rice
specific gravity; test at the highest emulsion content in the design and back calculate for
the lower emulsion contents.
Recommended emulsion contents: 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, 3.5%. Choose three emulsion
contents that bracket the estimated recommended emulsion content.
Add moisture that is expected to be added at the milling head, typically 1.5 to 2.5
percent.
If any additives are in the mixture, introduce the additives in a similar manner that they
will be added during field production.
Mixing of test specimens shall be performed with a mechanical bucket mixer. Mix the
CIR RAP millings thoroughly with water first, then mix with emulsion. Mixing shall occur
at ambient temperature. One specimen shall be mixed at a time. Mixing time with
emulsion should not exceed 60 seconds.
3. Compaction - Specimens shall be compacted immediately after mixing. Place
paper disks on the top and bottom of the specimen before compaction. Specimens
shall be compacted with a Superpave gyratory compactor (SGC) in a 100 mm mold at
1.25° angle, 600 kPa ram pressure, and 30 gyrations. The mold shall not be heated.
4. Curing after compaction - Extrude specimens from molds immediately after
compaction. Carefully remove paper disks.
75
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Place specimens in 60°C forced draft oven with ventilation on sides and top. Place
each specimen in a small container to account for material loss from the specimens.
Care should be taken not to over-dry the specimens. Cure compacted specimens to
constant weight but no more than 48 hours and no less than 16 hours. Constant weight
is defined here as 0.05% change in weight in 2 hours. After curing, cool specimens at
ambient temperature a minimum of 12 hours and a maximum of 24 hours.
5. Measurements - Determine bulk specific gravity (density) of each compacted
(cured and cooled) specimen according to ASTM D2726.
Determine specimen heights according to ASTM D3549 or equivalent. Alternatively, the
height can be obtained from the SGC readout.
Determine Rice (maximum theoretical) specific gravity, ASTM D2041, except as noted
in Item 4 of this procedure, and do not break any agglomerates which will not easily
reduce with a flexible spatula. Perform the supplemental dry-back procedure to adjust
for uncoated particles.
Determine percent air voids in accordance with ASTM D3203 for each design emulsion
content.
Determine corrected Marshall Stability by ASTM D1559 at 40°C after 2 hour
temperature conditioning in a forced draft oven.
6. Moisture Susceptibility - Perform same conditioning and volumetric
measurements on moisture-conditioned specimens as on other specimens. Vacuum
saturate to 55 to 75 percent, soak in a 25°C water bath for 23 hours, followed by a one
hour soak at 40°C. Determine corrected Marshall Stability. The average moisture
conditioned specimen strength divided by the average dry specimen strength is referred
to as retained stability.
7. Emulsion Content Selection - The properties of the specimens at design
emulsion content shall meet the properties in Table 1.
8. Report - The report shall contain the following minimum information: Gradation
of RAP; amount and gradation of virgin aggregate or additional RAP, if any;
recommended water content range as a percentage of dry RAP; optimum emulsion
content as a percentage of dry RAP and corresponding density; air void percentage;
absorbed water percentage; Marshall Stability and Retained Stability at design moisture
and emulsion contents; Raveling percentage; and Thermal Cracking initiation
temperature. Include the mix design emulsion designation, supplier name, plant
location, and emulsion testing results detailed in Ubcmf!5.
The mix design(s) shall meet the Mix Design Performance Criteria of Ubcmf!2 and be
approved by the County prior to construction.
9. Other Additives:
If necessary, additives may be used to meet the requirements in Table 1. In the case
that an additive is used, the type and allowable usage percentage must be described in
the submitted design recommendation.
76
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
10. Addition of Imported Crushed Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) material:
If available, imported RAP material may be added at the discretion of the County
Engineer if the RAP material meets the requirements in Ubcmf!3. The crushed RAP shall
be free from vegetation and all other deleterious materials, including silt and clay balls.
It shall meet the requirements for Deleterious Materials given in Ubcmf!3. The crushed
RAP shall not exceed the maximum size requirement in this Technical Specification and
when blended with the design millings, shall produce a product which meets the
specifications given in Ubcmf!2.
Ubcmf!2!!Njy!Eftjho!Qfsgpsnbodf!Dsjufsjb!
Formatted Table
211!nn!tqfdjnfot!tibmm!cf!qsfqbsfe!jo!b!Tvqfsqbwf!Hzsbupsz!dpnqbdups/!!Uif!njyuvsf!
tipvme!nffu!uif!gpmmpxjoh!dsjufsjb!bu!uif!tfmfdufe!eftjho!btqibmu!fnvmtjpo!dpoufou;!
Qspqfsuz!Dsjufsjb!Qvsqptf!
Compaction effort, Superpave Gyratory Compactor 1.25° angle, 600 Density Indicator
AASHTO T312 kPa stress,
30 gyrations
Density, ASTM D2726 or equivalent Report Compaction
Indicator
Gradation for Design Millings, ASTM C117 Report
*Marshall stability, ASTM D6926, D6927, 40°C Optimum Stability Indicator
Strength
**Resistance of Compacted Bituminous Mixture to 70 % min. Ability to withstand
Moisture Induced Damage AASHTO T283 -Retained moisture damage
stability based on cured stability
+!Dvsfe!tubcjmjuz!uftufe!po!dpnqbdufe!tqfdjnfot!bgufs!71±D!)251±G*!dvsjoh!up!dpotubou!xfjhiu/!
++Wbdvvn!tbuvsbujpo!pg!66!up!86!qfsdfou-!xbufs!cbui!36±D!34!ipvst-!mbtu!ipvs!bu!51±D!xbufs!
cbui!
Ubcmf!3!.!Jnqpsufe!Dsvtife!SBQ!Dsjufsjb!
Formatted Table
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
Deleterious Materials: Clay Lumps and Friable ASTM C 142 or 0.2% maximum
Particles in Aggregate, % AASHTO T112
Maximum size and Distribution ASTM C 136 or
AASHTO T 27 seive
11. Additional Aggregate:
Based on the results of mix design testing or other requirements, the CIR contractor
shall determine if additional aggregate is required to comply with mix design
performance criteria specified in Ubcmf!2. Any additional aggregate shall meet the
criteria specified in Ubcmf!4, and it shall be graded to produce a pavement layer which
meets the mix design performance criteria specified in Ubcmf!2/
Ubcmf!4!.!Beejujpobm!Bhhsfhbuf!Dsjufsjb!
Formatted Table
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
Los Angeles abrasion value, % loss AASHTO T9640% maximum
Sand Equivalent,% ASTM D2419 60% minimum
Maximum size and Distribution ASTM C 136 or Section 334-2.2
AASHTO T 27
Water absorption % AASHTO T 85 5%_ max.imum
77
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
IV.Equipment:
Maintain all equipment in a satisfactory operating condition and in accordance with the 3121!
GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!211.3/!The Cold In-
Place Recycling shall be conducted with the equipment specified herein.
A. Njmmjoh!Nbdijof;!
A self-propelled, down-cutting, lateral/horizontal mixing, cold milling machine capable of
pulverizing the existing asphalt (and base material as needed) in a single pass to the
depth shown on the plans will be required. The machine shall have automatic depth
controls to maintain the cutting depth to within ¼ in (6 mm) of that shown on the plans,
and shall have a positive means for controlling cross slope elevations. A 30 foot non-
contact averaging beam must be used on the mill. The use of a heating device to
soften the pavement will not be permitted. Up-cutting machines shall not be permitted.
Machines that only provide vertical mixing will not be permitted.
The milling machine must be equipped with a liquid metering device capable of
adjusting the flow of asphalt emulsion to compensate for any variation in the speed of
the machine. The metering device shall deliver the amount of asphalt emulsion to
within 0.2 percent of the required design amount by weight of pulverized bituminous
material (for example, if the design requires 3.0 percent, the metering device shall
maintain the emulsion amount between 2.8 percent and 3.2 percent). The asphalt
emulsion pump should be of sufficient capacity to allow emulsion contents up to 3.5%
by weight of pulverized bituminous material. Also, automatic digital readings will be
displayed for both the flow rate and total amount of pulverized bituminous material and
asphalt emulsion in appropriate units of weight and time.
B. Cjuvnjopvt!Qbwfs;!
A self-propelled conventional bituminous paver having electronic grade and cross slope
control for the screed shall be utilized. The equipment shall be of sufficient size and
power to spread and lay the mixture in one smooth continuous pass to the specified
section and according to the plans. A 30 foot non-contact averaging beam must be
used on the bituminous paver. To reduce material segregation, the bituminous paver
must utilize a hopper insert.
C. Spmmfst;!
All rollers shall be self-propelled. The number, weight and types of rollers shall be as
necessary to obtain the required compaction. At least one pneumatic-tired roller shall
have a minimum gross operating weight of not less than 50,000 lbs. (22,600 kg).
Pneumatic rollers must have properly working scrapers and water spraying systems. At
least one double drum vibratory steel-wheeled roller shall have a gross operating weight
of not less than 20,000 lbs. (9,000 kg) and a width of 78 inches (1980 mm). Double
drum vibratory rollers must have properly working scrapers and water spraying systems.
V. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five CIR project references that have been completed within the past three years.
Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding the staff that they propose
for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of this specification
78
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
at the tim
VI.Construction:
A. Xfbuifs!Mjnjubujpot!!
Cold In-Place recycling operations shall be completed when the atmospheric
temperature measured in the shade and away from artificial heat is 500 F (10°C) and
rising. Also, the weather shall not be foggy or rainy. The weather forecast shall not call
for freezing temperature within 48 hours after placement of any portion of the project.
B. Sfnpwbm!pg!Wfhfubujpo;!
Grass, vegetation and other deleterious material shall be removed from the edge of the
existing pavement to prevent contamination of the pulverized bituminous material during
the milling operation.
C. Njmmjoh;!
The existing pavement shall be milled to the required depth and width as indicated on
the plans. Recycling shall be in a manner that does not disturb the underlying material
in the existing roadway. The milling operation shall be conducted so that the amount of
fines occurring along the vertical faces of the cut will not prevent bonding of the cold
recycled materials. Use a small milling machine, if necessary, to mill longitudinally to
the required depth as indicated on the plans along all curbs and gutters, radius returns,
utilities, inlets, around all manholes and any other structures not accessible or practical
to be milled by the milling/mixing machine utilities. The millings produced by the small
mill will be the same as the large mill and of equal gradation to produce a uniform
recycled pavement layer. Inlets/Catch Basins must be covered during the milling and
recycling operation to prevent milled material from entering the catch basin area where
it could contaminate and/or block the storm water system.
D. Qspdfttjoh;!
When a paving fabric is encountered during the CIR operation, the Contractor shall
make the necessary adjustments in equipment or operations so that at least ninety
2
percent (90%) of the shredded fabric in the recycled material is no more that 5 in (3200
2
mm). Additionally, no fabric piece shall have any dimension exceeding a length of 4
inches (100 mm). These changes may include, but not be limited to, adjusting the
milling rate and adding or removing screens in order to obtain a specification recycled
material. The Contractor shall be required to waste material containing over-sized
pieces of paving fabric as directed by the Engineer.
E. Tqsfbejoh;!
The material shall be spread using a self-propelled paver meeting the requirements
under 3121!GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!
431.6/ Heating of the paver screed will not be permitted. The recycled material shall be
spread in one continuous pass, without segregation and to the lines and grades
established by the Engineer.
79
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
F. Dpnqbdujpo;!
Compaction of the recycled mix shall be completed using rollers meeting the
requirements of the 3121!GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!
Dpotusvdujpo!Tfdujpo!441.21. During initial construction, rolling patterns and sequences
shall be established through the construction of a control strip produced with the CIR
equipment and within the pavement section, to determine the target wet density, using a
nuclear moisture-density gauge in accordance with ASTM D2950, backscatter
measurement mode. In all cases, the longitudinal joint must first be rolled followed by
the rolling pattern established by the test strip. The initial pass for the rolling pattern
established by the test strip should begin on the low side and progress to the high side
by overlapping of longitudinal passes parallel to the pavement centerline. Initial rolling
should not begin until the emulsion has started to break. Rollers shall be operated at
speeds appropriate for the type of roller and necessary to obtain the required degree of
compaction and prevent defects in the mat. Rolling shall be continued until no
displacement is occurring or until the pneumatic roller(s) is (are) walking out of the
mixture. Final rolling to eliminate pneumatic tire marks and to achieve density shall be
done by double drum steel roller(s), either operating in a static or vibratory mode.
Vibratory mode should only be operated at a speed, frequency and amplitude shown
not to damage the pavement. The selected rolling pattern shall be followed unless
changes in the recycled mix or placement conditions occur and the established rolling
pattern is causing damage to the mat or the required degree of compaction is
unachievable. These circumstances require the establishment of new rolling patterns
and sequences through the construction of a control strip produced with the CIR
equipment and within the pavement section. Rolling shall start no more than 30 minutes
behind the paver. Finish rolling shall be completed no more than one hour after milling
is completed. When possible, rolling shall not be started or stopped on uncompacted
material but with rolling patterns established so that they begin or end on previously
compacted material or the existing pavement.
G. Sfuvso!pg!Usbggjd;!
After the completion of compaction of the recycled pavement layer, no traffic shall be
permitted on the completed recycled material for at least one (1) hour. After one hour
rolling traffic may be permitted on the recycled material. This time may be adjusted by
the contractor to allow establishment of sufficient cure so traffic will not initiate raveling.
After opening to traffic, the surface of the recycled pavement layer shall be maintained
in a condition suitable for the safe movement of traffic.
H. Qspufdujpo!boe!Ebnbhf;!
Protect the recycled pavement layer in accordance with the!3121!GEPU!Tuboebse!
Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!441.24. Prime and sand the
recycled pavement layer prior to opening the roadway to traffic. Any damage to the
completed Cold In Place Recycled bituminous material shall be repaired by the
contractor prior to the placement of the hot mix asphalt concrete surface course, or
other applicable surface treatment, and as directed by the Engineer.
I. Gjojtife!Sfdzdmfe!Qbwfnfou!Mbzfs!Tnppuioftt;!
The completed cold recycled pavement layer surface shall not vary more than ½ in (12
mm) from the lower edge of a 10-foot (3-meter) straight edge placed on the surface
parallel and transversely to the centerline at locations selected by the County.
80
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Irregularities exceeding the specified limit shall be corrected at the expense of the
contractor by grinding/cold milling or leveling with cold or hot mix asphalt. The corrected
areas shall be retested to determine compliance with smoothness.
VII. Quality Control
A. Dpousbdups!Sftqpotjcjmjuz;!
The contractor shall be responsible for providing field and laboratory quality control
testing of materials during construction. The County or its subconsultant may conduct
sampling and testing whenever or as often as desired for verification purposes. The
contractor shall acquire an adequate amount of material for each sample to be tested in
the laboratory so that an ample amount of material is left over in case of the need for
resolution testing. Resolution testing will be required and provided at the expense of the
contractor if similar laboratory samples tested by the contractor and the County do not
coincide within reasonable values as determined by the County. The resolution
laboratory will be selected by the County and the testing results provided by this lab will
be used for materials acceptance purposes. All materials testing laboratories shall be
accredited by the AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL) or Construction
Materials Engineering Council (CMEC). The contractor shall submit all documentation of
field inspection and laboratory testing results required herein to the County Engineer
prior to payment and upon request. Copies of all delivery tickets and notes regarding
any materials brought to the project site shall be given to the County upon delivery to
the project site. These tickets shall be signed by an approved representative of the
Contractor at the time of delivery.
B. Dsvtife!SBQ!Nbufsjbm!Tj{joh;!
A sample shall be obtained from the receiving hopper of the paver each ½ mile or as
specified by engineer (0.8 km) and screened using a 2 in. (51mm) sieve (or smaller
sieve if required) to determine maximum particle size requirement compliance. The
resulting gradations shall be compared to the mix design gradations to determine any
necessary changes to emulsion content. Gradation results shall be shared with the
County by the end of the following day. Sampling procedures shall be in accordance
with ASTM D979 or AASHTO T168.
C. Btqibmu!Fnvmtjpo;!
The asphalt emulsion shall be received on the job site within the temperature ranges
specified by the emulsion supplier. The emulsion supplier shall provide testing results
for each shipment indicating the emulsion is in compliance with the criteria specified in
Ubcmf!5. The County Engineer may require the contractor to obtain emulsion samples
control testing if desired. The testing shall meet the following requirements:
Ubcmf!5!!Fnvmtjpo!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
*Residue from distillation, % ASTM D244 64.0 to 66.0 %
*Oil distillate by distillation, % ASTM D244 0.5% maximum
Sieve Test, % ASTM D244 0.1% maximum
**Residue Penetration, 25°C, dmm ASTM D5 -25 to +25%
!
+Npejgjfe!BTUN!E355!qspdfevsf!!ejtujmmbujpo!ufnqfsbuvsf!pg!288±D!xjui!31!njovuf!ipme/!!
!
+Up!cf!efufsnjofe!evsjoh!DJS!eftjho!qibtf!qsjps!up!fnvmtjpo!gpsnvmbujpo!boe!
81
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
nbovgbduvsf!gps!qspkfdu/!!Qfofusbujpo!wbmvf!sbohf!xjmm!cf!efufsnjofeboe!tvcnjuufe!up!uif!
Dpvouz!Fohjoffs!gps!bqqspwbm!qsjps!up!qspkfdu!tubsu!
D. Btqibmu!Fnvmtjpo!Dpoufou!boe!Zjfme;!
Total emulsion quantity and yield shall be monitored and recorded daily and for each
segment in which the target emulsion percentage is adjusted. This information shall be
gathered from the calibrated emulsion metering device. Emulsion content adjustments
shall be made appropriately when multiple and specific mix designs for different road
segments of varying composition exist.
E. Xbufs!Dpoufou!boe!Zjfme;!
Total water quantity and yield shall be monitored and recorded daily and for each
segment in which the target water percentage is adjusted. This information shall be
gathered from the water metering device. Water content adjustments shall be made
appropriately when multiple and specific mix designs for different road segments of
varying composition exist. Water content adjustments shall also be made based on
mixture consistency, coating, and dispersion of the recycled materials.
F. Njyuvsf!Uftujoh;!
At the discretion of the County Engineer and if the recycled pavement layer quality and
workmanship seem suspect, the contractor may be required to sample, in accordance
with ASTM D3665 and D979, the recycled mixture for determining compliance with
design criteria specified in Ubcmf!2. If samples of the recycled asphalt pavement mixture
are taken after the addition of additives and e emulsion, the specimens must be
compacted within 15 minutes of sampling and tested as required in Ubcmf!2. If the
recycled mixture is sampled prior to the addition of additives and emulsion, the sample
must immediately be transferred to air-tight plastic container to prohibit loss of moisture.
Samples must be mixed in the laboratory with the field additives and emulsion within 24
hours and tested as required in Ubcmf!2.
G. Efqui!pg!Qvmwfsj{bujpo!)Njmmjoh*;!
The depth shall be checked and recorded daily and every 1/8 mile (0.2 km).on both
outside vertical faces of the cut. Measure depth by placing a rigid measuring device
perpendicular to the bottom of the milled surface and near the vertical faces of the cut.
H. Compacted Efotjuz:
Degree of compaction of the recycled pavement layer shall be monitored for compliance
with target wet density established during the initial control strip construction. Wet
density shall be determined every 1/4 mile (0.4 km) using a nuclear moisture-density
gauge in accordance with ASTM D2950, backscatter measurement mode. Ensure that
all nuclear gauges are operated by licensed individuals and have been calibrated within
the last 12 months. The acceptable degree of compaction shall be 96 to 98 percent of
target wet density. Care shall be taken not to over-roll the mat based on visual
observations of check cracking or shoving. A new control strip and target density shall
be established if the consistency of the material being recycled changes. The County
shall be notified prior to the construction of a new control strip.
82
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
I. Dsptt.Tmpqf!boe!Tnppuioftt;!
The recycled pavement layer cross slope shall be checked regularly during spreading.
A minimum 2 % Cross-Slope shall be maintained through the length of the project. The
recycled pavement layer shall be checked for smoothness regularly behind the paver
and after rolling. The smoothness shall not vary more than ½ in (12 mm) from the lower
edge of a 10-foot (3-meter) straight edge placed on the surface parallel and transversely
to the centerline after rolling is completed. The edge of the mat should be rolled first
and progress to the center or high side to prevent excessive edge sloughing.
Ubcmf!6!!Rvbmjuz!Dpouspm!Uftujoh!boe!Jotqfdujpo!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
RAP Maximum Particle Size ASTM C 136 or Section 334-2.2
AASHTO T27
RAP Particle Size Distribution ASTM C 136 or Determined by Mix Design(s)
AASHTO T27
Emulsion and Water Yield Calibrated Determined by Mix Design(s)
Metering Device
*Mixture Testing Table 1 Table 1
**Depth of Milling Section 334-5.7 Determined by Mix Design(s)
Compacted Density ASTM D2950 96 to 98% of target density
Cross-Slope FM 5-509 Minimum 2%
Smoothness FM 5-509 Maximum 0.5 in (12 mm)
deviation from planeness
!
++Efqui!pg!Njmmjoh!nbz!offe!up!cf!bekvtufe!gps!mpdbmj{fe!vofyqfdufe!qbwfnfou!dpoejujpot!
J. Epdvnfoubujpo!
Delivery Tickets - All delivery tickets and notes regarding any materials brought to the
project site to complete this item shall be given to the County upon delivery. Tickets
shall be signed by an approved representative of the Contractor at the time of delivery.
VIII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Cold-In-Place Recycled Bituminous Paving, and not specifically listed
in another item in the Bid Form, shall be included in this item, including but not limited to
Maintenance of Traffic as specified in TP-102.
IX.Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. Prices shall be full compensation for the removal and processing of the existing
pavement; for preparing, hauling, and placing all materials; for all freight involved; for all
manipulations, including rolling and prime and sand for all labor, tools, equipment, quality
control testing and incidentals necessary to complete the work. The Unit price includes all
items listed in the contract, including all General Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical
Provisions pertaining to Cold-In-Place Recycled Bituminous Paving, including all items of work
described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary for the
completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
83
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Cold-In-Place Recycled Bituminous PavingSquare Yard
Liquid Asphalt Emulsion Gallon
Excavation for Widening or Unsuitable Materials Cubic Yard
Added RAP or Aggregates for Mixing Ton
Cement Ton
END OF SECTION PC-007
84
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-008-3 A FULL DEPTH RECLAMTION (FDR) WITH PORTLAND CEMENT
I. Description
This work shall consist of the preparation of a stabilized base course composed of a mixture of
the existing bituminous concrete pavement, existing base course material, Portland cement
and other additives. The manufacturing of the stabilized base course shall be done by in-place
pulverizing and blending of the existing pavement and base materials, the introduction of
cement additives, and other additives (if called for in the Mix Design). The process which
results in a stabilized base course, shall be accomplished in accordance with these
specifications and conform to the lines and grades established by the engineer.
Existing asphalt pavement shall be pulverized by a method that does not damage the material
below the plan depth as shown on the appropriate roadway section.
II. Materials:
A. RAP: Materials must meet all requirements specified in the 2010 current Florida
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
283-2, except that 98% of all material is required to pass through a 50 mm (2 inch)
sieve.
B. Additional Base Materials: Additional base materials may be needed for adjusting
grade elevations as directed by the engineer, or for widening. When such additional
material is required it shall be among those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as
General Use Optional Base Materials and meet applicable FDOT requirements for such.
C. Portland Cement: Portland Cement shall be type I or II and conform to the latest
standard requirements of ASTM C150 and AASHTO M85, for the type specified.
D. Water: The water for the base course shall be clean and free from sewage, oil, acid,
strong alkalies, or vegetable matter and it shall be in sufficient supply for mixing and
curing. Water of questionable quality shall be tested in accordance with the
requirements of AASHTO T 26.
E. Soil: The soil base to be reclaimed shall be evaluated by a professional geotechnical
engineering laboratory to determine suitability in the stabilization process. The soil shall
be free of roots, sod, weeds, and shall not contain gravel or stone retained on a 1-inch
(25 mm) sieve, or more than 45% retained on a No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve, as determined
by ASTM C 136.
III. Equipment:
A. Road Reclaimer: Shall be originally designed for pavement reclaiming of a size equal to
or larger than a Caterpillar Model RM-350B with comparable specifications including
horsepower and rotor size. The reclaimer shall be capable of pulverizing and mixing
pavement, base materials, and subgrade soil to depth of 16 inches. It shall have the
capability of introducing and metering additives uniformly and accurately and that
positive displacement pumps accurately meter the planned amount of water and cement
material into the mixture. The reclaiming machine shall mix the cement additive
85
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
thoroughly with the RAP and soil materials. The pump shall be mechanically or
electronically interlocked with the ground speed of the machine. The cement metering
system and water metering system shall be capable of continuously monitoring (GPM)
flow, and totaling the quantity of water and cement applied into the mixing chamber.
Additives shall be uniformly distributed and mixed with the pulverized material, any
existing underlying material as specified.
B. Motor Grader: Shall be of sufficient size and horsepower to adequately rough grade the
pulverized base and rough and finish grade the mixed and compacted base. The
equipment shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of maintaining an
accurate grade and cross-slope.
C. Rollers: Shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of compacting the
mix to the requirements of this specification: Vibratory rollers shall be a minimum of 10
tons and capable of rolling in either vibratory or static mode. Three wheel static rollers
shall be a minimum of 11 tons. Pneumatic tire rollers shall have a minimum of 9
oscillating wheels with smooth, low pressure tires (pressure shall be equally matched in
all tires within 5 PSI) and weigh at least 20 tons. Initial compaction shall be
accomplished by either single or dual drum vibratory or three wheel roller static rollers.
D. Cement Delivery Equipment: A calibrated screw-type distributor shall be used with a
curtain to accurately place the amount of cement required by the mix design onto the
roadbed for mixing.
E. Additional equipment: Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations
required by this technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful
completion of projects governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit
costs associated herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight
edge) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV.Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Full Depth Reclamation (cement stabilization) project references that have
been completed within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed
information regarding the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of
meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall have the
if found deficient, it shall be the basis for
V. Construction:
A. Layout: The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the
roadway prior to paving. Elevations of the existing road must be referenced at sufficient
intervals to ensure the roadway elevation is not changed in any location after final
surface is placed. Method for layout and line and elevation reference must be approved
by the engineer prior to beginning work. It is imperative that roadway elevations remain
unchanged except cross slope correction or as approved by the engineer.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations: The soil-cement base shall not be mixed or placed
while the atmospheric temperature is below 35 F (2 C) or when conditions indicate that
86
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
the temperature may fall below 35 F (2 C) within 24 hours, or when the weather is foggy
or rainy, or when the soil or sub grade is frozen.
C. Mix Design: Prior to base course construction, a minimum of one (1) core sample must
be taken for every 5,000 square yards of the roadway. Representative samples of the
RAP material, underlying base material and virgin materials, where applicable, shall be
supplied to a nationally accredited laboratory for preliminary testing to determine the
optimum moisture content and proportions of cement needed to produce a finished
base course with a mix design target of 300 PSI and a final in place base compressive
strength of 200 to 400 PSI. Laboratory tests of material to be reclaimed and virgin
materials for use as base shall be performed to determine compliance with 3-day and 7-
day minimum compressive strength requirements of the mixture and the quantity of
cement required in the mix. Test specimens containing various amounts of cement are
to be compacted in accordance with ASTM D558, and the optimum moisture for each
amount of cement is to be determined. Actual application quantities for the Portland
cement will be derived from the mix design. The minimum compressive strength
requirements of the mixture shall be determined by the engineer of record. The mix
design and laboratory testing shall be performed by a geotechnical engineering
laboratory and all reports sealed by a professional engineer.
D. Widening: When the existing base is to be widened, the Contractor shall excavate the
shoulder from the edge of the existing pavement to at least 6 inches beyond the
planned new width of the base prior to pulverization. All costs involved in collecting,
hauling, and disposing of these materials shall be borne by the Contractor.
The bottom of the trench shall be kept free of loose soil and vegetation. Approved base
material (those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed in the excavation uniformly and without loss or contamination.
The Contractor shall correct all areas of irregular grade or deficient thickness and shall
remove and replace material contaminated with soil, organic material, or debris.
After the final pass of the reclaimer, soil shall be drawn up against the widening material to
close the excavation, and the shoulder shall be graded and compacted to produce a
firm, even surface.
E. Additional Material: When additional material is to be added to correct cross slope
deficiencies or change elevation as directed by the engineer, approved base material
(those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed on the roadway prior to final pass for pulverization and mixed
uniformly with the existing material.
F. Pulverization: The existing pavement and base material shall be pulverized and
blended to the depth required so the entire mass of material shall be uniformly graded
to the following gradation:
SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING
98 - 100
1- 95
87
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Material gradation may vary due to local aggregates and conditions. Multiple passes of
the reclaimer may be necessary to achieve the required gradation.
The cement and water shall be introduced into the mix through the reclaimer uniformly
and accurately and metered such that areas are of equal consistency and moisture
content. Alternately, the cement may be introduced by means of a spreader bar with
curtain on the cement distributor. Cement shall not be introduced by means of a
spreader bar or hose from the cement delivery tanker. The reclaimed material, cement
and water shall be combined in place to meet the requirements specified in such
proportions that the reclaimed mixture is of acceptable composition and stability. Before
the start and at the end of each d
must be permitted access to the mixing equipment in order to read the meter to verify
as necessary to the recommended mix design under the guidance of a knowledgeable
and competent technician to obtain a satisfactory reclaimed mixture of consistent
composition and stability throughout the Project.
After the material has been processed, it shall be compacted to the lines, grades, and
depth required. Water may be applied to ensure optimum moisture content at the time
of mixing and compaction.
G. Compaction: Commence rolling with self-propelled rollers as required by this technical
provision at the low side of the course, except leave 3 to 6 inches from any unsupported
edge or edges unrolled initially to prevent distortion. Density readings shall be taken by
A control strip of not less than 500 feet shall be constructed to develop proper
rolling/compaction patterns and methods to obtain desired density. Whenever there is a
change in the reclaimed material or compaction method, equipment or unacceptable
results occur, a new control strip shall be constructed, tested and analyzed.
Rollers shall move at a uniform speed that shall not exceed 8 km/hour (5 miles/hour).
For static rollers, the drive drum normally shall be in the forward position or nearest to
the paver. Vibratory rollers shall be operated at the speed, frequency and amplitude
required to obtain the required density and prevent defects in the mat.
The number, weight and type of rollers furnished shall be sufficient to obtain the
required compaction of the reclaimed material. The field density of the compacted
mixture shall be at least 95 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens
prepared from samples of the cement-treated base material taken from the material in
place. The specimens shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM D 558. The in-
place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2922.
Any pavement shoving or other unacceptable displacement shall be corrected. The
cause of the displacement shall be determined and corrective action taken immediately
and before continuing rolling. Care shall be exercised in rolling the edges of the
reclaimed mixture so the line and grade of the edge are maintained.
88
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
At the end of each day's production, a transverse construction joint shall be formed by a
header or by cutting back into the compacted material to form a true vertical face free of
loose material. The protection provided for construction joints shall permit the placing,
spreading, and compacting of base material without injury to the work previously laid.
Where it is necessary to operate or turn any equipment on the completed base course,
sufficient protection and cover shall be provided to prevent damage to the finished
surface. A supply of mats or wooden planks shall be maintained and used as approved
and directed by the Engineer.
H. Finishing: Finishing operations shall be completed and the base course shall conform
to the required lines, grades, and cross section. If necessary, the surface shall be lightly
scarified to eliminate any imprints made by the compacting or shaping equipment. The
surface shall then be recompacted to the required density. Correct all irregularities
I. Protection and Curing: After the base course has been finished as specified herein, it
shall be protected against drying for a period of 5 to 7 days by the application of a prime
coat as specified in FDOT Standard Specifications section 300 at a rate of not less than
0.15 gal/sy. The curing method shall begin as soon as possible, but no later than 24
hours after the completion of finishing operations. The finished base course shall be
kept moist continuously until the curing material is placed.
At the time the prime coat is applied, the surface shall be dense, free of all loose and
extraneous material, and shall contain sufficient moisture to prevent penetration of the
bituminous material. Water shall be applied in sufficient quantity to fill the surface voids
immediately before the bituminous curing material.
The curing material shall be maintained and re-applied as needed by the Contractor
during the 7-day protection period so that all of the soil-cement will be covered
effectively during this period. Finished portions of soil-cement that are used by
equipment in constructing an adjoining section shall be protected to prevent equipment
from marring or damaging the completed work.
When the air temperature may be expected to reach the freezing point, sufficient
protection from freezing shall be given the soil-cement for 7 days after its construction
and until it has hardened.
J. Thickness: The average thickness of the base constructed during one day shall be
within 1/2 inch (12 mm) of the thickness required, except that the thickness of any one
point may be within 3/4 inch (19 mm) of that required. Where the average thickness
shown by the measurements made in one day's construction is not within the tolerance
given, the Engineer shall evaluate the area and determine if, in his/her opinion, it shall
be reconstructed at the Contractor's expense or the deficiency deducted from the total
material in place.
89
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
VI.Sampling and Testing:
Control Testing for Full Depth Reclamation Field Sampling and Testing
Type of Test Method Frequency Size and Location
Each 3000 SY (not
RAP and Soil Cement Base 20 lb min sampled
ASTM D-136 less than once per
Gradationfrom hopper
day)
Moisture Density Each 1000 SY (not
33 lb min sampled
Relationship of Soil Cement ASTM D-558 less than once per
from pulverized base
Mixtures day)
Compressive Strength of Each 3000 SY (not 33 lb min sampled
Molded Soil Cement ASTM D-1633 less than once per from pulverized and
Cylinders day) mixed base
Each 250 SY (not Random locations
In-place Field Density ASTM D-2922 less than once per after spreading and
day) compacting
The depth of Reclaimed Bituminous Base Course shall be determined by measuring
uncompacted reclaimed material immediately behind the screed in conjunction with measuring
the milling depth prior to placement of reclaimed material. One depth measurement for each
250 square yards of completed base course shall be made. Any section deficient by 0.5 in (12
mm) or more from the specified depth shall be removed and satisfactorily replaced by the
option, cores may be taken by the engineer in
the finished product to further ensure base thickness meets requirements.
All delivery tickets and notes regarding any materials brought to the project site to complete
this Contract must be given to the Engineer/Inspector upon delivery to the project site.
Additional sampling and testing may be required if major changes in RAP characteristics are
observed, such as a much coarser or finer gradation or a noticeable difference in asphalt
content, or when considerable variability is occurring in the field test results.
VII.Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Full Depth Reclamation with Cement, and not specifically listed in
another item in the Bid Form, shall be included in the SY Price for Pulverization including but
not limited to shaping, compacting, finish grading, prime coat, sanding prime coat... Cost for
introduction of cement into the mixture shall be included in the per TN cost for Cement. Cost
for excavation for widening will be included in the CY Price for Excavation. Cost for additional
materials needed for widening or adjustment of grade as directed by the engineer shall be
included in the CY Price for General Use Optional Base Material.
VIII. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit prices include all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Full Depth Reclamation
with Cement, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be
90
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
provided for any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the
specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Full Depth Reclamation (Pulverization) Square Yard
Cement Ton
Excavation for Widening or Unsuitable Materials Cubic Yard
General Use Option Base Material Cubic Yard
END OF SECTION PC-008-3
91
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-008-4 B FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION WITH ASHPALT EMULSION
I. Description
This work shall consist of the preparation of a stabilized base course composed of a mixture of
the existing bituminous concrete pavement, existing base course material and emulsified
asphalt and other additives. The manufacturing ofthe stabilized base course shall be done by
in-place pulverizing and blending of the existing pavement and base materials, and the
introduction of asphalt emulsion and additives if called for in the Special Conditions or design
mix formula. The process which results in a stabilized base course shall be accomplished in
accordance with these specifications and conform to the lines and grades established by the
engineer.
Existing asphalt pavement shall be pulverized by a method that does not damage the material
below the plan depth as shown on the appropriate roadway section.
II. Materials:
A. RAP: Materials must meet all requirements specified in the 2015 Florida Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 283-2, except
that 98% of all material is required to pass through a 50 mm (2 inch) sieve.
B. Additional Base Materials: Additional base materials may be needed for adjusting
grade elevations as directed by the engineer, or for widening. When such additional
material is required it shall be among those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as
General Use Optional Base Materials and meet applicable FDOT requirements for such.
C. Asphalt Emulsion: When asphalt emulsion treatment is specified, asphalt emulsion,
type CSS-1h or CMS-2h mod., meeting the requirements of ASTM D2397-98, shall be
utilized.
D. Portland Cement: When a blend of asphalt emulsion and Portland cement is specified
the Portland cement shall be type I or II and conform to the latest standard requirements
of ASTM C150 and AASHTO M85. If cement is added with emulsion no more than 4%
shall be used on the project.
E. Water: The water for the base course compaction and foaming additive shall be clean
and free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, or vegetable matter and it shall be in
sufficient supply for mixing and curing. Water of questionable quality shall be tested in
accordance with the requirements of AASHTO T 26.
F. Soil:The soil base to be reclaimed shall be evaluated by a professional geotechnical
engineering laboratory to determine suitability in the stabilization process. The soil shall
be free of roots, sod, weeds, and shall not contain gravel or stone retained on a 1-inch
(25 mm) sieve, or more than 45% retained on a No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve, as determined
by ASTM C 136.
III. Equipment:
A. Road Reclaimer: Shall be originally designed for pavement reclaiming of a size equal
to or larger than a Caterpillar Model RM-350B with comparable specifications including
92
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
horsepower and rotor size. The reclaimer shall be capable of pulverizing and mixing
pavement, base materials, and subgrade soil to depth of 16 inches. It shall have the
capability of introducing and metering additives uniformly and accurately and that
positive displacement pumps accurately meter the planned amount of asphalt emulsion
into the mixture. The reclaiming machine shall mix the emulsified asphalt additive
thoroughly with the RAP and soil materials. The pump shall be mechanically or
electronically interlocked with the ground speed of the machine. The asphalt metering
system and water metering system shall be capable of continuously monitoring (GPM)
flow, and totaling the quantity of water and asphalt applied into the mixing chamber.
Additives shall be uniformly distributed and mixed with the pulverized material, any
existing underlying material as specified.
B. Motor Grader: Shall be of sufficient size and horsepower to adequately rough grade
the pulverized base and rough and finish grade the mixed and compacted base. The
equipment shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of maintaining an
accurate grade and cross-slope.
C. Rollers: Shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of compacting the
mix to the requirements of this specification: Vibratory rollers shall be a minimum of 10
tons and capable of rolling in either vibratory or static mode. Three wheel static rollers
shall be a minimum of 11 tons. Pneumatic tire rollers shall have a minimum of 9
oscillating wheels with smooth, low pressure tires (pressure shall be equally matched in
all tires within 5 PSI) and weigh at least 20 tons. Initial compaction shall be
accomplished by either single or dual drum vibratory or three wheel roller static rollers.
D. Additional equipment: Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations
required by this technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful
completion of projects governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit
costs associated herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight
edge) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
E.Cement Delivery Equipment: A calibrated screw-type distributor shall be used with a
curtain to accurately place the amount of cement required by the mix design onto the
roadbed for mixing.
IV.Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Full Depth Reclamation (with emulsion stabilization) project references that
have been completed within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed
information regarding the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of
meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall have the
V. Construction:
A. Layout: The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the
roadway prior to paving. Elevations of the existing road must be referenced at sufficient
intervals to ensure the roadway elevation is not changed in any location after final
93
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
surface is placed. Method for layout and line and elevation reference must be approved
by the engineer prior to beginning work. It is imperative that roadway elevations remain
unchanged except cross slope correction or as approved by the Engineer.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations: The base shall not be mixed or placed while the
atmospheric temperature is below 35 F (2 C) or when conditions indicate that the
temperature may fall below 35 F (2 C) within 24 hours, or when the weather is foggy or
rainy, or when the soil or sub grade is frozen. A high ambient temperature (> 32ºC,
cutting machine.
A. Mix Design: Prior to base course construction, a minimum of one (1) core sample must
be taken for every 5,000 square yards of the roadway. Representative samples of the
RAP material, underlying base material and virgin materials, where applicable, shall be
supplied to a nationally accredited laboratory for preliminary testing to determine the
optimum moisture content and proportions of asphalt emulsion or foamed asphalt
needed to produce a finished base course with a mix design target of 300 PSI and a
final in place base compressive strength of 200 to 400 PSI. Laboratory tests of material
to be reclaimed and virgin materials for use as base shall be performed to determine
compliance with 3-day and 7-day minimum compressive strength requirements of the
mixture and the quantity of asphalt emulsion or foamed asphalt required in the mix.
Test specimens containing various amounts of asphalt emulsion or foamed asphalt are
to be compacted in accordance with ASTM D558, and the optimum moisture for each
amount of either is to be determined. Actual application quantities for the additives will
be derived from the mix design. The minimum compressive strength requirements of the
mixture shall be determined by the engineer. The mix design and laboratory testing
shall be performed by a geotechnical engineering laboratory and all reports sealed by a
professional engineer.
94
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
B. Widening: When the existing base is to be widened, the Contractor shall excavate the
shoulder from the edge of the existing pavement to at least 6 inches beyond the
planned new width of the base prior to pulverization. All costs involved in collecting,
hauling, and disposing of these materials shall be borne by the Contractor.
The bottom of the trench shall be kept free of loose soil and vegetation. Approved base
material (those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed in the excavation uniformly and without loss or contamination.
The Contractor shall correct all areas of irregular grade or deficient thickness and shall
remove and replace material contaminated with soil, organic material, or debris.
After the final pass of the reclaimer, soil shall be drawn up against the widening material
to close the excavation, and the shoulder shall be graded and compacted to produce a
firm, even surface.
C. Additional Material: When additional material is to be added to correct cross slope
deficiencies or change elevation as directed by the engineer, approved base material
(those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed on the roadway prior to final pass for pulverization and mixed
uniformly with the existing material.
D. Pulverization: The existing pavement and base material shall be pulverized and
blended to the depth required so the entire mass of material shall be uniformly graded
to the following gradation:
SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING
98 - 100
1-
95
Material gradation may vary due to local aggregates and conditions. Multiple passes of
the reclaimer may be necessary to achieve the required gradation.
The asphalt emulsion or asphalt and water (to produce a foamed asphalt) shall be
introduced into the mix through the reclaimer uniformly and accurately and metered
such that areas are of equal consistency and moisture content. The reclaimed material
and additives shall be combined in place to meet the requirements specified in such
proportions that the reclaimed mixture is of acceptable composition and stability. Before
must be permitted access to the mixing equipment in order to read the meter to verify
be made as necessary to the recommended mix design under the guidance of a
knowledgeable and competent technician or superintendent to obtain a satisfactory
reclaimed mixture of consistent composition and stability throughout the Project.
After the material has been processed, it shall be compacted to the lines, grades, and
depth required. Water may be applied to ensure optimum moisture content at the time
of mixing and compaction.
95
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
E. Compaction: Commence rolling with self-propelled rollers as required by this technical
provision at the low side of the course, except leave 3 to 6 inches from any unsupported
edge or edges unrolled initially to prevent distortion. Density readings shall be taken by
A control strip of not less than 500 feet shall be constructed to develop proper
rolling/compaction patterns and methods to obtain desired density. Whenever there is a
change in the reclaimed material or compaction method, equipment or unacceptable
results occur, a new control strip shall be constructed, tested and analyzed.
Rollers shall move at a uniform speed that shall not exceed 8 km/hour (5 miles/hour).
For static rollers, the drive drum normally shall be in the forward position or nearest to
the paver. Vibratory rollers shall be operated at the speed, frequency and amplitude
required to obtain the required density and prevent defects in the mat.
The number, weight and type of rollers furnished shall be sufficient to obtain the
required compaction of the reclaimed material. The field density of the compacted
mixture shall be at least 95 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens
prepared from samples of the base material taken from the material in place. The
specimens shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM D 558. The in-place field
density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2922.
Any pavement shoving or other unacceptable displacement shall be corrected. The
cause of the displacement shall be determined and corrective action taken immediately
and before continuing rolling. Care shall be exercised in rolling the edges of the
reclaimed mixture so the line and grade of the edge are maintained.
At the end of each day's production, a transverse construction joint shall be formed by a
header or by cutting back into the compacted material to form a true vertical face free of
loose material. The protection provided for construction joints shall permit the placing,
spreading, and compacting of base material without injury to the work previously laid.
Where it is necessary to operate or turn any equipment on the completed base course,
sufficient protection and cover shall be provided to prevent damage to the finished
surface. A supply of mats or wooden planks shall be maintained and used as approved
and directed by the Engineer.
F. Finishing: Finishing operations shall be completed and the base course shall conform
to the required lines, grades, and cross section. If necessary, the surface shall be lightly
scarified to eliminate any imprints made by the compacting or shaping equipment. The
surface shall then be recompacted to the required density. Correct all irregularities
G. Protection and Curing: After the base course has been finished as specified herein, it
shall be protected against drying for a period of 5 to 7 days by the application of a prime
coat as specified in FDOT Standard Specifications section 300 at a rate of not less than
0.15 gal/sy. The curing method shall begin as soon as possible, but no later than 24
hours after the completion of finishing operations. The finished base course shall be
kept moist continuously until the curing material is placed.
96
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
At the time the prime coat is applied, the surface shall be dense, free of all loose and
extraneous material, and shall contain sufficient moisture to prevent penetration of the
bituminous material. Water shall be applied in sufficient quantity to fill the surface voids
immediately before the bituminous curing material is applied.
The curing material shall be maintained and re-applied as needed by the Contractor
during the 7-day protection period so that all of the soil-cement will be covered
effectively during this period. Finished portions of soil-cement that are used by
equipment in constructing an adjoining section shall be protected to prevent equipment
from marring or damaging the completed work.
When the air temperature may be expected to reach the freezing point, sufficient
protection from freezing shall be given the soil-cement for 7 days after its construction
and until it has hardened.
H. Thickness: The average thickness of the base constructed during one day shall be
within 1/2 inch (12 mm) of the thickness required, except that the thickness of any one
point may be within 3/4 inch (19 mm) of that required. Where the average thickness
shown by the measurements made in one day's construction is not within the tolerance
given, the Engineer shall evaluate the area and determine if, in his/her opinion, it shall
be reconstructed at the Contractor's expense or the deficiency deducted from the total
material in place.
VI.Sampling and Testing:
Control Testing for Full Depth Reclamation Field Sampling and Testing
Type of Test Method Frequency Size and Location
RAP and Soil Cement Base Each 3000 SY (not less 20 lb min sampled from
ASTM D-136
Gradation than once per day)hopper
Moisture Density
Each 1000 SY (not less 33 lb min sampled from
Relationship of Soil Cement ASTM D-558
than once per day)pulverized base
Mixtures
Compressive Strength of
ASTM D-Each 3000 SY (not less 33 lb min sampled from
Molded Soil Cement
1633 than once per day)pulverized and mixed base
Cylinders
ASTM D-Each 250 SY (not less Random locations after
In-place Field Density
2922 than once per day)spreading and compacting
The depth of Reclaimed Bituminous Base Course shall be determined by measuring
uncompacted reclaimed material immediately behind the screed in conjunction with measuring
the milling depth prior to placement of reclaimed material. One depth measurement for each
250 square yards of completed base course shall be made. Any section deficient by 0.5 in (12
mm) or more from the specified depth shall be removed and satisfactorily replaced by the
be taken by the engineer in
the finished product to further ensure base thickness meets requirements.
All delivery tickets and notes regarding any materials brought to the project site to complete
this Contract must be given to the Engineer/Inspector upon delivery to the project site.
97
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Additional sampling and testing may be required if major changes in RAP characteristics are
observed, such as a much coarser or finer gradation or a noticeable difference in asphalt
content, or when considerable variability is occurring in the field test results.
VII.Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Full Depth Reclamation with Asphalt Emulsion, and not specifically
listed in another item in the Bid Form, shall be included in the SY Price for Pulverization
including but not limited to shaping, compacting, finish grading, prime coat, sanding prime
coat... Cost for introduction of asphaltic cement into the mixture shall be included in the per
GL cost for Asphalt Emulsion. Cost for excavation for widening will be included in the CY Price
for Excavation. Cost for additional materials needed for widening or adjustment of grade as
directed by the engineer shall be included in the per TON Price for General Use Optional Base
Material.
VIII. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit prices include all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Full Depth Reclamation
with Asphalt Emulsion, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will
be provided for any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the
specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Full Depth Reclamation (Pulverization) Square Yard
Asphalt Emulsion Gallon
Excavation for Widening or Unsuitable Materials Cubic Yard
General Use Option Base Material Cubic Yard
Cement Ton
END OF SECTION PC-008-4
98
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-009 BITUMINOUS FOG SEAL
I. Description
The work consists of applying a bituminous fog seal to an existing pavement surface or to a
newly constructed chip seal surface.
II. Materials:
A. Bituminous Material: Provide a CSS-1 or CSS-1h, bituminous material for fog seal, as
specified in Fl/DOT 916-3.1. The temperature of the bituminous material at the time of
application shall be above the minimum temperature of 120°F.
B. Material Samples:
The County will require the Contractor to sample and test the first load of emulsion prior
to delivery. The Contractor will also provide a sample of the emulsion for every 10,000
gallons, on site, prior to commencing work. The County will require the Contractor to
provide sample containers and a local Independent testing laboratory for the analyzing of
emulsion. The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of the testing. The County
reserves the right to test any shipment of emulsion that is believed to be of substandard.
All samples shall be shipped and stored in clean air tight sealed wide mouth jars or
bottles made of plastic.
III. Equipment
Any equipment which is not maintained in full working order, or is proven inadequate to obtain
the results prescribed, shall be repaired or replaced at the direction of the Engineer.
A. Distributer Tank:
The distributor for spreading the emulsion shall be self-propelled, and shall have
pneumatic tires. The distributor shall be designed and equipped to distribute the
bituminous fog seal uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily determined and
controlled rates from 0.07 to 0.12 gallons per square yard of surface, and with an
allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5 percent of the specified rate.
Distributor equipment shall include full circulation spray bars, pump tachometer, volume
measuring device and a hand hose attachment suitable for application of the emulsion
manually to cover areas inaccessible to the distributor. The distributor shall be equipped
to circulate and agitate the emulsion within the tank.
A check of distributor equipment as well as application rate accuracy and uniformity of
distribution shall be made when directed by the Engineer.
B. Sand Truck:
Sand blotters may be used to allow early opening to traffic, if so determined by the
Engineer. The truck used for sanding shall be equipped with a spreader that allows the
sand to be uniformly distributed onto the pavement. The spreader shall be able to apply
1/2 pound to 3 pounds of sand per square yard in a single pass. The spreader shall be
adjustable so as not to broadcast sand onto driveways or treelawns.
99
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
The sand to be used shall be free flowing, without any leaves, dirt stones, etc. Any wet
sand shall be rejected from the job site.
C. Self-Propelled Rotary Power Broom:
The self-propelled rotary broom shall be designed, equipped, maintained and operated so
the pavement surface can be swept clean. The broom shall have an adjustment to control
the downward pressure.
D. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of projects
governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs associated
herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV.Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Fog Seal project references in the State of Florida that have been completed
within the past three years. A project superintendent knowledgeable and experienced in
shall submit a written experience outline of the project superintendent. Contractor shall be
capable of meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall
V. Construction:
A. Layout:
The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the roadway prior to
sealing.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations:
The surface treatment shall not be applied to a wet surface or when rain is occurring, or
the threat of rain is present immediately before placement. The surface treatment shall
not be applied when the temperature is less than 60 degrees Fahrenheit in the shade,
and humidity should be 50% or lower. When applying emulsions, the temperature of the
surface shall be a minimum of 60°F. No construction is allowed in foggy weather.
C. Resident Notification
The Contractor shall distribute by hand, a typed notice to all residents and businesses on
the street to be treated. The notice will be delivered no more than 24 hours prior to the
treatment of the road. The notice will have a local phone number that the residents may
call to ask questions. The notice shall be of the door hanger type which secures to the
door handle of each dwelling. Unsecured notices will not be allowed. The contractor
shall also place the notice on the windshield of any parked cars on the street. Hand
distribution of this notice will be considered incidental to the contract
Formatted: Font: Bold
D. Field Verification
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", Outline
numbered +Level: 2 + Numbering Style: A, B,
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
C, + Start at: 4 + Alignment: Left + Aligned
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work
at: 0.19" + Indentat: 0.19"
100
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the
necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during
construction from damages or contamination.
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages
to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their
expense.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
D.E. Preparation of SurfaceSite and Surface Preparation:
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 5 +
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing overburden
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic and deleterious
at: 0.5"
material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping the road immediately
ahead of the fog seal operation to make sure the road is free of loose aggregate and
other debris.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be protected
from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper or other
suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
The fog seal material shall not be applied until an inspection of the street surface has
been done by the Engineer and determined to be suitable.
Formatted: Font: 12 pt
E.F. Application of bituminous material:
Liquid bituminous material shall be applied by means of a pressure type distributor in a
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 5 +
uniform, continuous spread over the section to be treated. The distributor shall be
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
moving forward at the proper speed when the liquid is discharged onto the pavement to
at: 0.5"
provide an even and consistent application at the rate prescribed. If any areas are
deficient the operation shall be stopped and corrected immediately. The Contractor shall
ted with
potable water. A dilution rate of 50% (1:1 water to emulsion) is recommended. An
application rate between 0.09 to 0.23 gallons per square yard may be used for open
surfaces. The Engineer shall review the test strip and recommend application rate
adjustments as needed.
Formatted: Numbered +Level: 1 +
F.G. Progress of Work:
Numbering Style: A, B, C, + Start at: 5 +
All sand used during the treatment must be removed no later than 48 hours after
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent
treatment of the street. This shall be accomplished by a combination of hand and
at: 0.5"
mechanical sweeping. All turnouts, cul-de-sacs, etc. must be cleaned of any material to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Street sweeping will be included in the price bid per
square yard for asphalt rejuvenating agent. If, after sand is swept and in the opinion of
the Engineer, a hazardous condition exists on the roadway, the contractor must apply
additional sand and sweep same no later than 24 hours following reapplication. No
additional compensation will be allowed for reapplications and removal of sand.
101
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Interim pavement markings can be placed after the fog seal has cured. Permanent
pavement markings shall not be placed for three days after placing the fog seal.
When applying to a new chip seal surface, the bituminous chip seal shall be allowed to
cure a minimum of 24 hours under dry conditions and temperatures above 60 degrees
Fahrenheit.
VI.General Performance:
Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of the engineer without
bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other types of pavement distress or
unsatisfactory performance.
VII.Traffic Control:
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary traffic control, barricades, signs and flagmen, to
ensure the safety of the traveling public and to all working personnel. Traffic shall not travel on
fresh seal until it has cured. The Contractor shall submit an M.O.T plan indication all facets of
traffic control for the project area. The MOT plan must be approved in writing by the County
prior to commencing any work. All traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT
Roadway Design Standards, most current edition and TP-102. M.O.T. and associated
devices shall be checked daily and periodically throughout the project for compliance; and
where adjustments or corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Traffic shall not be allowed on the roadway after placement of the fog seal for a minimum of
two hours, or until the Engineer has determined it has cured.
VIII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Fog Seal, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form,
shall be included in this item.
IX.Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Fog Seal, including all
items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary
for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications, except that at the direction
of the County.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Bituminous Material for Fog Seal GallonSquare Yard
Silica Sand Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-009
102
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
BID SHEET
The Bid Sheets for this bid are available on the web at
http://www.polk-county.net/boccsite/doing-business/bids/. All Bid
Sheets are in Excel format and are to be submitted on a cd with
your Bid Package along with the hard copy. The CD must be
labeled with the company name and Bid number.
Deviation from the Bid Sheets is strictly prohibited and will
not be accepted. The Bid Sheets are locked and you need only
enter the unit cost in the same column. The Bid Sheet will
automatically calculate the extension, therefore you must enter
the Unit Cost per the Unit Packaging as requested on the Bid
Sheets. Any notes you wish to make are to be made in the
Remarks section below.
REMARKS: __________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
VENDOR NAME
103
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
SIGNATURE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
(SUBMITTAL PAGE)
To Polk County, a Political Subdivision of the State of Florida
Date:
I certify that this bid is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any
corporation, firm or person submitting a bid for the same construction, service or material and
is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid
and certify that I have read and understand the bidding documents. I have completed and
submitted all bid submittal forms, and I am authorized to sign this bid for the bidder. In
submitting a bid to the County, the bidder offers and agrees that if the bid is accepted, the
bidder will convey, sell, assign or transfer to the County all rights, titles and interests in and to
all causes of action it may now or hereafter acquire under the Anti-Trust Laws of the United
States and the State of Florida for price fixing relating to the particular commodities or services
made and become effective at the time the County tenders final payment to the bidder.
VENDOR NAME AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE (MANUAL)
MAILING ADDRESS NAME (TYPED OR PRINTED)
CITY, STATE AND ZIP CODE TITLE (TYPED OR PRINTED)
(AREA CODE) TELEPHONE NUMBER TOLL FREE NUMBER
E-MAIL ADDRESS
This bid may be used by any other Government Agency. \[ \] YES \[ \] NO \[ \] N/A
104
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE FORM
(SUBMITTAL PAGE)
The undersigned vendor in accordance with Florida Statute 287.087 hereby certifies
that does:
(Name of Business)
1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace
and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
2.
policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation
programs, employee assistance programs and the penalties that may be imposed upon
employees for drug abuse violations.
3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
4. In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of
working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee
will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of,
plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of Chapter 1893 or of any controlled
substance law of the United States or any state, for a violation occurring in the
workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
5. Impose a sanction on or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance
employee who is so convicted.
6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with
the above requirements.
__________________________________________
Date!
105
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER
(SUBMITTAL PAGE)
State of )
County of )
, being first
duly sworn, deposes and says that:
1. He/she is of , the
Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid;
2. He/she is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and
of all pertinent circumstance respecting such Bid;
3. Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid;
4. Neither the said Bidders nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents,
representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way
colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other Bidder,
firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with such Contract or has
in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion of communication
or conference with any other Bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in the
attached bid of any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the Bid
Price or the Bid Price of any other Bidder, or to secure through any collusion,
conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the County or
any person interested in the proposed Contract; and
5. The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by
any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder
or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees or parties in interest, including
this affiant.
Signed:
Title:
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20
(Title)
My Commission Expires:
106
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
The successful vendor shall purchase and maintain in force during the contract period the
size category. Polk County,
a political subdivision of the State of Florida, must be named as an additional insured with
respect to liability arising from all work being performed for Polk County, for Automobile and
General Liability policies of insurance. The certificate holder must be Polk County, a political
subdivision of the State of Florida, 330 W Church St, Rm 150
Compensation Insurance is required to provide statutory benefits, including those that may be
required by any applicable federal statute. Any sole proprietor or partner actively engaged in
the construction industry, and any corporate officer of a construction or non-construction
compensation
or a letter stating the exemption status and number of employees (non-construction industry).
For non-exempt vendors, Employers Liability in the amount of $1,000,000. Commercial
General Liability Insurance $1,000,000 combined single limit of liability for bodily injuries,
death, and property damage, and personal injury resulting from any one occurrence, including
the following coverages: Completed Operations, Broad Form CG. Comprehensive Automobile
Liability Insurance $1,000,000; combined single limit of liability for bodily injuries, death and
property damage resulting from any one occurrence, including all owned, hired and non-owned
vehicles. The gene policies shall contain a waiver of
subrogation in favor of Polk County. An original certificate of insurance must be on file in the
Procurement Division before a purchase order will be issued.
107
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
INSURANCE
(SUBMITTAL PAGE)
By signing below the Bidder is stating that they fully understand the insurance requirements for
the project and if awarded the bid will provide all insurance coverage as required in Bid No. 15-
601.
The requirements are as follows:
Bidder is insured with a company licensed to do business in the State of Florida
The insurance company is rated A VIII or better by A.M. Best Rating Company (Workers
Compensation, General and Automobile policies)
Polk County will be named as an additional insured for general and automobile liability
subrogation in favor of Polk County
Company Name
Bidder (signature)
108
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS/REGULATIONS
1.0 All Bidders are required to submit, with their Bid Proposal, the Safety
Requirements/Regulations form. Any questions regarding compliance with the safety
requirements/regulations provision shall be directed to the County Safety Officer, Risk
Management, at (863) 534-5267.
1.1 The Contractor is responsible for observing all OSHA regulations and shall self-inspect to
ensure this is accomplished. The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel are properly
trained and shall be able to provide documentation for their personnel that have attended
training courses. Examples of such training courses are: Hazard Communications, Traffic
Work Zone Safety, Personal Protective Equipment, First Aid/CPR, Permit Required Confined
Space, Lock out/Tag Out of Hazardous Energy. All contractors are required to comply with
OSHA Standards regardless of the number of employees they may have.
1.2 A County representative may periodically monitor work site safety. Should there be
safety and/or health violations, classified as Serious, Willful or Criminal/Willful Violations, the
correct the violation in an expeditious manner. Inspections shall be based on requirements
contained in law. The definitions of serious, willful and criminal/willful violations are as follows:
Serious Violation: A serious violation shall be deemed to exist in a place of employment
if there is a substantial probability that death or serious physical harm could result from
a condition which exists, or from one or more practices, means, methods, operations, or
processes which have been adopted or are in use, in such place of employment unless
the employer did not, and could not, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, know of
the presence of the violation.
Willful Violation: May exist where evidence shows that the employer committed an
intentional and knowing violation of the Act.
Criminal/Willful Violation: A repeat violation of a previously cited willful violation.
Violation of Serious, Willful or Criminal violation may have the following consequences:
First violation: correction may be a verbal warning and the correction shall be
done the same day. Written documentation may be maintained by
the County.
Second violation: may result in work stoppage until the violation is corrected. The
work stoppage shall not entitle the Contractor to additional contract
time or compensation. Liquidated damages provision will remain in
full force and effect.
Third violation: this may constitute a breach of contract for safety violations and
may result in termination of the contract at the sole discretion of the
County.
Note: The County Safety Officer may stop any job to ensure the safety of all concerned.
109
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
1.3 Should the work site be in a hazardous area, the County shall furnish the Contractor
with information concerning hazards such as types or identification of known toxic material,
machine hazards, Material Safety Data Sheets, or any other information that would assist the
Contractor in the planning of a safe work site.
1.4 The Contractor shall be aware that while working for the County, representatives from
agencies such as the United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), and the Division of Safety, State of Florida, are invitees and need not
have warrants or permission to enter the work site. These agencies, as well as the County
Safety Officer, enter at the pleasure of the County.
1.5 The Contractor shall designate a competent person of its organization whose duty shall
unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the County. All communications to
the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.
110
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS/REGULATIONS FORM
Bidder must sign and have notarized:
The undersigned bidder hereby certifies that they fully understand the safety requirements/regulation
provisions and will comply.
Dated this day of , 20
Name of Firm
By
Title of Person Signing (SEAL)
SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED BEFORE ME
This day of , 20
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
111
AFFIDAVIT CERTIFICATION
IMMIGRATION LAWS
SOLICITATION NO.: 15-601 PROJECT NAME: Pavement Management Alternative Methods
POLK COUNTY WILL NOT INTENTIONALLY AWARD COUNTY CONTRACTS TO ANY CONTRACTOR
WHO KNOWINGLY EMPLOYS UNAUTHORIZED ALIEN WORKERS, CONSTITUTING A VIOLATION OF
THE EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN 8 U.S.C. SECTION 1324 a(e) {SECTION 274A(e) OF
POLK COUNTY MAY CONSIDER THE EMPLOYMENT BY ANY CONTRACTOR OF UNAUTHORIZED
ALIENS A VIOLATION OF SECTION 274A(e) OF THE INA. SUCH VIOLATION BY THE RECIPIENT OF
THE EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN SECTION 274A(e) OF THE INA SHALL BE GROUNDS
FOR UNILATERAL CANCELLATION OF THE CONTRACT BY POLK COUNTY.
BIDDER ATTESTS THAT THEY ARE FULLY COMPLIANT WITH ALL APPLICABLE IMMIGRATION LAWS
(SPECIFICALLY TO THE 1986 IMMIGRATION ACT AND SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS).
Company Name:
Signature Title Date
STATE OF:
COUNTY OF:
The foregoing instrument was signed and acknowledged before me this ____day of ________, 20___, by
_________________________ _____ who has produced
(Print or Type Name)
_________________________ ____ as identification.
(Type of Identification and Number)
_____________________________________
Notary Public Signature
_____________________________________
Printed Name of Notary Public
_____________________________________
Notary Commission Number/Expiration
112
ADDENDUM ATTACHMENT NO. 2
September 3, 2015
BID REGISTRATION
You MUST register using this form in order to receive notice of any addenda to
these documents. Please fax the completed form to the Procurement Division as
issued.
Bid Number: 15-601, Pavement Management Alternative Methods
Description: Provide the necessary labor, material, equipment and supervision for
pavement management alternative methods.
Receiving Period: Wednesday, September 16, 2015, prior to 2:00 p.m.
Bid Opening: Wednesday, September 16, 2015, 2:00 p.m.
NOTE: This is an annual bid therefore, there is no established budget. The services
contained within this bid are utilized on an as-needed basis. This is a new annual bid;
there is no prior bid information available.
This form is for bid registration only. Please scroll down for additional information.
BIDDER REGISTRATION
FAX THIS FORM BACK IMMEDIATELY
FAX: (863) 534-6789
Carefully complete this form and e-mail or fax it to the Procurement Division. You must
submit one form for each bid that you are registering for.
Company Name:
Contact Person:
Mailing Address:
City: State: Zip Code:
Phone: Fax: E-mail:
1
Cut along the outer border and affix this label to your sealed bid envelope
submitting the bid where requested.
SEALED BID DO NOT OPEN
SEALED BID NO.: 15-601
BID TITLE: Pavement Management Alternative Methods
DUE DATE/TIME: Wednesday, September 16, 2015 prior to 2:00
p.m.
SUBMITTED BY:
(Name of Company)
DELIVER TO: PROCUREMENT DIVISION
330 West Church Street, Room 150
Bartow, Florida 33830
2
POLK COUNTY
Procurement Division
Fran McAskill
Procurement Director
Bid #15-601
PAVEMENT MANAGEMENT ALTERNATIVE METHODS
Polk County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, requests the submittal of bids
from vendors that are interested in providing pavement management alternative
methods as described herein. Sealed bids will be received in the Procurement Division,
prior to 2:00p.m, Wednesday, September 9, 2015. Bids will be opened at 2:00p.m.,
September 9, 2015.
Attached are important instructions and specifications regarding responses to this Bid.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in Bid disqualification.
Questions regarding this bid should be in writing and should reference the above Bid
number. Submit all questions to Tammy G. Spearman, CPPO, CPPB Procurement
Specialist, via email at tammywinton-spearman@polk-county.net or via fax at (863)
534-6789 by 4:00 p.m., Tuesday, September 8, 2015.
Bids may be mailed, express mailed or hand delivered to:
Procurement Division
330 W Church St, Rm 150
Bartow, Florida 33830
(863) 534-6757
STATEMENT OF NO BID
If you do not intend to submit a bid, please complete the information below and return to
the Procurement Division via fax or e-mail. If returning by mail, please be sure the bid
number and title are clearly marked on the front of the envelope.
( ) Insufficient time to respond ( ) Unable to meet specifications
( ) Do not offer this product ( ) Unable to meet bond/insurance requirements
( ) Specifications unclear ( ) Schedule would not permit us to perform
( ) Specifications too restrictive ( ) Other (please specify below)
Company Name: Date:
Telephone Number: Signature:
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item Page
Bid Summary and Registration 1
Sealed Bid Label 2
Cover Sheet 3
Table of Contents 4
Bidder Instructions and General Information 5
General Conditions 15
Special Conditions 17
Technical Specifications 22
Bid Sheets 95
Signature Acknowledgement 96
Drug-Free Workplace Form 97
Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder 98
Insurance Requirements and Submittal Page 99 and 100
Safety Requirements/Regulations 101 and 102
Safety Requirements/Regulations Form 103
Affidavit Certification Immigration Laws 104
4
BIDDER INSTRUCTIONS AND GENERAL
INFORMATION
BIDDER INSTRUCTIONS: To ensure acceptance of this bid, follow these instructions.
BID DOCUMENTS MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE PROCUREMENT DIVISION PRIOR TO
2:00P.M. ON THE DATE SPECIFIED. THERE WILL BE NO EXCEPTIONS.
1. EXECUTION OF BID: Bid must contain an original signature of an authorized
representative in the space provided on the signature page. Bid must be typed or
printed in black ink. Erasable ink is not permitted. Corrections made by bidder to any
bid entry must be initialed by the person who signs the bid.
2. NO BID: Bidders not interested in
indication of the reason for no bid and the interest in future bid solicitations.
3. BID OPENING: It is the responsibility of the bidder to assure that their bid is delivered
at the proper time and place prior to the bid opening. All bid openings shall be public, at
2:00 p.m., on the date specified in the Notice to Bidders. Bids, which for any reason are
not so delivered, will not be considered. BID SUBMITTAL FORMS USING FACSIMILE
OR EMAIL WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
NOTE: In accordance with Florida Statute 119.071, a listing of vendors that provide a
at http://www.polk-
county.net/boccsite/departments/budget-and-procurement/bids/bid-status/ . The sealed
bids shall remain exempt from disclosure, including bid amounts, until recommendation
of award or 30 days after bid opening, whichever event occurs first.
Should the Procurement Director reject all bids, before the recommendation of award or
30 days after bid opening, and concurrently provide notice o
reissue the bid, the rejected bids will remain exempt from Florida Statute 119.07 until
such time as the County provides notice of recommendation of award of the reissued
bid or until the County withdraws the reissued bid. The bid is not exempt for longer
than12 months after the notice of rejection of all bids.
4. COUNTY AS GATEKEEPER OF DOCUMENTS: This document is issued by Polk
County and as such shall be the sole distributor of all addendums and/or changes to
these documents. It is the responsibility of the bidder to determine issuance of
documents directly with the Procurement Division. The County is not responsible for
any solicitations issued through subscriber, publications, or other sources not connected
with the County and the bidder should not rely on such sources for information
regarding the solicitation.
5. TAXES: Bidders are responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes that are
connected to the purchase of any materials or subcontractors used in the execution of
this bid.
5
6. DISCOUNTS: Bidders may offer a cash discount for prompt payment; however, such
discounts shall NOT be considered in determining the lowest net cost for bid evaluation
purposes. Bidders are encouraged to reflect cash discounts in the unit prices quoted.
7. MISTAKES: Bidders are required to examine the specifications, delivery schedule, bid
prices and all instructions pertaining to the requirements of this bid. Failure to do so will
of a unit price, the unit price will
govern. Corrections made by bidder to any bid entry must be initialed by the person
who signs the bid.
8. INVOICING AND PAYMENT: The successful bidder shall submit a properly certified
invoice to the County at the prices bid. An original invoice shall be submitted to the
appropriate User Division. The vendor shall include the bid number and/or the
officer shall, by affidavit, attest to the correctness and accuracy of all charges. Invoices
will be processed for payment when approved by the appropriate Divi
Manager or designee.
9. CONFLICT OF INTEREST: All bidders must disclose, with their bid, the name of any
officer, director or agent who is also an employee of the County or any of their agencies.
Furthermore, all bidders must disclose the name of any County employee who owns,
branches. Award of this bid shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 112, Florida
Statutes.
10. WARRANTY: Unless otherwise specified, the bidder agrees that the services furnished
under this bid shall be covered by the most favorable commercial warranty the bidder
gives to any customer for comparable services, and that the rights and remedies
provided herein are in addition to and do not limit any rights afforded to the County by
any other provision of this bid.
11. ADDENDUM: Any changes in the bid shall be made in the form of a written addendum
by the Procurement Director or their designee. No other person shall be authorized to
make changes verbally or in writing. If an addendum is issued, the addendum sheet
should be signed and submitted with your bid submittal.
12. LIABILITY: The vendor shall hold and save the County, its officers, agents and
employees harmless from liability of any kind in the performance of this bid and against
s
negligence.
13. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES: The bidder, without exception, shall indemnify and save
harmless the County and its employees from liability of any nature or kind, including
cost and expenses for, or on account of, any copyrighted, patented or non-patented
invention, process, or article manufactured and used in the performance of this bid. If
the bidder uses any design, device or material covered by letters, patent or copyright, it
is mutually agreed and understood without exception that the bid prices shall include all
royalties or cost arising from the use of such design, device or material in any way
involved in the work.
6
14. BID PROTEST: Any bidder desiring to file a bid protest, with respect to a
recommended award of any bid, shall do so by filing a written protest. The written
protest must be in the possession of the Procurement Division within three (3) working
days of the Notice of Recommended Award mailing date. All bidders who bid will be
sent a Notice of Recommended Award, unless only one bid was received.
A copy of the bid protest procedures may be obtained from the Polk County
Proc
http://www.polk-county.net/boccsite/departments/budget-and-procurement/bids/bid-
status/.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW BID PROTEST PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS WITHIN THE
TIME FRAMES PRESCRIBED HEREIN AS ESTABLISHED BY POLK COUNTY,
FLORIDA, S
PROTEST AND ANY RESULTING CLAIM.
15. INDEMNIFICATION: Vendor, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify, defend (by
counsel reasonably acceptable to County), protect and hold the County, and its officers,
employees and agents, harmless from and against any and all, claims, actions, causes
of action, liabilities, penalties, forfeitures, damages, losses, and expenses whatsoever
negotiation, through litigation and all appeals therefrom) including, without limitation,
those pertaining to the death of or injury to any person, or damage to any property,
arising out of or resulting from (i) the failure of Vendor to comply with applicable laws,
rules or regulations, (ii) the breach by Vendor of its obligations under any Agreement
with the County entered into pursuant to this solicitation, (iii) any claim for trademark,
nonperformance of the Agreement, or (iv) the negligent acts, errors or omissions, or
intentional or willful misconduct, of Vendor, its professional associates, subcontractors,
agents, and employees; provided, however, that Vendor shall not be obligated to defend
or indemnify the County with respect to any such claims or damages arising out of the
expiration or earlier termination of the Agreement.
16. PUBLIC ENTITY: A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list
following a conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a bid on a contract to
provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with
a public entity for construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not
submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not be awarded or perform
work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any
public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Section 287.017, Florida
Statues, for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed
on the convicted vendor list. When submitting this bid, the bidder hereby certifies that
they have complied with said statute.
17. PREFERENCE FOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE: Whenever two or more bids, which
are equal with respect to price, quality and service, are received, preference shall be
given to a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug free
workplace program in accordance with Section 287.087, Florida Statutes. In order to
7
receive preference, a signed certification of compliance must be submitted with the bid
response.
18. CODE OF ETHICS: If any bidder violates or is a party to a violation of the code of ethics
of Polk County or the State of Florida, with respect to this bid, such bidder may be
disqualified from performing the work described in this bid or from furnishing the goods
or services for which the bid is submitted and shall be further disqualified from bidding
on any future bids for work, goods, or services for the County.
19. SEALED BIDS: All bid submittals must be completed and submitted in a sealed parcel.
(DO NOT INCLUDE MORE THAN ONE BID SUBMITTAL PER ENVELOPE. BID
SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE ONE (1) ORIGINAL AND ONE (1) COPY OF
ORIGINAL.) The Original bid submittal(s) shall be submitted on the forms provided by
Polk County. All bids are subject to the conditions herein; failure to comply will subject
bid to rejection.
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. DEFINITIONS:
Commissioners, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, and its authorized
designees, agents or employees.
2. AWARD(S): The award of this bid shall be based on low bid per each alternative
method. As the best interest of the County may require, the right is reserved to make
award(s) by individual item, group of items or as indicated in the bid form; to reject all
bids or waive any minor irregularities or technicalities in bids received. In determining
the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, in addition to price, the following may be
considered:
quality of performance on previous projects.
The ability, capacity, equipment and skill of the bidder to fulfill the contract.
Whether or not the bidder can fulfill the contract within the time specified, without
delay or interference.
The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the
bidder.
The previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances
relating to the contract.
The sufficiency of the financial resources to fulfill the contract to provide the goods
and/or services.
The quality, availability and adaptability of the suppliers or contractual services to the
particular use required.
The ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service, as required or
needed.
The number and scope of conditions attached to the bid.
3.LOCAL PREFERENCE: It is the policy of the Board of County Commissioners to
afford local preference to Polk County entities in the award of bids. Preference shall be
administered in accordance with the following:
8
When bids are received that do not exceed $3,000,000.00, and the lowest price is
offered by an entity located outside of Polk County, and the next lowest price is offered
by an entity located in Polk County, and is within 2% of the lowest price offered, then
the Polk County entity shall be given the opportunity to match the lowest price offered,
and if agreement to match the lowest price is reached, the Polk County entity will be
awarded the bid if the Polk County entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all county
requirements.
When bids are received that are greater than $3,000,000.00 but do not exceed
$5,000,000.00, and the lowest price is offered by an entity located outside of Polk
County, and the next lowest price is offered by an entity located in Polk County, and is
within 1% of the lowest price offered, then the Polk County entity shall be given the
opportunity to match the lowest price offered, and if agreement to match the lowest-
price is reached, the Polk County entity will be awarded the bid if the Polk County
entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all county requirements.
When bids are received that are greater than $5,000,000.00, and the lowest
price is offered by an entity located outside of Polk County, and the next lowest price is
offered by an entity located in Polk County, and is within .5% of the lowest price offered,
then the Polk County entity shall be given the opportunity to match the lowest price
offered, and if agreement to match the lowest price is reached, the Polk County entity
will be awarded the bid if the Polk County entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all
county requirements.
For purposes of this provision the term "Polk County entity" means any business having
a physical location within the boundaries of Polk County, Florida, at which employees
are located and business activity is managed and controlled on a day to day basis.
Additionally, the business must have been located within the boundaries of Polk
County for a minimum of 12 months prior to the date the applicable solicitation is
issued. This requirement may be evidenced through a recorded deed, an executed
lease agreement, or other form of written documentation acceptable to the County.
The County shall have the right, but not the obligation, to verify the foregoing
requirements.
If a contract is being funded in whole or in part by assistance of any federal, state or
local agency which disallows local preference, the County will adhere to those
requirements by not applying this section.
This policy does not apply if this bid qualifies as a Sheltered Market bid.
4. VENDOR PREFERENCE: It is the policy of the Board of County Commissioners to
afford vendor preference to women or minority owned businesses in the award of bids.
Preference shall be administered in accordance with the following:
When sealed bids are received that do not exceed $3,000,000.00, and the lowest price
is offered by a non-women or minority owned entity located outside of Polk County, and
a price is offered by a women or minority owned entity that is within 2% of the lowest
price offered, then the women or minority owned entity shall be given the opportunity to
match the lowest price offered, and if agreement to match the lowest price is reached,
9
the women or minority owned entity will be awarded the bid if the women or minority
owned entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all County requirements.
When sealed bids are received that are greater than $3,000,000.00 but do not exceed
$5,000,000.00, and the lowest price is offered by a non-women or minority owned entity
located outside of Polk County, and a price is offered by a women or minority owned
entity that is within 1% of the lowest price offered, then the women or minority owned
entity shall be given the opportunity to match the lowest price offered, and if agreement
to match lowest price is reached, the women or minority owned entity will be awarded
the bid if the women or minority owned entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all
County requirements.
When sealed bids are received that are greater than $5,000,000.00, and the lowest
price is offered by a non-women or minority owned entity located outside of Polk
County, and a price is offered by a women or minority owned entity that is within .5% of
the lowest price offered, then the women or minority owned entity shall be given the
opportunity to match the lowest price offered, and if agreement to match lowest price is
reached, the women or minority owned entity will be awarded the bid if the women or
minority owned entity is otherwise fully qualified and meets all County requirements.
ownership by women or minority group members who independently control the
management and day-to-day operations of the firm. Group members are Females,
African Americans, Hispanic Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Native Americans,
and Asian-Indian Americans.
If a contract is being funded in whole or in part by assistance of any deferral, state or
local agency which disallows this form of preference, the County will adhere to those
requirements by not applying this section.
This policy in no way supersedes the Local Preference Policy.
This policy does not apply if this bid qualifies as a Sheltered Market bid.
5. NON-CONFORMANCE TO BID CONDITIONS: Services not delivered as per delivery
date in bid and purchase order may result in bidder being found in default, in which
event any and all re-procurement costs may be charged against the defaulting vendor.
This non-conformance to bid conditions may result in immediate cancellation of the
purchase order.
6. ASSIGNMENT: Any purchase order issued pursuant to this bid and the monies which
may become due herein is not assignable except with the prior written approval of the
Procurement Director.
7. DISPUTES: In the event of any doubt or difference of opinion as to the methods
provided herein, or the level of performance rendered, the decision of the user
department/division director shall be final and binding on both parties.
8. FACILITIES:
with prior notice.
10
9. PLACING OF ORDERS: The award of this bid does not constitute an order. Before
any services can be performed, the successful bidder must receive written or oral
notification in accordance with the practices of the User Division.
10. PRECEDENCE: Any requirement set forth in any section of the bid documents shall be
binding as if called for by all sections. If there is a difference in the terms anywhere in
this document, the most restrictive shall prevail.
11. ADDITIONS/REVISIONS/DELETIONS: Additions, revisions or deletions to the general
conditions, specifications or bid price sheets that change the intent of the bid will cause
the bid to be non-responsive and the bid will not be considered. The Procurement
Director shall be the sole judge as to whether or not any addition, revision or deletion
changes the intent of the bid.
12. TERMINATION/SUSPENSION: The County may terminate this Bid at any time, in
default of its Bid obligations, by delivering a written notice of termination to the Bidder.
Upon receipt of such notice, the Bidder shall:
and
Deliver to the County any and all data, reports, summaries, and all other
information and materials of any type or nature whatsoever, whether completed
or in process, the Bidder may have accumulated or generated in the course of
performing the work of the Bid.
If at any time the User Division determines that the Bidder is in material default of its Bid
obligations, then the User Division shall complete and deliver a Vendor Complaint Form
days after its receipt of the Vendor Complaint Form, the Bidder shall correct all events
cured within the ten (10) day time period, then the County will not terminate the Bid for
such default if the Bidder commences the necessary curative actions within ten (10)
days after its receipt of the Vendor Complaint Form and thereafter diligently pursues the
cure to completion.
Director: (i) may terminate the Bid, and (ii) may also suspend the Bidder in accordance
with the Suspension and Debarment Section of the County Procurement Procedures
Manual.
13. CANCELLATION: All annual bid obligations shall prevail for at least one hundred eighty
(180) days after effective date of the bid, unless bid conditions are breached as
specified herein. After that period, for the protection of both parties, either party may
cancel this bid in whole or part by giving thirty (30) days prior notice in writing to the
other party. The County reserves the right to cancel any bid after reasonable written
notice to the successful bidder should the service not be in the best interest of the
11
County. Should the service rendered for any bid cause or threaten endangerment to
public safety or welfare, the Procurement Director may cancel the bid immediately.
14. PRICE ADJUSTMENTS: Any price decrease executed during the contract period,
either by reason of market change or on the part of the contractor to other customers,
shall be passed on to the County.
15. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The specifications and other bid documents upon
art of
the purchase order by reference thereto.
16. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND: If a bond is required, it will be called out in
the Special Conditions section of the bid. The vendor shall furnish a performance and
payment bond, in an amount equal to the amount awarded, as security for the faithful
bond shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment
becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the bid
documents. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the bid document except as
provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as
are named in the curr
published in Circular 570 (amended) by Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial
Operations, U.S. Treasury Department and A.M. Best rated A VIII or better.
17. UNAUTHORIZED ALIEN(S): The vendor agrees that unauthorized aliens shall not be
employed nor utilized in the performance of the requirements of this solicitation. The
County shall consider the employment or utilization of unauthorized aliens a violation of
Section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Naturalization Act (8 U.S.C. 1324a). Such
violation shall be cause for unilateral termination of this Agreement by the County. As
part of the response to this solicitation, the successful vendor will complete and submit
the attached form
Employers may avail themselves of a program by the U.S. Immigration and Customs
Enforcement called E-Verify. E-Verify is an Internet-based system operated by U.S.
Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), part of the Department of Homeland
Security (DHS), in partnership with the Social Security Administration (SSA). E-Verify is
currently free to employers. E-Verify provides an automated link to Federal databases to
help employers determine employment eligibility of new hires and the validity of their
Social Security numbers.
If your company wishes to avail themselves of this program, you can register online for E-
Verify at http://www.dhs.gov/how-do-i/verify-employment-eligibility-e-verify which
provides instructions for completing the registration process. At the end of the
registration process, you will be required to sign a Memorandum of Understanding
(MOU) that provides the terms of agreement between you as the employer, the SSA,
and DHS. An employee who has signatory authority for the employer can sign the MOU.
Employers can use their discretion in identifying the best method by which to sign up
their locations for E-Verify. To find out more about E-Verify, please visit
www.dhs.gov/e-verify or contact USCIS at 1-888-464-4218.
12
18. ANNUAL APPROPRIATIONS: The vendor acknowledges that the County, during any
fiscal year, shall not expend money, incur any liability, or enter into any agreement
which, by its terms, involves the expenditure of money in excess of the amounts
budgeted or the reduction of revenues for those budgeted agreements that may be
available for expenditure during such fiscal year. Any agreement, verbal or written,
made in violation of this subsection is null and void, and no money may be paid on such
agreement. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the making of agreements for a
period exceeding one year, but any agreement so made shall be executory only for the
value of the services to be rendered or agreed to be paid for in succeeding fiscal years.
tion to pay under this agreement is
contingent upon annual appropriation.
19. PRICE INCREASES: The Procurement Director Reserves the right to
increase/decrease prices after the bid has been in place for a minimum of 12-months,
when it is in the best interest of the County. Increases/decreases will be determined by
the appropriate price index.
20. UNCONTROLLABLE FORCES (FORCE MAJEURE): When events occur that are not
deemed in defau
mean any event which results in the prevention or delay of performance by a party of its
obligations and which is beyond the reasonable control of the non-performing party.
The events include, but are not limited to, fire, flood, earthquakes, storms, hurricanes,
lightning, epidemic, war, riot, civil disturbance, sabotage, and governmental actions.
Neither party shall be excused from performance if non-performance is due to forces
which are reasonably preventable, removable, or remediable and which the non-
performing party could have, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, prevented,
removed, or remedied the event prior to its occurrence.
The non-performing party shall, within five (5) calendar days after being prevented or
delayed from performance by an uncontrollable force, deliver written notice to the other
party particularly describing the circumstance that prevented its continued performance
of the obligations of the work and a good faith estimate as to the anticipated duration of
the delay and the means and methods for correcting the delay.
21. In the event of default by the successful Bidder, the County reserves the right to utilize
the next lowest Bidder as the new Awardee when the default occurs within the first term
of the bid. Should this occur, the next lowest Bidder will be required to provide the bid
items at the prices as noted on their bid submittal.
13
ATTENTION BIDDERS
The Successful Bidder must register in our new Vendor Database if you have not already done
so prior to award of this bid. A purchase order cannot be issued to a vendor until they have
registered.
You may register by going to the following link:
http://www.polk-county.net/boccsite/Doing-Business/Vendor-Registration/
Registered vendors will receive a User ID and Password to access their company information.
All registered vendors must provide their owner gender, owner ethnicity, corporate status, and
a minimum of one (1) commodity code to be considered registered. It is the responsibility of all
vendors to update their vendor information.
Only registered vendors will receive notifications of future bids and quotes.
14
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Award will be made based on the lowest responsive bid per alternative method meeting
specifications. Bidders are not required to bid on all alternative methods, but must bid
on all items contained within each alternative method bid in order for their bid to be
considered responsive. All bid items that are part of the basis of award should be bid at
a fair and reasonable price; failure to do so may cause the bid to be non-responsive.
The Procurement Director shall be the sole judge of what is fair and reasonable. The
Procurement Director reserves the right to reject any or all bids and/or waive any minor
irregularities in the bids received, whichever would be in the best interest of the County.
2. PERFORMANCE OF WORK: Portions of the work required under this bid may be
performed by subcontractors. Should the successful vendor plan to use subcontractors
from the beginning to perform the required work, the vendor must provide a list of
subcontractors to the Procurement Division for approval prior to bid award. Should the
successful vendor require subcontractors to perform any work during the course of the
work assigned under this bid, the vendor must also provide a list of subcontractors to
the Procurement Division for approval. The vendor shall be fully responsible for all acts
and omissions of their subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by
them and of persons for those acts any of them may be liable to the same extent as if
they were employed by the vendor. All submittals required of the prime vendor shall
also be required from the subcontractor. Any work performed by the successful vendor
or sub-contracted out must meet all regulated deadlines.
3. The period of performance for this bid begins on the date of award through September
30, 2016. The bid will automatically renew for two (2) one (1) year periods, unless
otherwise terminated in accordance with General Information Items #12 and #13.
4. All prices bid shall remain unchanged during the period of performance, as specified
herein, and as may be adjusted in accordance with General Information Item # 19.
5. If it becomes necessary to revise or amend any part of this bid, an addendum will be
http://www.polk-
county.net/boccsite/doing-business/bids/. It is the sole responsibility of the bidders to
check the website to ensure that all available information has been received prior to
submitting a bid.
6. Vendors must possess a Polk County Local Business Tax Receipt (f/k/a Business
License) in order to do business with the County. A copy of such license must be
provided to the Procurement Division before award is made to the successful vendor.
7. Upon execution of the bid, the County reserves the right to conduct an audit of the
the project. The County or its representatives may
conduct an audit, or audits, at any time prior to final payment, or thereafter. The County
may also require submittal of the records from the contractor, the subcontractor, or both
as the County deems necessary, records include all books of account, supporting
documents, and papers pertaining to the cost of performance of the project work.
15
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
8. If it becomes necessary to revise or amend any part of this bid, an addendum will be
issued and will be posted on the C-
county.net/boccsite/doing-business/bids/. It is the sole responsibility of the bidders to
check the website to ensure that all available information has been received prior to
submitting a bid.
9. Bidders are advised that in the interests of waste reduction and maximizing the
potential for recycling, they are asked to abide by the following in preparing their
bids:
Return only the required bid submittal pages
Avoid comb, velo binding, and plastic binders
Avoid plastic dividers and/or plastic tabs
Print and/or copy double-sided to the extent feasible
Use at least 30% post-consumer recycled content paper to the extent practicable
16
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS: Bidders should submit a list of three (3) asphalt
maintenance projects for each alternative method bid upon, successfully completed
$30,000.00 for any government agency, local or out of state. The list shall include the
names of the projects, names of the governmental agencies, names of the Project
Managers for the governmental agencies, phone numbers for the Project Managers,
and the dollar amounts of the contracts.
2. The contractor(s) shall provide all services to properly complete the work described in
the Bid document, including but not limited to all labor, materials, supervision,
equipment, tools, transportation and supplies. The contractor(s) is required to have a
qualified superintendent on the job site at all times. If multiple jobs are under
construction concurrently, each job is required to have a qualified superintendent on
site. If the County determines that a job site is not being adequately supervised, a
deficiency letter will be issued to the contractor(s).
3. Except as amended in the Bid document or otherwise directed by the Director User
Division, all work shall conform to the Florida Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction; the Florida Department of
Transportation Roadway and Traffic Design Standards; and the Manual of Uniform
Traffic Control Devices, all current editions.
4. No work shall be performed under the provisions of this bid on any properties outside
the limits of the project area without prior written permission of the lawful affected
landowner. Any such permission shall be obtained by the contractor(s) and shall identify
the provisions under which such work is to be performed and written permission
obtained shall be provided to the County Project Manager prior to the associated work
being performed. The contractor(s) shall not be compensated for any work outside the
project area and shall hold the County harmless for all liabilities associated with said
work outside the project area.
5. DEFINITIONS: The definitions as stated in Section 1-3 of the FDOT Specifications are
modified as follows:
a. The Department or FDOT: Reference is to the County as the owner of the project.
b. Inspector: The person designated as an agent or representative of the County to
perform construction inspection.
c.
as defined in the bid document.
d. State Road: Any public roadway.
e.
f.
authorized by the County.
6. FDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
a. The current Division II Construction Details and Division III Materials in the FDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, including all revisions
17
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
current at the time of the bid, shall apply to this Bid except as modified by Special
Provisions or Technical Specifications attached to Bid document.
i. For Shoulder Rework, refer to Section 577-70 of the 2000 Edition of FDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
b. If any conflicts exist between the specifications prescribed in the Bid document, the
more stringent requirement shall apply.
7. PROJECT QUOTES AND WORK ORDERS
a. This annual bid includes asphalt roadway treatments and/or recycling for multiple
project work orders at various locations throughout Polk County, according to the
requirements of the Bid document. The project work order locations may be
anywhere within Polk County.
b. The County will perform a preliminary estimate for each project using the unit
prices from the awarded vendors bid submittal for the alternative method to be
used. The preliminary estimates may also include out of scope work items
determined by the Project Manager
returned the County Project Manager, including those out of scope cost
previously identified by the Project Manager, prior to the deadline stated in the
request for final estimate. When the final estimate is approved, a purchase order
will be issued and notice to proceed given to the contractor. A work order with the
approved final estimate must be attached to the purchase order. The contractor
will then commence work and proceed in accordance with the approved
schedule, if applicable. Payment for each project will be based on actual
quantities used and unit prices from the bid, as approved by the County.
c. The approved quote amount on any individual work order shall be the maximum
compensation payable to the contractor for that work order. The work order price
may only be changed for altered quantities authorized by the County. If the
contractor desires to make a claim for a change in quantity or schedule of an
authorized work order, any such claim shall be submitted to the County Project
Manager in writing within three (3) working days of the occurrence of the event
giving rise to the claim.
8. PROJECT SCHEDULES: The County will require that the contractor submit time
estimates for specif.
9. Working Hours: The regular working hours for Polk County are Monday Friday,
7:00 AM to 5:30 PM. Permission to work outside of the regular work hours must be
requested a minimum of 5 working days in advance from the County Project
Management Section. Permission to work on County holidays must be requested a
minimum of 5 working days in advance from the County Project Management Section.
10. OUT OF SCOPE WORK: When preparing a preliminary estimate, if it is known or
reasonably anticipated that there are necessary items of construction that are not
included on the price sheets of the bid or, during the course of executing a work order,
the County Project Manager determines that there are necessary items of construction
that are not included on the price sheets of the bid, then the County Project Manager
..
ty shall
not be obligated in any event for payment over the amounts identified in the proposal.
--
18
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
services
until approval is received from the County Project Manager.
11. TESTING AND INSPECTIONS
a. The contractor is responsible for all required testing on the project except when
the Bid document, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction specifically require any Work to be inspected or
tested by someone other than the contractor. For these inspections and testing,
the contractor shall give the County Project Management Section a minimum of
prepare for the required inspections or testing.
b. For all required inspections, tests and approvals on any work prepared,
performed or assembled away from the site, the Contractor will furnish the
County Project Management Section with the required Certificates of Inspection,
testing or approval. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods
prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM) or such
other applicable organizations as may be required by law or the Bid document.
c. Material or work in place that fail to pass acceptability tests shall be removed and
d. No work shall be performed, nor materials used, without supervision and/or
inspections by a representative of the County. The County representative shall
have the authority to test and reject any materials and suspend the subject work
at any time.
12. EMERGENCIES: In the event of an emergency, the contractor shall immediately notify
the County Project Management Section.
13. SUSPENSION OR STOPPING WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR: The contractor shall
not stop work on any project work order without the consent of the County Project
Manager.
14. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
a. The terms Traffic Control Plan (TCP) and Maintenance of Traffic Plan (MOT
Plan) are intended to be synonymous. The term Maintenance of Traffic (MOT) is
the function presented in the TCP.
b. The contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic devices for any assigned
work according to the FDOT Design Standards Index 600 series, latest edition,
and applicable laws and ordinances. The traffic control shall provide a safe work
zone and safe flow of traffic in and through the project site.
15. UTILITY COORDINATION:
16. MATERIALS
a. The contractor shall provide copies of all delivery tickets, or invoices, for all
materials and equipment to be used for the project to the County Project
Management Section immediately upon delivery or as soon thereafter as is
practical.
b. Arrangements for storage areas for materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor. Before mobilizing or storing any materials or
equipment, the contractor shall identify the areas to be used for storage in writing
19
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
to the County. If property other than County right-of-way is proposed for storage,
the contractor shall provide the County a copy of the written approval or
agreement from the property owner before mobilizing or storing any materials or
equipment on said property. The contractor shall be responsible for restoring
any and all damages to storage areas. Restoration of damage to public right-of-
ways, easements, or private properties outside of the work zone area shall be the
outside of the work zones shall be included in the contrMobilization bid
price.
17. WORKSITE VISIBILITY: No work shall be performed when the visibility is less than
two (2) times the Stopping Sight Distance for the highest regulatory posted speed
through the project area as defined in the FDOT Manual of Uniform Standards for
Design, Construction and Maintenance for Streets and Highways. Visibility distance
shall be measured in all directions of travel and at locations and directed by the County.
Project time extensions for substandard visibility shall be assessed according to FDOT
Standard Specification Section 8-7.3.2.
18. HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL: If historical or archaeological artifacts are
discovered at any time on the project site, the contractor must notify the County, the
Water Management District, the Florida Department of State and the Division of
Historical Resources. The contractor shall follow any rules or requests from agencies
with jurisdiction. If required to stop work, delay work or perform extra work in the
affected area, delays and additional costs will be considered an unforeseen difficulty. If
the contractor desires to make a delay claim, any such claim shall be submitted to the
County Project Manager in writing within three working days of the occurrence of the
event giving rise to the claim.
19. CONTAMINATION: Any equipment that is leaking fuel, lubricant, coolant, hydraulic
fluid or any other hazardous material shall immediately be repaired by the contractor to
stop the leak. The contractor shall clean up and dispose of any leaked fluids according
to all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations within 24-hours of occurrence.
All repairs, removal, clean-up and/or disposal shall be at no cost to the County.
20. SAFETY
a.
g in the Project Area.
b. The contractor is required to comply with Florida Statute (F.S.), Chapter 556,
Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act. The contractor is
responsible for contacting Sunshine State One-Call of Florida, Inc., at 811 or
www.callsunshine.com, no less than two (2) business days (48 hours) and no
more than 5 business days before beginning any excavation, the contractor
provide notification according to the procedures of the F.S. Chapter 556.
21. WORK AREA CLEAN-UP REQUIREMENTS
a. During the progress of the Work, the contractor shall keep the premises and
maintained travel lanes free from accumulations of waste, discarded or surplus
material, rubbish and other debris or contaminates resulting from the work.
b. Following completion of the Work, contractor shall remove all waste material,
rubbish, debris, tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material
from public right-of-ways, easements, and private properties. The contractor
20
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the County at final
completion of the work.
22. WORK STOPPAGE: From time to time, it may be necessary for the contractor to stop
a portion of the work or all work to accommodate a civic function. If the contractor will be
required to stop work, the County Project Management Section shall notify the
Contractor a minimum of five (5) Working Days before any requested work stoppage.
Following resuming work, the contractor and the County Project Manager shall agree to
and document the number of additional days to be added to the project completion time
to accommodate the requested work stoppage.
23. WARRANTY: The vendor shall warrant against all defects in material and
workmanship for a period of one year after acceptance, unless otherwise indicated in
the
21
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1) Bid Item No. PC-002 - Asphalt Rejuvenator
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the sprayed application of an asphalt rejuvenating agent to
bituminous asphaltic concrete surface courses.
b. Method of Measurement: Asphalt Rejuvenator will be measured by the square
yard as provided for in the Bid Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
2) Bid Item No. PC-003 Crack Sealing
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the preparation and sealing of all surface cra
greater.
b. Method of Measurement: Crack Sealing shall be measured in gallons of crack
seal applied to the road, as provided in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: The unit price as shown on the Bid Sheet "Sealing" or
"Routing and Sealing" shall be all inclusive to include cleaning, sealing, FDOT
traffic control, mobilization and any other incidentals required to complete the
work as specified.
3) Bid Item No. PC-004 Chip Seal
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for single or double application of combined layers of polymer modified
liquid asphalt emulsion and spread aggregate.
b. Method of Measurement: Chip seal, single or double application, will be
measured by the square yard as provided for in the Contract Documents.
d. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
4) Bid Item No. PC-005 Micro-Surfacing
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the placement of a polymer modified microsurface on a prepared
existing paved road to the thickness specified by the County.
b. Method of Measurement: Microsurfacing will be measured by the square yard,
with the exception of that used for rut filling. The later will be measured per ton,
as provided for in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
22
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
5) Bid Item No. PC-006 - Scrub Seal
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the sprayed application of a Scrub seal material to bituminous
asphaltic concrete surface courses.
b. Method of Measurement: Scrub Seal will be measured by the gallon as provided
for in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
6) Bid Item No. PC-007 Cold-In-Place Recycling (CIP)
a. Description: Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the in-place construction of Cold Recycled Bituminous Base
Course or CIR, as set forth in the Contract Documents.
b. Method of Measurement: CIR will be measured by the square yard. Refer to the
technical specification for the method of measurements of additional tasks or
materials associated to CIR, as per the technical specification.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
7) Bid Item No. PC-008-3 and PC-008-4 Full Depth Reclamation (FDR)
a. Description: Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform all
operations in the preparation of a stabilized base course done by in-place
pulverizing and blending of the existing pavement and base materials, and the
introduction of asphalt emulsion and additives as called for under the technical
specifications.
b. Method of Measurement: Full Depth Reclamation will be measured by the
square yard. Refer to the technical specification for the method of
measurements of additional tasks or materials associated to FDR, as per the
technical specification.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
8) Bid Item No. PC-009- Bituminous Fog Seal
a. Description: Furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the sprayed application of a bituminous fog seal material to
bituminous asphaltic concrete surface courses.
b. Method of Measurement: Fog Seal will be measured by the gallon as provided
for in the Contract Documents.
c. Basis of Payment: Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing of
all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work as
specified.
23
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-002 ASPHALT REJUVENATOR
I. Description
This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary to perform all
operations for the application of an asphalt rejuvenating agent to asphalt concrete surface
courses. The rejuvenation of surface courses shall be by spray application of a cationic
rejuvenating agent composed of petroleum oils and resins emulsified with water. All work shall
be in accordance with the specifications, the applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and
conditions of this contract.
II. Material
A. Rejuvenator Agent:
The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be an emulsion composed of a petroleum resin oil
base uniformly emulsified with water. Each bidder must submit with their bid a certified
statement from the asphalt rejuvenator manufacturer showing that the asphalt
rejuvenating emulsion conforms to the required physical and chemical requirements.
TEST METHOD REQUIREMENTS
TESTS ASTM AASHTO MIN. MAX.
Tests on Emulsion:
Viscosity # 25°C, SFS D-244 T-59 15 40
1
Residue, % W D-244 (mod) T-59 (mod) 60 65
2
Miscibility Test D-244 (mod) T-59 (mod) No Coagulation
3
Sieve Test, %W D-244 (mod) T-59 (mod) -- 0.1
Particle Charge Test D-244 T-59 Positive
4
Percentage Light Transmittance GB GB -- 30
Tests on Residue from Distillation:
Flash Point, COC, °C D-92 T-48 196 --
Viscosity @ 60°C, cst D-445 -- 100 200
Asphaltenes, %w D-2006-70 -- -- 1.00
Maltene Dist. Ratio D-2006-70 -- 0.3 0.60
5
PC/S Ratio D-2006-70 -- 0.5 --
5
Saturated Hydrocarbons, S D-2006-70 -- 21 28
1
ASTM D-244 Modified Evaporation Test for percent of residue is made by heating 50 gram sample to 149 C (300 F)
until foaming ceases, then cool immediately and calculate results.
2
Test procedure identical with ASTM D-244-60 except that 0.02 Normal Calcium Chloride solution shall be used in
place of distilled water.
3
Test procedure identical with ASTM D-244 except that distilled water shall be used in place of two percent sodium
oleate solution.
4
Test procedure is attached.
5
Chemical composition by ASTM Method D-2006-70:
PC = Polar Compounds A = First Acidaffins
1
A = Second Acidaffins S= Saturated Hydrocarbons
2
B. Material Performance
The rejuvenating agent shall have a record of at least five years of satisfactory service
as an asphalt rejuvenating agent and in-depth sealer. The asphalt rejuvenating agent
shall have the capability to penetrate the asphalt pavement surface. The asphalt
rejuvenating agent shall be absorbed and incorporated into the asphalt binder.
Verification that said incorporation of the asphalt rejuvenating agent into the asphalt
binder has been effected shall be by analysis of the chemical properties of said asphalt
24
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
binder i.e. viscosity shall be improved to the following extent. The viscosity shall be
reduced by a minimum of forty, (40%) percent as determined by dynamic shear
rheometer (DSR) method for asphalt testing in accord with AASHTO T315-05. This
analysis shall apply to extracted asphalt binder, taken from cores extracted fifteen to
areas shall be sealed in-depth to the intrusion of air and water.
The rejuvenating agent shall have a record of at least five years of satisfactory service
as an asphalt rejuvenating agent and in-depth sealer. Satisfactory service shall be
based on the capability of the material to decrease the viscosity of the asphalt binder
and provide an in-depth seal.
proposed for use is in compliance with the specification requirements. The bidder must
submit with their bid, previous use documentation and test data conclusively
demonstrating that; the rejuvenating agent has been used successfully for a period of
five years by government agencies such as cities, counties, etc.; and that the asphalt
rejuvenating agent has been proven to perform, as heretofore required, through field
testing by government agencies as to the required change in the asphalt binder
viscosity and penetration number. Testing data shall be submitted indicating such
product performance on a sufficient number of projects, each being tested for a
minimum period of three years to insure reasonable longevity of the treatment, as well
as product consistency. In addition, testing data shall be submitted to indicate said
product performance over a testing period of three years to ensure reasonable life
expectancy.
C. Product Standards and Alternates
ALTERNATE for the Standard specified, provided the bidder adheres to the following
and submits the same with their bid.
1. List the proposed alternate on the Alternate Bid Sheet form giving the product
name and price.
2. Furnish complete specifications and descriptive literature for the alternate, as
well as a one-gallon sample of the material proposed for use. Such description
and detailed information shall be complete and at least equal in detail to the
3. Submit a current Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for the alternate materials.
4. Submit a list of all projects on which the Alternate has been used by the bidder
within the state of Florida during the past five (5) eyars with said list containing
location, dates of the project, contact name, address and phone number.
The alternate will be given consideration by the County. The Contractor may furnish
only those alternate items included in their bid proposal and approved by the County
prior to award of the contract. If no Alternate is indicated in the bid proposal, the
Contractor shall furnish the Standard (brand) specified.
Should the Alternate be found unacceptable by the County based on the data submitted
with the bid and no bid is entered on the Bid Sheet for the Standard, then said bid will
be considered non-responsive.
25
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
III. Equipment
Any equipment which is not maintained in full working order, or is proven inadequate to obtain
the results prescribed, shall be repaired or replaced at the direction of the Engineer.
A. Distributer Tank:
The distributor for spreading the emulsion shall be self-propelled, and shall have
pneumatic tires. The distributor shall be designed and equipped to distribute the
asphalt rejuvenating agent uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily determined
and controlled rates from 0.05 to 0.5 gallons per square yard of surface, and with an
allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5 percent of the specified rate.
Distributor equipment shall include full circulation spray bars, pump tachometer, volume
measuring device and a hand hose attachment suitable for application of the emulsion
manually to cover areas inaccessible to the distributor. The distributor shall be
equipped to circulate and agitate the emulsion within the tank.
A check of distributor equipment as well as application rate accuracy and uniformity of
distribution shall be made when directed by the Engineer.
The truck used for sanding shall be equipped with a spreader that allows the sand to be
uniformly distributed onto the pavement. The spreader shall be able to apply 1/2 pound
to 3 pounds of sand per square yard in a single pass. The spreader shall be adjustable
so as not to broadcast sand onto driveways or treelawns.
B. Sand Truck:
Sand blotters may be used to allow early opening to traffic, if so determined by the
Engineer. The truck used for sanding shall be equipped with a spreader that allows the
sand to be uniformly distributed onto the pavement. The spreader shall be able to apply
1/2 pound to 3 pounds of sand per square yard in a single pass. The spreader shall be
adjustable so as not to broadcast sand onto driveways or treelawns.
The sand to be used shall be free flowing, without any leaves, dirt stones, etc. Any wet
sand shall be rejected from the job site.
C. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of projects
governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs associated
herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV. Experience
The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be applied by an experienced applicator of such material.
Th
for use. They must submit with their bid a list of five projects on which they applied said
rejuvenator. They shall indicate the project dates, number of square yards treated in each,
and the name and phone number of the representative in charge of each project. A project
superintendent knowledgeable and experienced in application of the asphalt rejuvenating
all submit a written experience
26
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
outline of the project superintendent.
V. Construction
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
The contractor responsible for applying the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall maintain a
current, written Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) that complies with all
relevant Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory requirements. Prior to the
commencement of application operations, the contractor shall conduct SWPPP training
of all personnel actually applying the asphalt rejuvenating agent. At all times, the
contractor shall ensure that a current copy of their SWPPP is present on-site, wherever
the asphalt rejuvenating agent is being applied.
B. Handling of Asphalt Rejuvenating Agent
Contents in tank cars or storage tanks shall be circulated at least forty-five minutes
before withdrawing any material for application. When loading the distributor, the
asphalt rejuvenating agent concentrate shall be loaded first and then the required
amount of water shall be added. The water shall be added into the distributor with
enough force to cause agitation and thorough mixing of the two materials. To prevent
foaming, the discharge end of the water hose or pipe shall be kept below the surface of
the material in the distributor which shall be used as a spreader. The distributor truck
will be cleaned of all its asphalt materials, and washed out to the extent that no
discoloration of the emulsion may be perceptible. Cleanliness of the spreading
equipment shall be subject to the approval and satisfaction of the Engineer.
C. Weather and Seasonal Limitations
The temperature of the asphalt rejuvenating emulsion, at the time of application shall be
as recommended by the manufacturer. The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be applied
only when the existing surface to be treated is thoroughly dry. Additionally, application
of the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be prohibited when weather forecasts indicate a
chance of a rain event in the work area, which would produce in excess of 0.10 inches
of rain within four hours of the application of the asphalt rejuvenating agent. The
contractor shall perform follow-up inspections of stormwater inlets, culverts, and
asphalt rejuvenating agent application operations, whenever a precipitation event, in
excess of 0.10 inches of rain, occurs during a two day period following application of the
asphalt rejuvenating agent. The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall not be applied when
the ambient temperature is below 40° F.
D. Resident Notification
The Contractor shall distribute by hand, a typed notice to all residents and businesses
on the street to be treated. The notice will be delivered no more than 24 hours prior to
the treatment of the road. The notice will have a local phone number that the residents
may call to ask questions. The notice shall be of the door hanger type which secures to
the door handle of each dwelling. Unsecured notices will not be allowed. The
contractor shall also place the notice on the windshield of any parked cars on the street.
Hand distribution of this notice will be considered incidental to the contract.
27
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
E. Field Verification
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work
and adjoining properties. It shall be the Contracto
treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the
necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during
construction from damages or contamination.
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages
to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their
expense.
F. Site Preparation
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
and deleterious material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping the
road immediately ahead of the operation to make sure the road is free of loose
aggregate and other debris, as well as sweeping and cleaning the streets after
treatment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the hand cleaning is not sufficient then a
self-propelled street sweeper shall be used.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be
protected from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper
or other suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
G. Application of Rejuvenating Agent
The asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be applied by a distributor truck at the temperature
recommended by the manufacturer and at the pressure required for the proper
distribution. The emulsion shall be applied so that uniform distribution is obtained at all
points of the areas to be treated. Distribution shall be commenced with a running start
to insure full rate of spread over the entire area to be treated. Areas inadvertently
missed shall receive additional treatment as may be required by hand sprayer
application.
Application of asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be on one-half width of the pavement at
a time. When the second half of the surface is treated, the distributor nozzle nearest
the center of the road shall overlap the previous application by at least one-half the
width of the nozzle spray. In any event the centerline construction joint of the pavement
shall be treated in both application passes of the distributor truck.
Before spreading, the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be blended with water at the rate
of two (2) parts rejuvenating agent to one (1) part water, by volume or as specified by
the manufacturer. The combined mixture of asphalt rejuvenating agent and water shall
be spread at the rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gallons per square yard, or as approved by the
Engineer.
Where more than one application is to be made, succeeding applications shall made as
soon as penetration of the preceding application has been completed and approval is
28
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
granted for additional applications by the Engineer.
Grades or super elevations of surfaces that may cause excessive runoff, in the opinion
of the Engineer, shall have the required amounts applied in two or more applications as
directed.
After the street has been treated, the area within one foot of the curb line on both sides
of the road shall receive additional treatment of the asphalt rejuvenating emulsion. Said
treatment shall be uniformly applied by a method acceptable by the Engineer.
After the rejuvenating agent has penetrated, a coating of dry sand shall be applied to
the surface in sufficient amount to protect the traveling public as required by the
Engineer.
All sand used during the treatment must be removed no later than 48 hours after
treatment of the street. This shall be accomplished by a combination of hand and
mechanical sweeping. All turnouts, cul-de-sacs, etc. must be cleaned of any material to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Street sweeping will be included in the price bid per
square yard for asphalt rejuvenating agent.
If, after sand is swept and in the opinion of the Engineer, a hazardous condition exists
on the roadway, the contractor must apply additional sand and sweep same no later
than 24 hours following reapplication. No additional compensation will be allowed for
reapplications and removal of sand.
H. Pavement Marking Restoration
If the Contractor is using an approved Alternate to the Product Standard specified, the
Contractor shall include as part of the project tasks, the restoration of all pavement
markings and striping after the product has been satisfactorily applied. These tasks will
be paid under the FDOT series 710 and 711 pay items indicated on the Alternate Bid
Sheet.
I. Quality Assurance and Testing
The Contractor shall furnish a quality inspection report showing the source,
manufacturer, and the date shipped, for each load of asphalt rejuvenating agent. When
directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall take representative samples of material
for testing.
The County, at their option, may require testing to be performed on extracted asphalt
cement from a pavement to a depth of three eights inch (3/8"). The testing protocol shall
-inch or 6-inch core by ASTM
D2172 and ASTM D1856. The recovered binder can be tested for complex viscosity @
60ºC, Pas, using the Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) by AASHTO T315, or viscosity
@ 60ºC, Poises, using the Absolute viscosity @ 60ºC, Poises, by ASTM D2171.
Test sections shall be at least one squared yard in area. The test sections shall have
various application rates for each pavement type that exists on the project and shall be
conducted prior to the application of product to define application rates which meet
and/or exceed the above targets.
29
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Costs associated with testing shall be included in bid price.
VI. Traffic Control
The Contractor shall schedule his operations and carry out the work in a manner to cause the
least disturbance and/or interference with the normal flow of traffic over the areas to be
treated. Treated portions of the pavement surfaces shall be kept closed and free from traffic
until penetration, in the opinion of the Engineer, has become complete and the area is suitable
for traffic.
When, in the opinion of the Engineer, traffic must be maintained at all times on a particular
street, then the Contractor shall apply asphalt rejuvenating agent to one lane at a time. Traffic
shall be maintained in the untreated lane until traffic may be switched to the completed lane.
The contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control and signing required to ensure safe
travel. The contractor shall notify the police and fire departments as to the streets that are to
be treated each day. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, proper signing is not being used, the
Contractor shall stop all operations until safe signing and barricading is achieved.
VII. Method of Measurement
Asphalt rejuvenating agent will be measured by the square yard as provided for in the Contract
Documents. The accepted quantities, measured as provided for above, will be paid for at the
contract unit price for asphalt rejuvenating agent.
VIII. Basis of Payment
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit prices include all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Asphalt Rejuvenating
Agent, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for
any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Asphalt Rejuvenating Agent Square Yard
Silica Sand Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-002
30
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING PERCENT LIGHT TRANSMITTANCE
I.Scope
This procedure covers the determination of percent light transmittance of the asphalt
rejuvenating agent.
II. Equipment
A. Container may be either glass, plastic or metal having a capacity of 6,000 ml.
B. Graduated cylinder, 1,000 ml, or greater.
C. Light transmittance measuring apparatus, such as Bausch and Lomb or Lumertron
spectrophotometer.
D. Graduated pipette having 1 ml capacity to 0.01 ml accuracy.
E. Suction bulb for use with the pipette.
F. Test tubes compatible with
33-17-81, (B&L).
III. Spectrophotometer Calibration
A. Calibrate spectrophotometer as follows:
1. Set wavelength at 580 mµ
2. Allow spectrophotometer to warm up for thirty minutes.
3. Zero percent light transmittance (%LT) scale.
4. Rinse test tube three times with tap water and fill to top of circle marking on B&L test
tube, or approximately 2/3 full.
5. Place tube in spectrophotometer and set %LT scale at 100
6. Repeat steps 3 and 5 two times or until no further adjustments are necessary.
IV. Procedure
A. Shake, stir or otherwise thoroughly mix emulsion to be tested. Place sample of
emulsion in beaker and allow to stand one minute.
B. Place 2.000 ml tap water in container.
C. Such 1.00 ml emulsion into pipette using suction bulb. Wipe off outside of pipette.
D. Using suction bulb, blow emulsion into container.
E. Rinse pipette by sucking in diluted emulsion solution and blowing out.
F. Clean pipette with soap or solvent and water. Rinse with acetone.
G. Stir diluted emulsion thoroughly.
H. Rinse out tube to be used with the diluted emulsion three times and fill to top of circle.
I. Calibrate spectrophotometer.
J. Place diluted emulsion sample tube in spectrophotometer, cover and read %LT to
nearest tenth.
K. Repeat steps I and J until three identical consecutive readings are achieved.
L. The elapsed time between addition of emulsion to dilution of water and final %LT
reading should not exceed 5 minutes.
31
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-003 CRACK SEALING
I.Description
The work consists of applying a hot-applied, single component polymer/rubber modified
asphalt material supplied in solid form, to seal or fill cracks or joints in asphalt concrete or
Portland cement concrete pavements. Cracks or joints that will be sealed shall be a minimum
of one quarter (1/4) inch, and have a maximum width of one (1) inch.
II. Materials
A. Polymer/rubber Modified Asphalt Material: Materials shall be a premixed, single
component mixture of asphalt cement, aromatic extender oils, polymers, and granulized
rubber in a closely controlled manufacturing process. Materials shall conform to the
following specifications when heated in accordance to ASTM D5078 to the
!
Property Specification
Cone Penetration, 77.0°F (ASTM D5329) 30 60 dmm
Resilience, 77.0°F (ASTM D5329) 30 % minimum
Softening Point (ASTM D113) 200°F minimum
Ductility, 77.0°F (ASTM D113) 300 mm minimum
Flow 140°F (60°C) (ASTM D5329) 3mm maximum
Asphalt Compatibility (ASTM D5329) Pass
Bitumen Content (ASTM D4) 60% minimum
Tension Adhesion (ASTM D5329) 400% minimum
Maximum Heating Temperature 400°F (204°C)
Minimum Heating Temperature 380°F (193°C)
B. Blotting Material: If required, the blotting material shall be an aggregate such as cement
dust, Crafco Detack or equivalent, or other cover aggregate approved by the Project
Manager.
III. Equipment
A. Sealant Application Equipment: Equipment used to install the sealant into the cracks
shall be as specified by the manufacturer and shall have the ability to fill cracks with two
wands at the same time and maintain the proper temperature of the sealant throughout
the sealing process. This heating unit shall be a jacketed double boiler melter with
transmittal of heat through heat transfer oil. It shall be equipped with an on board
automatic heat controlling device to permit the attainment of a predetermined
temperature, and then maintain that temperature as long as required. The unit shall
also have an agitation system to meet the requirements of Appendix X1.1. of ASTM
6690. The sealant shall be applied to the pavement under pressure supplied by a gear
pump with hose and wand and direct connecting applicator tip. The pump shall have
sufficient pressure to apply designated sealant at a rate of at least three (3) gallons
(11.4L) per minute. Melter applicators shall be approved for use by the sealant
32
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
manufacturer. Pouring pots or gravity-fed sealant applicators shall not be used for
sealing cracks and joints.
B. Hot Compressed Air (HCA) Equipment: A hot compressed air lance shall be used to
clean, dry and pre-heat cracks prior to applying sealant. The air lance shall consist of a
compressor propane system providing a high temperature, high velocity blast of air.
C. Compressor: The compressor shall be 75 C.F.M. capacity, or more, to ensure an
adequate supply of air to effectively clean the joints. Any pneumatic tool lubricator must
be bypassed and a filter installed on the discharge valve to keep water and oil out of the
lines.
D. Crack Cleaning Equipment: Cleaning of excess debris shall be done by means of power
sweepers, hand brooms, or air brooms.
IV. Submittals
The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager the specifications sheets along with the
installation procedures of the type of crack seal that is to be used.
A log sheet shall be maintained during the crack seal operations. The original of this log sheet
shall be supplied to the Project Manager. A minimum of the following information shall be
recorded:
Road name, date, time application process starts, amount installed, time application
process ends.
Date, time and amount added to the melter.
The lot number from each box added shall be also recorded.
Weather conditions
!
The Contractor shall supply the Project Manager with tickets and the corresponding actual lot
numbers removed from the boxes, showing the amount of gallons used for each road.
A log of all herbicides, if any, shall be kept and a copy shall be supplied to the Project Manager
within one (1) week of spraying. This log shall include the type of material, mixture rate,
application rate, location, date, and time of application.
V. Preparations
A. Weather: No sealant shall be installed unless the ambient and pavement temperature
are 40° and rising. There shall be no fog and no chance of rain. Any cracks that are not
sealed the same day they are prepared shall be blown out with compressed air before
the sealing operation continues. If rain or fog delays the sealing operation, the cracks
shall be allowed to dry and shall have additional cleaning as required to remove any
debris that may have been washed into the crack by rain. The cracks shall be
completely dry before the seal treatment can resume. The Contractor may use the Hot
Compressed Air Lance method of cleaning and drying the cracks with the approval of
the Project Manager. Care shall be taken to not overheat the existing asphaltic concrete
surface if this method is used.
33
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
B. Field Verification
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway surface.
Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work and adjoining
construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the necessary precautions
to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during construction from damages or
contamination.
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages to
the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their expense.
C. Surface Preparation: No sealant shall be installed until all cracks and joints have been
cleaned free of all deleterious materials, including any dust, old sealant, incompressibles,
and organic material, and are sufficiently dry. Following the initial routing and cleaning
operation, all cracks and joints shall be HCA lanced within 10 minutes of application of the
sealant. Equipment for the two operations should be kept in a compact configuration such
that not more than 50 feet separates equipment required by the two operations. Extreme
care shall be used to ensure the crack sidewalls do not become overheated and burned.
D. Crack Cleaning: All cracks and joints shall be cleaned free of all deleterious materials,
including any dust, old sealant, incompressible, and organic material. When vegetation
exists in the cracks and joints, it shall be removed by either using propane torch or treated
with an herbicide that sterilizes the soil. The method of removal is subject to the approval of
the Project Manager. If an herbicide is used it shall be applied according to the
manufacturer's specifications and shall be applied ahead of the operations so that the weed
is totally browned. The applicator of the herbicide shall have the proper State of Florida
Pesticide Applicators License. A copy of this license shall be supplied to the Project
Manager upon request. A log of all herbicides shall be kept. Submittals and a copy shall be
supplied to the Project Manager. !
All cracks are to be clean and are sufficiently dry before any crack sealing material is
applied. All cracks shall be blown clean by high pressure air. All old material and other
debris removed from the cracks shall be removed from the pavement surface immediately.
Any cracks that are not sealed the same day they are prepared shall be blown out with
compressed air before the sealing operation continues.
VI. Construction Methods
C. Sealant Heating: The temperature of the sealant shall be heated and maintained
using the manufacturer's recommended procedures. The sealant compound shall be
melted slowly with constant agitation until it is in a lump-free, free-flowing state, within
the temperature range recommended by the manufacturer for application. Care shall be
taken to insure that the sealant is not heated above the manufacturer's recommended
maximum temperature or for longer than the recommended application life. The Project
Manager shall have the right to reject the product if it is determined that this has
occurred.
D. General Sealant Application: All single transverse cracks in the travel lanes shall
be sealed by the Cut and seal method. All other cracks in the travel lanes, shoulders,
34
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
and auxiliary areas may be filled by either the Cut and Seal method or the Crack Fill
method. If a surface treatment, such as resurfacing or surface sealing shall follow, the
Crack filling material must cure for a minimum of 30 days prior to application of the final
surface treatment.!
E. Cut and Seal Method: Cut, clean and seal cracks and joints that are 1/16 inch or
greater in width. Cut along the crack or joint to construct a uniform rectangular reservoir
in which the sealant is to be placed. The reservoir shall be between ½ inch and ¾ inch
in width. The depth of the reservoir shall be between ½ inch and 1 inch. The cut
reservoir shall have vertical, intact sides with no loosely bonded aggregate. Following
cutting, the reservoir shall be cleaned using the air blast method or other acceptable
method. The reservoir shall be inspected prior to the application of the sealant to
ensure that it is clean, dry and free of dirt, debris, adhered fines or other contaminants.
If the reservoirs are not clean and dry, they shall be re-cleaned to achieve the required
condition. Sealant shall be applied to slightly overfill the reservoir and then struck off
he
pavement surface. In no case shall the remaining material be lower than the pavement
surface or exceed 1/16 inch above the surface. In no case shall the width of excess
material on the pavement surface exceed 3 inches. !
F. Crack Fill Method: Clean and seal joints and cracks that are 1/16 inch or greater
in width. Clean joints and cracks with air blast cleaning or other acceptable methods to
a depth of at least twice the joint or crack width. Joints and cracks shall be inspected
prior to the application of the sealant to ensure that it is clean, dry and free of dirt,
debris, adhered fines or other contaminants. Apply sealing material with a pressure
nozzle. Completely fill cracks and joints. Sealant shall be applied to slightly overfill the
crack or
squeegee material shall be flush with the pavement surface. In no case shall the
remaining material be lower than the pavement surface or exceed 1/16 inch above the
surface. In no case shall the width of excess material on the pavement surface exceed
3 inches. !
G. Pavement Cleaning and Protection: The pavement surface and all work areas
shall be left in a clean condition. Vehicular traffic shall not be permitted on the
pavement in treated areas during the initial curing period recommended by the
manufacturer. The Contractor shall provide all temporary traffic control devices to
protect the treated areas, as required by the Engineer.
Prevent tracking with an application of fine sand, unless it can be demonstrated that the
crack and joint sealer will not track without its application. Other methods may be used
if approved by the Engineer. Repair any pavement striping or markings affected by the
application of the sealant. Any excessive or spilled sealant shall be removed by the
Contractor using approved methods. Any damage to uncured sealant shall be repaired
VII. Liability and Deficiencies
C. During the period of construction and the warranty period the Contractor shall be
responsible for processing any and all claims for property damage and or bodily injury
caused by the failure of the Crack Sealing including but not limited to, motor vehicles or
pedestrians. The Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of all property damage
35
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
and bodily injury claims and agrees to save and hold harmless the County from all such
claims. Claims not handled by the Contractor or their representative in the proper
manner, will be settled by the County. The County shall recover all costs from the
Contractor.!
The Contractor shall be responsible for any claims of tracking as part of this
specification. If there is a claim the Contractor shall be responsible for: !
1. Applying more blotting material as necessary.
2. Address the tracked material by either removing or repairing the object that was
affected.
D. Where the sealant subsides in the crack by more than 1/8 inch below the adjacent
pavement surface, except where the pavement will be immediately overlaid, the surface
of the sealant shall be cleaned and topped up.
The sealant shall be removed, the routed crack rerouted at the Project Manager's
discretion, and resealed if any of the following occur:
1. The sealant contains imbedded foreign material other than dusting material.
2. The sealant contains entrapped air bubbles;
3. The sealant has de-bonded or pulled away from the crack; or
4. The sealant has been excessively heated.
VIII. Method of Measurement
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Crack Sealing-Filling, and not specifically listed in another item in the
Bid Form, shall be included in this item.
The measurement shall be made in amount of linear feet of cracks or joints completed and
accepted, determined by field measure, and shall be supported by the submittals. The amount
of crack sealer shall be reported and invoiced for each road.
IX. Basis of Payment.
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Crack and Joint
Sealing/Filling, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be
provided for any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the
specifications, except that at the direction of the County.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Bituminous Crack and Joint Sealing per Gallon
All invoices shall contain the purchase order number, invoice date, itemized work detail
including the amount of product applied to each road, date of service specific to each location,
appropriate retention, person to contact and their phone number for billing questions and
36
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
location of delivery or service, and confirmation of acceptance of the goods or services by the
appropriate COUNTY representative.
END OF SECTION PC-003
37
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-004 CHIP SEAL
I.Description
The work specified in this section consists of furnishing and applying a single or double
application of bituminous surface treatment on a paved roadway or on a prepared road base,
compacted to the lines, grades, and thickness established by the County and in substantial
conformance with the limits established by the owner.
Description: Chip Seal is a pavement surface treatment option that combines a layer of
polymer modified liquid asphalt emulsion placed on a prepared base with a layer of aggregate
spread and compacted while the asphalt is still liquid.
II. Materials:
A. Aggregates: Crushed granite conforming to FDOT specifications section 901,
table 1 for #89, #78 or #67 gradation for coarse aggregates except as modified
herein. The aggregate shall be washed granite obtained from a source approved
by the owner. Sampling and testing of aggregate shall be the responsibility of the
contractor. Copies of test results from the aggregate supplier shall be furnished
to the owner prior to the start of the surface treatment.
C/!Liquid bituminous material for surface treatment: CRS-2h liquid bituminous
material conforming to FDOT specification section 916-4.1 except as modified
herein. The bituminous material shall be polymer modified. The contractor shall
certify the liquid bituminous material meets the aforementioned FDOT.!
The Cationic mixing grade shall be homogenous and of high quality. The material shall be
prepared from straight-run Venezuelan Asphalt of high ductility and shall contain a rubber
hydrocarbon additive derived from latex in addition to carefully controlled amounts of selected
diluents to promote work ability and minimize stripping. Additives that enhance pavement
performance are subject to approval by the County.
Cationic Asphalt Emulsion
Material Designation
Test on Emulsion: Minimum Maximum
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol, 77 degrees F (25 C), s --- ---
Viscosity, Saybolt, 122 degrees F (50 C), s 150 400
Storage Stability Test, 24-h, %* 1
Distillation (prior to addition of dilutent)
% residue by volume of emulsion 65 ---
% oil distillate by volume of emulsion --- 0.5
Tests on Residue from Distillation: --- ---
Penetration, 77 °F, 100 g., 5 sec. 70 110
Solubility in Trichloroethylene, % 97.5 ---
Ductility, 77 °F, 5 cm./min., cm. 100 ---
C. Material Samples:
The County will require the Contractor to sample and test each load of emulsion
prior to delivery. The Contractor will also provide a sample of the emulsion, on site,
38
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
prior to commencing work. The County will require the Contractor to provide sample
containers and a local Independent testing laboratory for the analyzing of emulsion.
The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of the testing. The County reserves
the right to test any shipment of emulsion that is believed to be of substandard. All
samples shall be shipped and stored in clean air tight sealed wide mouth jars or
bottles made of plastic.
III. Equipment:
A. Distributor:
The liquid bituminous material shall be applied with a truck mounted, pressure
distributor that has been calibrated within the previous twelve (12) months, for
transverse and longitudinal application rate. The distributor shall be equipped,
maintained and operated so that the bituminous material can be applied at controlled
temperatures and rates from .035 to 1.5 gallons per square yard. The distributor shall
be capable of applying bituminous material of variable widths up to sixteen (16) feet.
The distributor shall uniformly apply the bituminous material to the specified rate with a
maximum allowed variation of 0.015 gallons per square yard. Distributor equipment
shall include tachometer, accurate volume measuring device, a calibrated tank and a
be equipped with a heating device, asphalt pump and full circulating spray bars
adjustable laterally and vertically. Distributors and transport trailers shall be equipped
with a sampling valve. Distributor trucks shall be of the pressure type with insulated
tanks. The use of gravity distributors will not be permitted. The valves shall be
operated by levers so that one or all valves may be quickly opened or closed in one
operation. The valves which control the flow from nozzles shall act positively so as to
provide a uniform unbroken spread of bituminous material on the surface. The
distributor shall be equipped with devices and charts to provide for accurate and rapid
determination and control of the amount of bituminous material being applied and with
a bitumeter of the auxiliary wheel type registering speed in feet per minute, and trip
and total distance in feet.
B. Aggregate Spreader:
The aggregate spreader shall be a self-propelled unit capable of uniformly spreading
width of the lane to be treated. The spreader shall be calibrated within the previous
twelve (12) months for transverse and longitudinal application. The spreader shall be
equipped with a computer-controlled aggregate/chip spreader in order to ensure the
appropriate aggregate coverage at varying speeds, unless approved otherwise by
Engineer.
C. Pneumatic Tire Rollers:
The contractor shall use eight (8) to twelve (12) ton self-propelled pneumatic tire
rollers with oscillating wheels and low pressure, smooth tires. Maintain the inflation of
the tires such that in no two tires the air pressure varies more than 5 psi. The rollers
will be equipped with an operating water system and coco pads. A sufficient number of
rollers and a sufficient number of passes shall be used to ensure cover aggregate is
properly rolled.
39
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
D. Self-Propelled Rotary Power Broom:
The self-propelled rotary broom shall be designed, equipped, maintained and
operated so the pavement surface can be swept clean. The broom shall have an
adjustment to control the downward pressure. Brooming is required before and after
the chip seal operation.
E. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of
projects governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs
associated herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight
edge) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Chip Seal project references in the State of Florida that have been completed
within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding
the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the
requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall have the option to inspect
V. Construction:
A. Layout:
The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the roadway
prior to paving.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations:
The surface treatment shall not be applied to a wet surface or when rain is occurring
or the threat of rain is present immediately before placement. The surface treatment
shall not be applied when the temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit in the
shade, and humidity should be 50% or lower. When applying emulsions, the
temperature of the surface shall be a minimum of 55°F, and no more than 140°F.
Additionally, application of the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be prohibited when
weather forecasts indicate a chance of a rain event in the work area, which would
produce in excess of 0.10 inches of rain within four hours of the application of the
asphalt rejuvenating agent.
C. Field Verification
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of
that the treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway,
taking the necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of
pavement during construction from damages or contamination.
40
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause
damages to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor
shall be responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at
their expense.
D. Site and Surface Preparation:
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
and deleterious material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping
the road immediately ahead of the operation to make sure the road is free of loose
aggregate and other debris, as well as sweeping and cleaning the streets after
treatment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the hand cleaning is not sufficient then a
self-propelled street sweeper shall be used.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be
protected from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper
or other suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
Thermoplastic striping and pavement markings, raised pavement markers, and raised
pavement marker adhesive shall be removed.
E. Traffic Control:
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary traffic control, barricades, signs and
flagmen, to ensure the safety of the traveling public and to all working personnel.
Traffic shall not travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been completed. The
Contractor shall submit an M.O.T plan indication all facets of traffic control for the
project area. The MOT plan must be approved in writing by the County prior to
commencing any work. All traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT
Roadway Design Standards, most current edition and TP-102. M.O.T. and associated
devices shall be checked daily and periodically throughout the project for compliance;
and where adjustments or corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Traffic shall not be allowed on the roadway after placement of the chip seal for a
minimum of two hours. During and after placement of the chip seal, pilot cars should
escort traffic at a speed of 20 mph (30 kph) over the chip sealed surface for two to 24
hours. Once all the loose aggregate is removed from the new chip seal surface,
pilot cars are no longer needed.
F. Application of bituminous material:
Liquid bituminous material shall be applied by means of a pressure type distributor in
a uniform, continuous spread over the section to be treated. The distributor shall be
moving forward at the proper speed when the liquid is discharged onto the pavement
to provide an even and consistent application at the rate prescribed. If any areas are
deficient the operation shall be stopped and corrected immediately. The liquid shall
spreader when the ambient air temperature is above 75 degrees or one hundred
below 75 degrees.
41
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Single Chip Seal: Application of the liquid bituminous material shall be
applied at a rate of .38 -.45 gallons per square yard depending on the
composition of the existing road bed, surface texture and the size of the
aggregate in use.
Double Chip Seal: The second application of liquid bituminous material shall
be applied at a rate of .38 - .42 gallons per square yard depending upon the
size of the first layer of aggregate that the liquid is sprayed upon and the size
of the aggregate being placed over the first application of surface treatment.
G. Application of cover Aggregate:
Immediately following the spray application of the liquid bituminous material, cover
aggregate shall be spread over the liquid material at a rate of 18 30 lbs square yard
depending upon the type of road base and/or the size of the existing aggregate that is
being resurfaced.
H. Rolling:
Immediately following the first application of the cover material, roll the entire surface
with a pneumatic roller, followed immediately with the steel drum roller. Cover the
entire surface one time with the steel drum roller. Then, roll the cover material again
with the pneumatic roller. Continue rolling as long as necessary to ensure thorough
keying of the cover aggregate into the liquid bituminous material. Eliminate the steel
drum when rolling the second application of cover aggregate. Apply the second
application of liquid and cover material the same day as the first application, as far as
it is practicable and consistent with the setting of the liquid bituminous material.
I. Sweeping:
After rolling of the first application of cover aggregate, lightly broom the loose
aggregate in a manner not to dislodge the aggregate embedded in the liquid. Sweep
loose material from road bed. Following second application again broom loose
aggregate from the road bed prior to the application of the fog seal. If temperatures
exceed 85 degrees, it may be necessary to wait 24 hours before sweeping the first
application of chip seal.
J. Fog Seal:
Upon direction from the Engineer, fog seal is to be applied as a separate pay item.
When surface treatment has set, a fog seal is to be applied at a rate of .1 to .15
gallons per square yard to the entire surface treatment. The liquid for fog seal shall be
a cationic mixing type emulsion diluted forty (40%) percent with water. Fog seal shall
then be lightly sanded at a rate of plus or minus two (2) pounds per square yard by
means of a mechanical spreader.
VI. General Performance:
Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of the engineer without
bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other types of pavement distress or
unsatisfactory performance.
VII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
42
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Chip Seal, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form,
shall be included in this item. Should the contractor be directed to place Fog Seal as a
secondary application to Chip Seal, it shall be measured separately as listed in the Technical
Specification for Fog Seal
VIII. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Chip Seal, including all
items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary
for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications, except that at the direction
of the County. If applied, Fog Seal shall be paid separately as listed in the Technical
Specification for Fog Seal.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Chip Seal (Single application) Square Yard
Chip Seal (Double application) Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-004
43
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-005 MICROSURFACING
I.Description
The work specified in this section consists of placement of a polymer modified Microsurface on
a prepared existing paved road, placed within the lines, grades, and thickness established by
the County.
Microsurfacing is a polymer-modified cold-mix paving system that begins as a mixture of
dense-graded aggregate, polymer modified asphalt emulsion, water, and mineral fillers placed
in a slurry state at ambient air temperature to extend the service life of both urban and rural
roads within the County. The end product should maintain a skid-resistant surface in variable
thick sections throughout the service life of the micro surfacing.
II. Materials:
A. Emulsified Asphalt: Provide quick-traffic latex modified cationic type CSS emulsion
with natural or synthetic latex conforming to the requirements specified in AASHTO
M208 or ASTM D2397 for CSS-1H.
B.
Property Minimum Maximum
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol @ 25° C, Sec. 20.0 90.0
Particle Charge Positive ---
Sieve Test --- 0.1
Distillation: --- ---
Oil distillate, by volume, % --- 0.5
Residue from Distillation, % 62.0 ---
Penetration, 25°C, 100g, 5 sec. 40.0 100.0
Ductility, 77° F, 50 mm/ sec. 70.0 ---
plus the following:
AASHTO ASTM TEST QUALITY SPECIFICATION
TEST NO. NO.
T53 D36 Softening Point
T59 D244 Residue after Distillation 62% Minimum
T49 2397 40 90*
2170
It shall pass all applicable storage and settlement tests. The cement mixing test shall be
waived for this emulsion. The polymer material shall be milled or blended into the
asphalt or emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process.
The minimum amount and type of polymer modifier shall be determined by the
laboratory performing the mix design. The minimum amount required will be based on
asphalt weight content and will be certified by the emulsion supplier. In general, a three
percent (3%) polymer solids, based on asphalt weight, is considered minimum.
The five-day (5) settlement test may be waived, provided job stored emulsion is used
within thirty-six (36) hours from the time of the shipment, or the stored material has had
additional emulsion blended into it prior to use.
Each load of emulsified asphalt shall be accompanied with a Certificate of
Analysis/Compliance to assure that it is the same as that used in the mix design. For
44
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
the first load of emulsified asphalt produced for the project, the supplier shall submit a
application, the owner / buying agency may sample and test all subsequent loads of
emulsified asphalt delivered to the project to verify and determine compliance with
specification requirements. Where these tests identify material outside specification
requirements, the owner may require the supplier to cease shipment of that pretested
emulsified asphalt product. Further shipment of that pretested emulsified asphalt
problem is evaluated and corrected by the supplier as necessary to the satisfaction of
the owning agency.
C. Aggregate: The mineral aggregate used shall be of the type and grade specified for
the particular use of the Microsurfacing. The aggregate shall be a manufactured
crushed stone such as granite, slag, limestone, chat, or other high-quality aggregate, or
combination thereof. To assure the material is totally crushed, one-hundred percent
(100%) of the parent aggregate will be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to
be used.
When aggregate is tested according to the following test, it should meet these minimum
requirements:
AASHTO ASTM QUALITY SPECIFICATION
TEST NO. TEST NO.
T176 D2419 Sand Equivalent 65 Minimum
T104 C88 Soundness 15% Maximum using NA2 SO4 or 25%
Maximum using MgSO4
T96 C131 Abrasion Resistance 30% Maximum
The abrasion test is to be run on the parent aggregate. The aggregate should meet
state-approved polishing values. Proven performance may justify the use of aggregates
that may not pass all of the above tests.
When tested in accordance with AASHTO T27 (ASTM C136) and AASHTO T11 (ASTM
C117), the target (mix design) aggregate gradation (including the mineral filler) shall be
within one of the following bands.
SIEVE SIZE TYPE II TYPE III STOCKPILE
% PASSING % PASSING TOLERANCE
100 100
#4 (4.75 mm) 90 100 70 - 90 ± 5 %
#8 (2.36 mm) 65 90 45 70 ± 5 %
#16 (1.18 mm) 45 70 28 - 50 ± 5 %
#30 (600 um) 30 50 19 - 34 ± 5 %
#50 (330 um) 18 30 12 - 25 ± 4 %
#100 (150 um) 10 21 7 - 18 ± 3 %
#200 (75 um) 5 15 5 - 15 ± 2 %
The job mix (target) gradation shall be within the gradation band for the desired type.
After the target gradation has been submitted (this should be the gradation that the mix
design is based on), then the percent passing each sieve shall not vary by more than
the stockpile tolerance shown in the above table for each individual sieve, and still
45
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
remain within the gradation band. It is recommended that the percent passing shall not
go from the high end to the low end of the range for any two consecutive screens.
The aggregate will be accepted at the job location stockpile or when loading into the
support units for delivery to the lay-down machine. The stockpile shall be accepted
based on five gradation tests according to AASHTO T2 (ASTM D75). If the average of
the five tests is within the gradation tolerances, then the materials will be accepted. If
the tests show the material to be out, the contractor will be given the choice to either
remove the material or blend other aggregate with the stockpiled material to bring it into
specification. Materials used in blending must meet the quality tests before blending and
must be blended in a manner to produce a consistent gradation. If blending is used, it
will require that a new mix design be performed. The contractor shall supply copies of
the aggregate tickets to the customer within 24 hours of delivery to the job site.
Screening shall be required at the stockpile prior to delivery to the paving machine if
there are any problems created by having oversize material in the mix.
D. Mineral filler: (if required) shall be any recognized brand of non-air entrained Portland
cement or hydrated lime that is free from lumps. It may be accepted upon visual
inspection. The type and amount of mineral filler needed shall be determined by a
laboratory mix design and will be considered as part of the aggregate gradation. An
increase or decrease of less than one percent (1%) may be permitted when the
Microsurfacing is being placed if it is found to be necessary for better consistency or set
times.
E. Water: Potable and free of harmful or deleterious materials.
F. Additives: Additives may be added to the emulsion mix or any of the component
materials to provide the control of the quick-traffic properties. They must be included as
part of the mix design and be compatible with the other components of the mix.
III. Mix Design:
The Contractor shall submit to the County for approval a complete mix design with an
aggregate source used on five (5) similar micro surfacing projects. The mix design shall be
prepared and certified by a laboratory which has experience in designing Microsurfacing. After
the mix design has been approved, no substitution will be permitted, unless approved by the
County. Compatibility of the aggregate, polymer-modified emulsion, mineral filler, and other
additives shall be verified by the mix design. The mix design shall be made with the same
aggregate gradation that the contractor will provide on the project. Recommended tests and
values are as follows:
46
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
ISSA TEST DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
NO.
TB-139 Wet Cohesion
@ 30 Minutes Minimum (Set) 12 Kg-cm Minimum
@ 60 Minutes Minimum (Traffic) 20 Kg-cm Minimum or Near Spin
TB-109 Excess Asphalt by LWT Sand Adhesion 50 g/ft² Maximum (538 g/m²
Maximum)
TB-114 Wet Stripping Pass (90% Minimum)
TB-100 Wet-Track Abrasion Loss
One-hour Soak 50 g/ft² (538 g/m²) Maximum
75 g/ft² (807 g/m²) Maximum
Six-day Soak
The Wet Track Abrasion test is performed under laboratory conditions as a component of the
mix design process. The purpose of this test is to determine the minimum asphalt content of a
micro surface system. The Wet Track Abrasion Test is not recommended as a field quality
control or acceptance test. Some systems require longer times for the asphalt to adhere to the
stone. In these systems, a modified Marshall Stability Test (ISSA TB-148) or Hveem
Cohesiometer Test (ASTM D 1560) has been used to confirm asphalt content.
ISSA DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION
TEST NO.
TB-147 Lateral Displacement 5% Maximum
Specific Gravity after 1,000 Cycles of 125 2.10% Maximum
Pounds (56.71 Kg)
TB-113 Mix Time @ 77°F (25°C) Controllable to 120 Seconds
Minimum
The mixing test is used to predict how long the material can be mixed in the machines before it
begins to break. It is more for information to be used by the contractor than for quality of the
end product.
The mixing test and set-time test should be checked at the highest temperatures expected
during construction.
The mix design should report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit weight of
the aggregate (bulking effect). The report must clearly show the proportions of aggregate,
mineral filler (minimum and maximum), water (minimum and maximum), additive usage, and
polymer-modified asphalt emulsion based on the dry weight of the aggregate.
All the component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the materials
proposed by the contractor to be used on the project. The percentages of each individual
material required shall be shown in the laboratory report. Adjustments may be required during
construction, based on field conditions. The Project Manager will give final approval for all such
adjustments.
COMPONENT MATERIALS LIMITS
Residual Asphalt 7% to 10.5% by dry weight of aggregate
Mineral Filler 0.0 to 3% by dry weight of aggregate
Polymer-Based Modifier Minimum of 3% solids based on bitumen weight
content
Additives As needed
Water As required to produce proper mix consistency
47
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
IV. Sampling and Testing:
The Engineer at their discretion shall obtain two samples of micro surfacing mixture for each
day of production. The samples shall be obtained at different periods during the production day
and the Engineer shall test each sample at the expense of the County in accordance with FM
5-563 and FM 1-T 030 to determine the residual asphalt content and the gradation of each
sample. Evaporate all water from the sample prior to testing.
V. EXPERIENCE:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Micro Surfacing project references that have been completed within the past
three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding the staff that
they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of
equipment and if found defici
VI. EQUIPMENT:
A. Mixing Equipment: The machine shall be specifically designed and manufactured to
lay Microsurfacing. The material shall be mixed by an automatic-sequenced, self-
propelled Microsurfacing mixing machine, which shall be a continuous-flow mixing unit
able to accurately deliver and proportion the aggregate, emulsified asphalt, mineral
filler, control setting additive, and water to a revolving multi-blade, double-shafted mixer
and to discharge the mixed product on a continuous-flow basis.
The machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for aggregate, emulsified asphalt,
mineral filler, control additive and water to maintain an adequate supply to the
proportioning controls.
The machine shall be equipped to allow the operator to have full control, from the rear
of the machine, of the forward and reverse speeds during applications of the
Microsurfacing material and be equipped with opposite-side driver stations to assist in
alignment. The self-loading device, opposite-side driver stations, and forward and
reverse speed controls shall be original equipment manufacturer design.
B. Proportioning Devices: Individual volume or weight controls for proportioning each
material to be added to the mix (i.e. aggregate, mineral filler, emulsified asphalt,
additive, and water) shall be provided and properly marked. These proportioning
devices are used in material calibration and determining the material output at any time.
C. Spreading Device: The mixture shall be agitated and spread uniformly in the surfacing
box by means of twin-shafted paddles or spiral augers fixed in the spreader box. A front
seal shall be provided to insure no loss of the mixture at the road contact point. The rear
seal shall act as a final strike-off and shall be adjustable. The spreader box and rear
strike-off shall be so designed and operated that a uniform consistency is achieved to
produce a free flow of material to the rear strike-off. The spreader box shall have
suitable means provided to side shift the box to compensate for variations in the
pavement geometry.
48
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
D. Secondary Strike-off: A secondary strike-off shall be provided to improve surface
texture. The secondary strike-off shall have the same adjustments as the spreader box.
No burlap drags will be permitted on the final applications.
E. Rut-Filling Box: When required, before the final surface course is placed, preliminary
Microsurfacing material may be required to fill ruts, utility cuts, depressions in the
existing surface, etc. Ruts of one-half (½) inch (12.7 mm) or greater in depth shall be
filled independently with a rut-filling spreader box, either five foot (5) (1.5m) or six foot
(6) (1.8 m) in width. For irregular or shallow rutting of less than one-half (½) inch (12.7
mm) in depth, a full-width scratch-coat pass may be used as directed by the County.
Ruts that are in excess of one and one-half (1-½) inches (38.1 mm) in depth may
require multiple placements with the rut-filling spreader box to restore the cross-section.
All rut-filling level-up material should cure under traffic for at least a twenty-four (24)
hour period before additional material is placed on top of the level-up.
F. Auxiliary Equipment: Suitable surface preparation equipment, traffic control
equipment, hand tools, and any other support and safety equipment shall be provided
by the contractor as necessary, (or as the County requires) to perform the work.
G. General: Each mixing unit to be used in the performance of the work shall be calibrated
in the presence of the County prior to construction. Previous calibration documentation
covering the exact materials to be used may be acceptable, provided that no more than
sixty (60) days have lapsed. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of
each material at various settings, which can be related to the machine metering
devices. No machine will be allowed to work on the project until the calibration has been
completed and/or accepted.
All equipment, tools, and machines used in the performance of this work shall be
maintained in satisfactory working condition at all times to ensure a high-quality product.
Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
VII. Construction:
A. Test Strip: A test strip 1000 feet long and the width of one lane shall be provided. The
test must include all courses specified and must be constructed at the same time of day
as the scheduled full scale production. The test strip will be evaluated for 24 hours after
placement and will be subject to approval from the engineer before any further
production. If unsatisfactory, the test strip shall be removed and another strip placed for
B. Weather Limitations: Microsurfacing shall not be applied if either the pavement or air
temperature is below 50°F (10°C) and falling, but may be applied when both pavement
and air temperatures are above 45°F (7°C) and rising. No Microsurfacing shall be
applied when there is the possibility that the finished product will freeze within 24 hours.
The mixture shall not be applied when weather conditions prolong opening to traffic
beyond a reasonable time or as directed by the County.
49
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
C. Field Verification
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work
treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the
necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during
construction from damages or contamination.
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages
to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their
expense.
D. Site and Surface Preparation: The first step of surface preparation is to restore the
patching and crack sealing.
All pavement marking shall be removed, maintained, and compensated for in
accordance to FDOT Standard Specification Section 102-5.8. Immediately prior to
applying the Microsurfacing, the surface shall be cleared of all loose material, silt spots,
vegetation, and other objectionable material. The Contractor shall be responsible for
clipping back shoulders and removing overburden or any other vegetation or debris to
ensure that the road is free of organic and deleterious material. Any standard cleaning
method will be acceptable. If water is used, cracks shall be allowed to dry thoroughly
before applying Microsurfacing.
Manholes, valve boxes, drop inlets and other service entrances shall be protected from
the Microsurfacing by a suitable method. Utility inlets should be covered with heavy
paper or roofing felt adhered to the surface of the inlet. The paper is removed once the
micro-surfacing has sufficiently cured. In addition to covering the inlets, all starts, stops,
and handwork on turnouts should be done on roofing felt to ensure sharp, uniform joints
and edges. The County shall approve the surface preparation prior to surfacing. No dry
aggregate either spilled from the lay-down machine or existing on the road, will be
permitted.
E. Tack Coat: Normally, tack coat is not required unless the surface to be covered is
extremely dry and raveled or is concrete or brick. If required, the tack coat should
consist of one part emulsified asphalt/three parts water and should be applied with a
standard distributor. The emulsified asphalt should be SS or CSS grade. The distributor
shall be capable of applying the dilution evenly at a rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gal/yd² (0.23 to
0.45 l/m²). The tack coat shall be allowed to cure sufficiently before the application of
Microsurfacing. If a tack coat is to be required, it must be billed as a separate pay item.
F. Application: A test strip shall be placed in conditions similar to those expected to be
encountered during the project unless specifically waived by the county.
When required by local conditions, the surface shall be pre-wetted ahead of the
spreader box. The rate of application of the spray shall be adjusted during the day to
suit temperatures, surface texture, humidity, and dryness of the pavement.
50
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
The Microsurfacing shall be of the desired consistency upon leaving the mixer. A
sufficient amount of material shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so
that a complete coverage is obtained. Overloading of the spreader shall be avoided. No
lumping, balling, or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted.
No streaks, such as those caused by oversized aggregate, shall be left in the finished
surface. If excess streaking develops, the job will be stopped until the contractor proves
to the Project Manager or his/her designee that the situation has been corrected.
Excessive streaking is defined as more than four drag marks greater than one-half (½)
inch wide (12.7 mm) and four inches (4) long (101 mm), or one inch (1) wide (25.4 mm)
and three (3) inches long (76.2 mm), in any 29.9 yd² (25 m²) area. No transverse ripples
or longitudinal streaks of one-fourth (¼) inch in depth (6.4 m²) will be permitted, when
measured by placing a ten (10) foot (3 m) straight edge over the surface.
The Microsurfacing mixture shall be of the proper consistency at all times, so as to
provide the application rate required by the surface condition. The average single
application rate, as measured by the Project Manager, shall be in accordance with the
following table:
SUGGESTED
AGGREGATE TYPE LOCATION
APPLICATION RATES
TYPE II
Urban and Residential Streets 20 - 24 lb/yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
Single application
TYPE II
Urban, Residential, and Primary Routes 30 - 34 lb/yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
Double application
TYPE II Primary and Cold Mix Roads as
24 - 28 lb/yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
Heavy single application directed
TYPE II
Primary and Cold Mix Roads as
Heavy double 38 42 lb/ yd² (+/- 2 lbs)
directed
application
TYPE II Rut Fill Wheel Ruts Tonnage As Required
Suggested application rates are based upon the weight of dry aggregate in the mixture.
Application rates are affected by the unit weight of the aggregate.
Microsurfacing is often put down in two full-width passes in place of rut-filling when the
rutting or deformation is not severe. When two passes are used, the first pass (scratch
course) is made using a metal or stiff rubber strike-off and applying only what the
surface demands for leveling. The second course is applied at 15 30 lb/yd² (8.1 16.3
kg/m²).
G. Joints: No excess buildup, uncovered areas, or unsightly appearance shall be
permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints. The contractor shall provide suitable-width
spreading equipment to produce a minimum number of longitudinal joints throughout the
project. When possible, longitudinal joints shall be placed on lane lines. Half passes and
odd-width passes will be used only in minimum amounts. If half passes are used, they
shall not be the last pass of any paved area. A maximum of three (3) inches (76.2 mm)
51
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
shall be allowed for overlap of longitudinal lane line joints. Also, the joint shall have no
more than a one-fourth (¼) inch (6.4 mm) difference in elevation when measured by
placing a ten (10) foot (3 m) straight edge over the joint and measuring the elevation
drop-off.
H. Mix Stability: The Microsurfacing shall possess sufficient stability so that premature
breaking of the material in the spreader box does not occur. The mixture shall be
homogeneous during and following mixing and spreading. It shall be free of excess
water or emulsion and free of segregation of the emulsion and aggregate fines from the
coarser aggregate. Under no circumstances shall water be sprayed directly into the lay-
down box while laying Microsurfacing material.
I. Handwork: Areas which cannot be reached with the machine shall be surfaced using
hand squeegees to provide uniform coverage. If necessary, the area to be hand worked
shall be lightly dampened prior to mix placement. Care shall be exercised to leave no
unsightly appearance from hand work. The same type of finish as applied by the
spreader box shall be required.
J. Edgelines: Care shall be taken to ensure straight lines along curbs and shoulders. No
runoff on these areas will be permitted. Lines at intersections will be kept straight to
provide a good appearance. If necessary, a suitable material will be used to mask off
the end of streets to provide straight lines. Edge lines shall not vary by more than ± 2
inches (± 50 mm) horizontal variance in any 96 feet (30 m) of length.
K. Clean-up: All areas, such as man-ways, gutters, and intersections, shall have the
Microsurfacing mix removed as specified by the County. The contractor shall, on a daily
basis, remove any debris associated with the performance of the work, completely and
thoroughly to the satisfaction of the County. In addition, the contractor shall, at the
request of the County pressure wash any area such as, curb and gutter, private
driveways, etc. removing any and all stains associated with the placement of the
Microsurfacing.
L. General Performance:
Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of the engineer without
bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other types of pavement
distress or unsatisfactory performance.
M. Traffic Control:
Traffic shall not travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been completed. All
traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT Roadway Design Standards and the
current MUTCD. All associated devices shall be checked daily or more frequently as
needed throughout the project for compliance. Where adjustments or corrections are
needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
VIII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity to
be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein. Any item
necessary for Microsurfacing, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form, shall be
included in this item.
52
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
IX. Warranty:
The Contractor shall provide the County upon final acceptance of the Microsurfacing work, a
warranty period of three years which shall include all labor, materials, hauling, traffic control and
striping to repair the defective areas. Defective areas shall include debonding/delamination,
bleeding, excessive raveling and aggregate loss exposing the old roadway surface. The Contractor
shall perform all warranty work at no cost to the City or County. A maintenance bond is not
required.
X. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement.
The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General Conditions, Special
Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Microsurfacing, including all items of work
described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary for the
completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Microsurfacing (Single application) Square Yard
Microsurfacing (Double application), Square Yard
Microsurfacing (Rut filling) Ton
END OF SECTION PC-005
53
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-006 SCRUB SEAL
I.Description
Scrub Seal shall consist of the application of a slow setting, anionic or cationic asphalt
emulsion or specialty emulsions developed specifically for scrub sealing, followed by a cover
aggregate. The emulsion may be polymer modified.
II. Materials
A. Asphalt Emulsions
The asphalt emulsions employed for Scrub Seals shall be slow to medium setting
anionic or cationic SS-1, SS-1H, CSS-1H; ASTM specifications for anionic (SS)
emulsions are listed in D977 and for cationic (CSS) emulsion in D2397. Suppliers of
other specialty emulsions for Scrub Sealing must supply specifications for these
emulsions. Asphalt emulsions may be modified with a polymer additive.
B. Cover Aggregates
Mineral Aggregates for scrub seal shall conform to Table 1.
Table 1: Scrub Seal Aggregate Gradation Limits
Sieve Size Percent Passing Tolerance
3/8 inch (9.5mm) 100 0
No. 4 (4.75mm) 96 +3
No. 10 (2.0mm) 60 ±20
No. 50 (300µm) 18 ±12
No. 100 (150µm) 5 ±5
No. 200 (74µm) 5 ±3
the time of
application. Moisture content shall not exceed 1.5% by weight of aggregate. Sampling
and testing of aggregate shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Copies of test
results from the aggregate supplier shall be furnished to the owner prior to the start of
the surface treatment.
C. Material Samples:
The County will require the Contractor to sample and test each load of emulsion prior to
delivery. The Contractor will also provide a sample of the emulsion, on site, prior to
commencing work. The County will require the Contractor to provide sample containers
and a local Independent testing laboratory for the analyzing of emulsion. The Contractor
will be responsible for the cost of the testing. The County reserves the right to test any
shipment of emulsion that is believed to be of substandard. All samples shall be shipped
and stored in clean air tight sealed wide mouth jars or bottles made of plastic.
54
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
III. Equipment
A. Emulsion Distributor
The liquid bituminous material shall be applied with a truck mounted, pressure
distributor that has been calibrated within the previous twelve (12) months, for
transverse and longitudinal application rate. The distributor shall be equipped,
maintained and operated so that the bituminous material can be applied at controlled
temperatures and rates from .035 to 1.5 gallons per square yard. The distributor shall
be capable of applying bituminous material of variable widths up to sixteen (16) feet.
The distributor shall uniformly apply the bituminous material to the specified rate with a
maximum allowed variation of 0.015 gallons per square yard. Distributor equipment
shall include tachometer, accurate volume measuring device, a calibrated tank and a
tors shall be
equipped with a heating device, asphalt pump and full circulating spray bars adjustable
laterally and vertically. Distributors and transport trailers shall be equipped with a
sampling valve. Distributor trucks shall be of the pressure type with insulated tanks.
The use of gravity distributors will not be permitted. The valves shall be operated by
levers so that one or all valves may be quickly opened or closed in one operation. The
valves which control the flow from nozzles shall act positively so as to provide a uniform
unbroken spread of bituminous material on the surface. The distributor shall be
equipped with devices and charts to provide for accurate and rapid determination and
control of the amount of bituminous material being applied and with a bitumeter of the
auxiliary wheel type registering speed in feet per minute, and trip and total distance in
feet.
B. Emulsion Scrub Broom
Furnish an emulsion scrub broom assembly of similar design to Figures 1 or 2, or as
approved by the Engineer, and having the following characteristics:
Rigid frame construction
Attached to, and pulled by, the Emulsion Distributor
Of such weight that it does not squeegee the emulsion off the road surface
Leading and trailing broom heads angled at 10 to 15 degrees of the centerline of
the supporting member
Stiff bristles with a minimum height of five inches
Hinged wing assemblies or other means of adjusting the total broom width.
Be attached to and pulled by the distributor truck.
Have means to mechanically lift the scrub broom off of the roadway surface at
intermediate points of completion and remain elevated during transit.
55
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Figure 1: Typical Emulsion Scrub Broom Assembly
56
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Figure 2: Truck Mounted Emulsion Scrub Broom Assembly
C. Aggregate Spreader:
The aggregate spreader shall be a self-propelled unit capable of uniformly spreading the
than the width
of the lane to be treated. The spreader shall be calibrated within the previous twelve (12)
months for transverse and longitudinal application. The spreader shall be equipped with
a computer-controlled aggregate/chip spreader in order to ensure the appropriate
aggregate coverage at varying speeds, unless approved otherwise by Engineer.
D. Pneumatic Tire Rollers:
The contractor shall use eight (8) to twelve (12) ton self-propelled pneumatic tire rollers
with oscillating wheels and low pressure, smooth tires. Maintain the inflation of the tires
57
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
such that in no two tires the air pressure varies more than 5 psi. The rollers will be
equipped with an operating water system and coco pads. A sufficient number of rollers
and a sufficient number of passes shall be used to ensure cover aggregate is properly
rolled.
E. Self-Propelled Rotary Power Broom:
The self-propelled rotary broom shall be designed, equipped, maintained and operated
so the pavement surface can be swept clean. The broom shall have an adjustment to
control the downward pressure. Brooming is required before and after the chip seal
operation.
F. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of projects
governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs associated
herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor
IV. Experience
Bidders must submit a minimum of five Scrub Seal project references in the State of Florida
that have been completed within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit
detailed information regarding the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be
capable of meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall
basis for rejection of Contracto
V. Construction
A. Weather
The surface treatment shall not be applied to a wet surface or when rain is occurring or
the threat of rain is present immediately before placement. The surface treatment shall
not be applied when the temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit in the shade,
and humidity should be 50% or lower. When applying emulsions, the temperature of
the surface shall be a minimum of 55°F, and no more than 140°F.
Additionally, application of the asphalt rejuvenating agent shall be prohibited when
weather forecasts indicate a chance of a rain event in the work area, which would
produce in excess of 0.10 inches of rain within four hours of the application of the
asphalt rejuvenating agent.
B. Resident Notification
The Contractor shall distribute by hand, a typed notice to all residents and businesses
on the street to be treated. The notice will be delivered no more than 24 hours prior to
the treatment of the road. The notice will have a local phone number that the residents
may call to ask questions. The notice shall be of the door hanger type which secures to
the door handle of each dwelling. Unsecured notices will not be allowed. The
58
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
contractor shall also place the notice on the windshield of any parked cars on the street.
Hand distribution of this notice will be considered incidental to the contract.
C. Field Verification
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work
treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the
necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during
construction from damages or contamination.
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages
to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their
expense.
D. Site Preparation
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing
overburden or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic
and deleterious material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping the
road immediately ahead of the operation to make sure the road is free of loose
aggregate and other debris, as well as sweeping and cleaning the streets after
treatment. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the hand cleaning is not sufficient then a
self-propelled street sweeper shall be used.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be
protected from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper
or other suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
Thermoplastic striping and pavement markings, raised pavement markers, and raised
pavement marker adhesive shall be removed.
E. Traffic
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary traffic control, barricades, signs and flagmen,
to ensure the safety of the traveling public and to all working personnel. Traffic shall not
travel on fresh mix until rolling and blotting has been completed. The Contractor shall
submit an M.O.T plan indication all facets of traffic control for the project area. The
MOT plan must be approved in writing by the County prior to commencing any work. All
traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT Roadway Design Standards, most
current edition and TP-102. M.O.T. and associated devices shall be checked daily and
periodically throughout the project for compliance; and where adjustments or
corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Traffic shall not be allowed on the roadway after placement of the aggregate cover for a
minimum of two hours. During and after placement of the chip seal, pilot cars should
escort traffic at a speed of 20 mph (30 kph) over the chip sealed surface for two to 24
hours. Once all the loose aggregate is removed from the new chip seal surface, pilot
cars are no longer needed.
59
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
F. Application of Asphalt Emulsion:
Asphalt emulsion shall be applied by means of a pressure type distributor in a uniform,
continuous spread over the section to be treated. The distributor shall be moving
forward at the proper speed when the liquid is discharged onto the pavement to provide
an even and consistent application at the rate prescribed. If any areas are deficient the
operation shall be stopped and corrected immediately. The liquid shall not be applied
spreader when the
temperature is below 75 degrees.
G. Scrubbing
Immediately following application, the asphalt emulsion shall be scrubbed into the
existing pavement surface with a scrub broom conforming to Section III-B. Scrubbing
shall fill cracks and voids, force the emulsion into the existing pavement surface, and
distribute the emulsion uniformly over the roadway cross section.
H. Termination
Application of the emulsion shall be terminated on building paper or other similar
material approved by the Engineer, spread over the entire application width. Bu9lding
paper shall also be placed over the treated surface for a sufficient length at the
beginning of a spread to avoid spraying existing pavement or previously placed
screenings, and so that the nozzles are spreading properly when the uncovered surface
is reached. The building paper shall then be removed and disposed of in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer.
I. Application of cover Aggregate:
Screenings shall be uniformly spread by the aggregate spreader immediately following
the scrubbing. The spreading rate shall e from 18 to 30 pounds per square yard. The
initial rate of spreading shall be 24 pounds per square yard. The Contractor may
propose a different initial rate. The Contractor shall spread screenings on a 100-foot
test strip as requested by the Engineer to verify and determine the initial rate of
spreading. The spreading rate shall be adjusted up or down so that no bleeding occurs
during rolling. The initial rate of spreading, and any adjustments thereto during
spreading, shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.
The joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line
between designated traffic lanes.
Operating the chip spreader at speeds which causes the chips to roll after striking the
emulsion covered surface will not be permitted.
The transverse termination of screenings shall be complete and any excess screenings
shall be removed from the surface prior to resuming operations.
Stockpiling of screenings prior to placing will be permitted where space allows,
however, any contamination resulting during storage or from reloading operations will
be cause for rejection.
60
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Screenings shall be surface damp at the time of application, but excess water on the
aggregate surface will not be permitted. Screenings shall be re-dampened in the haul
trucks prior to delivery to the chip spreader when so directed by the Engineer.
The scrubbed pavement surface shall be covered with screenings before setting or
After the screenings have been spread, piles, ridges, or uneven distribution shall be
carefully removed to ensure against permanent ridges, bumps or depressions in the
completed surface. Additional screenings shall be spread in whatever quantities may
be required to prevent picking up by the rollers or traffic.
J. Rolling:
Initial rolling shall begin immediately behind the chip spreader and shall consist of one
pass completely covering the screenings applied. Asphalt emulsion and screenings
shall not be spread more than 2,500 feet ahead of completion of initial rolling
operations.
Secondary rolling shall begin immediately after completion of the initial rolling. The
amount of secondary rolling shall be that necessary to seat the screenings and in no
case shall be less than 2 passes.
K. Sweeping:
After rolling of the application of cover aggregate, lightly broom the loose aggregate in a
manner not to dislodge the aggregate embedded in the liquid. Sweep loose material
from road bed.
VI. Finishing:
D. Flush Coat
Flush Coat shall consist of an application of a fog seal coat followed by a sand cover to
the surface of the scrub seal coat.
Flush coat shall be applied at the discretion of the Engineer, immediately after initial
sweeping and removal of excess screenings and prior to opening the lane to
uncontrolled (not controlled with pilot cars) traffic.
E. Fog Seal
Fog seal coat shall not be applied when the atmospheric temperature is below 40°F.
When surface treatment has set, a fog seal is to be applied at a rate of 0.03 to 0.06
gallons per square yard to the entire surface treatment. The liquid for fog seal shall be a
cationic mixing type emulsion diluted forty (40%) percent with water.
F. Sand Cover
Sand cover shall be applied immediately following application of the fog seal coat. Sand
shall be spread by a chip spreader at a rate of 1 to 2 pounds per square yard. The
exact rate will be determined by the Engineer. Spreading shall not vary more than 5
percent from the exact application rate.
61
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
G. Maintenance
Scrub seal coated surfaces shall be maintained, including the traffic control required for
maintenance operations, for a period of 4 consecutive calendar days, beginning on the
day screenings are applied to the asphalt emulsion. Maintenance shall include
sweeping and distribution of screenings over the surface to absorb any free emulsion, to
cover any area deficient in cover material and to prevent formation of corrugations.
Clean sand may be used in lieu of screenings to cover any excess emulsion which
comes to the surface. The use of roadside material for this purpose will not be
permitted.
The surface shall be swept as often as necessary during the 4-day maintenance period
to maintain the surface free of loose screenings. At the end of the fourth day, any
excess screenings shall be removed from the paved area.
VII. Method of Measurement
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Scrub Seal, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form,
shall be included in this item. Should the contractor be directed to place Fog Seal as a
secondary application to the Scrub Seal, it shall be measured separately as listed in the
Technical Specification for Fog Seal.
VIII. Basis of Payment
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Scrub Seal, including all
items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary
for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications, except that at the direction
of the county, Fog Seal shall be applied and paid separately as listed in the Technical
Specification for Fog Seal.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Scrub Seal Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-006
62
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-007 COLD-IN-PLACE RECYCLING (CIP)
I.Description
The work specified in this Technical Provision consists of the in-place construction of a Cold
Recycled Bituminous Base Course, using either reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material
and/or reclaimed aggregate material (RAM), combined with virgin aggregates and/or
bituminous material. It is the intent of this contract to recycle 100% of the existing asphalt
pavement to ensure that the completed recycled base course will be of a consistent material
and thickness throughout, including, but not limited to, all existing asphalt pavement adjacent
to all concrete curbing, storm sewer inlets, manholes, sanitary sewer manholes, and all utility
valve boxes. The existing asphalt pavement in the above-described locations must be
included in the recycling process in order to construct a bituminous base course with a uniform
thickness throughout 100% of the proposed area. The intent of this contract is to utilize the
specified process which is clearly defined within this specification. Therefore Full Depth
Reclamation or any variation of Full Depth Reclamation will not be accepted.
II. Materials:
A. Btqibmu!Fnvmtjpo!
The type of asphalt emulsion to be used shall be determined by the mixture design.
Bituminous material shall conform to the applicable requirements of the dvssfou!GEPU!
Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!:27. At the request
of the county, a representative from the asphalt emulsion supplier shall be available at
the job site to monitor the characteristics and performance of the asphalt emulsion.
Throughout the job, the representative will monitor the project and make adjustments to
the asphalt emulsion formulation as required.
B. Dpme!Qvmwfsj{fe!Nbufsjbm!
The cold pulverized recycled asphalt pavement (hereinafter referred to as RAP) material
shall meet the following gradation requirement prior to the addition of the asphalt
emulsion.
TUBOEBSE!NFUSJD!
Sieve Size %Passing Sieve Size %Passing
95 51 mm 95
C. Qpsumboe!Dfnfou!!
Portland Cement shall be type I or II and conform to the latest standard requirements f
ASTM C150 and AASHTO M85, for the type specified.
III. Mixture Design:
A mix design(s) conducted by an independent, AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory
(AMRL) accredited laboratory using materials obtained directly from the project site,
conforming to the requirements of this Technical Specification shall be submitted to the County
at the Pre-Construction Conference. Based on RAP consistency throughout project limits,
more than one mix design may be required. A traffic control plan may be required in
accordance with TP-102 for collecting materials. Mix design formulations shall be conducted
in accordance with the following guidelines:
63
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
A. Njy!Eftjho!Qspdfevsft!!
1. Sampling and Processing - Prior to materials sampling in the roadway, obtain
approval from the County. A traffic control plan may be required in accordance with TP-
be recycled. If cores show significant differences in various areas, such as different
type or thickness of layers between cores, then separate mix designs shall be
performed for each of these pavement segments. It is recommended that a minimum of
one location be sampled for each
taken where visual differences in the pavement are noticed. Immediately patch all core
holes neatly with asphalt cold patch. Cores shall be cut in the laboratory to the depth
specified for the CIR project. Cores shall be crushed in the laboratory.
The mix design shall be performed on this crushed sample. Gradation of the sample
after crushing shall be determined by ASTM C117 and C136 (dried at no greater than
40°C). Samples shall be prepared with a sample splitter. An alternative method is to
dry, screen and recombine the sample in the laboratory to target gradation.
2. Mixing - Calculate the amount of RAP required to produce a 61.0 mm to 66.0
mm (2.4 to 2.6 inch) tall specimen by determining the maximum specific gravity of the
RAP in accordance with ASTM D2041.
Number of specimens: 4 per emulsion content for a total of 4 for long-term stability and
4 for moisture testing for the 3 emulsion contents. Two specimens are required for Rice
specific gravity; test at the highest emulsion content in the design and back calculate for
the lower emulsion contents.
Recommended emulsion contents: 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, 3.5%. Choose three emulsion
contents that bracket the estimated recommended emulsion content.
Add moisture that is expected to be added at the milling head, typically 1.5 to 2.5
percent.
If any additives are in the mixture, introduce the additives in a similar manner that they
will be added during field production.
Mixing of test specimens shall be performed with a mechanical bucket mixer. Mix the
CIR RAP millings thoroughly with water first, then mix with emulsion. Mixing shall occur
at ambient temperature. One specimen shall be mixed at a time. Mixing time with
emulsion should not exceed 60 seconds.
3. Compaction - Specimens shall be compacted immediately after mixing. Place
paper disks on the top and bottom of the specimen before compaction. Specimens
shall be compacted with a Superpave gyratory compactor (SGC) in a 100 mm mold at
1.25° angle, 600 kPa ram pressure, and 30 gyrations. The mold shall not be heated.
4. Curing after compaction - Extrude specimens from molds immediately after
compaction. Carefully remove paper disks.
64
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Place specimens in 60°C forced draft oven with ventilation on sides and top. Place
each specimen in a small container to account for material loss from the specimens.
Care should be taken not to over-dry the specimens. Cure compacted specimens to
constant weight but no more than 48 hours and no less than 16 hours. Constant weight
is defined here as 0.05% change in weight in 2 hours. After curing, cool specimens at
ambient temperature a minimum of 12 hours and a maximum of 24 hours.
5. Measurements - Determine bulk specific gravity (density) of each compacted
(cured and cooled) specimen according to ASTM D2726.
Determine specimen heights according to ASTM D3549 or equivalent. Alternatively, the
height can be obtained from the SGC readout.
Determine Rice (maximum theoretical) specific gravity, ASTM D2041, except as noted
in Item 4 of this procedure, and do not break any agglomerates which will not easily
reduce with a flexible spatula. Perform the supplemental dry-back procedure to adjust
for uncoated particles.
Determine percent air voids in accordance with ASTM D3203 for each design emulsion
content.
Determine corrected Marshall Stability by ASTM D1559 at 40°C after 2 hour
temperature conditioning in a forced draft oven.
6. Moisture Susceptibility - Perform same conditioning and volumetric
measurements on moisture-conditioned specimens as on other specimens. Vacuum
saturate to 55 to 75 percent, soak in a 25°C water bath for 23 hours, followed by a one
hour soak at 40°C. Determine corrected Marshall Stability. The average moisture
conditioned specimen strength divided by the average dry specimen strength is referred
to as retained stability.
7. Emulsion Content Selection - The properties of the specimens at design
emulsion content shall meet the properties in Table 1.
8. Report - The report shall contain the following minimum information: Gradation
of RAP; amount and gradation of virgin aggregate or additional RAP, if any;
recommended water content range as a percentage of dry RAP; optimum emulsion
content as a percentage of dry RAP and corresponding density; air void percentage;
absorbed water percentage; Marshall Stability and Retained Stability at design moisture
and emulsion contents; Raveling percentage; and Thermal Cracking initiation
temperature. Include the mix design emulsion designation, supplier name, plant
location, and emulsion testing results detailed in Ubcmf!5.
The mix design(s) shall meet the Mix Design Performance Criteria of Ubcmf!2 and be
approved by the County prior to construction.
9. Other Additives:
If necessary, additives may be used to meet the requirements in Table 1. In the case
that an additive is used, the type and allowable usage percentage must be described in
the submitted design recommendation.
65
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
10. Addition of Imported Crushed Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) material:
If available, imported RAP material may be added at the discretion of the County
Engineer if the RAP material meets the requirements in Ubcmf!3. The crushed RAP shall
be free from vegetation and all other deleterious materials, including silt and clay balls.
It shall meet the requirements for Deleterious Materials given in Ubcmf!3. The crushed
RAP shall not exceed the maximum size requirement in this Technical Specification and
when blended with the design millings, shall produce a product which meets the
specifications given in Ubcmf!2.
Ubcmf!2!!Njy!Eftjho!Qfsgpsnbodf!Dsjufsjb!
211!nn!tqfdjnfot!tibmm!cf!qsfqbsfe!jo!b!Tvqfsqbwf!Hzsbupsz!dpnqbdups/!!Uif!njyuvsf!
tipvme!nffu!uif!gpmmpxjoh!dsjufsjb!bu!uif!tfmfdufe!eftjho!btqibmu!fnvmtjpo!dpoufou;!
Qspqfsuz!Dsjufsjb!Qvsqptf!
Compaction effort, Superpave Gyratory Compactor 1.25° angle, 600 Density Indicator
AASHTO T312 kPa stress,
30 gyrations
Density, ASTM D2726 or equivalent Report Compaction
Indicator
Gradation for Design Millings, ASTM C117 Report
*Marshall stability, ASTM D6926, D6927, 40°C Optimum Stability Indicator
Strength
**Resistance of Compacted Bituminous Mixture to 70 % min. Ability to withstand
Moisture Induced Damage AASHTO T283 -Retained moisture damage
stability based on cured stability
+!Dvsfe!tubcjmjuz!uftufe!po!dpnqbdufe!tqfdjnfot!bgufs!71±D!)251±G*!dvsjoh!up!dpotubou!xfjhiu/!!
++Wbdvvn!tbuvsbujpo!pg!66!up!86!qfsdfou-!xbufs!cbui!36±D!34!ipvst-!mbtu!ipvs!bu!51±D!xbufs!
cbui!
Ubcmf!3!.!Jnqpsufe!Dsvtife!SBQ!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
Deleterious Materials: Clay Lumps and Friable ASTM C 142 or 0.2% maximum
Particles in Aggregate, % AASHTO T112
Maximum size and Distribution ASTM C 136 or
AASHTO T 27 seive
11. Additional Aggregate:
Based on the results of mix design testing or other requirements, the CIR contractor
shall determine if additional aggregate is required to comply with mix design
performance criteria specified in Ubcmf!2. Any additional aggregate shall meet the
criteria specified in Ubcmf!4, and it shall be graded to produce a pavement layer which
meets the mix design performance criteria specified in Ubcmf!2/
Ubcmf!4!.!Beejujpobm!Bhhsfhbuf!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
Los Angeles abrasion value, % loss AASHTO T96 40% maximum
Sand Equivalent,% ASTM D2419 60% minimum
Maximum size and Distribution ASTM C 136 or Section 334-2.2
AASHTO T 27
Water absorption % AASHTO T 85 5%_ max.imum
66
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
IV. Equipment:
Maintain all equipment in a satisfactory operating condition and in accordance with the 3121!
GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!211.3/!The Cold In-
Place Recycling shall be conducted with the equipment specified herein.
A. Njmmjoh!Nbdijof;!
A self-propelled, down-cutting, lateral/horizontal mixing, cold milling machine capable of
pulverizing the existing asphalt (and base material as needed) in a single pass to the
depth shown on the plans will be required. The machine shall have automatic depth
controls to maintain the cutting depth to within ¼ in (6 mm) of that shown on the plans,
and shall have a positive means for controlling cross slope elevations. A 30 foot non-
contact averaging beam must be used on the mill. The use of a heating device to
soften the pavement will not be permitted. Up-cutting machines shall not be permitted.
Machines that only provide vertical mixing will not be permitted.
The milling machine must be equipped with a liquid metering device capable of
adjusting the flow of asphalt emulsion to compensate for any variation in the speed of
the machine. The metering device shall deliver the amount of asphalt emulsion to
within 0.2 percent of the required design amount by weight of pulverized bituminous
material (for example, if the design requires 3.0 percent, the metering device shall
maintain the emulsion amount between 2.8 percent and 3.2 percent). The asphalt
emulsion pump should be of sufficient capacity to allow emulsion contents up to 3.5%
by weight of pulverized bituminous material. Also, automatic digital readings will be
displayed for both the flow rate and total amount of pulverized bituminous material and
asphalt emulsion in appropriate units of weight and time.
B. Cjuvnjopvt!Qbwfs;!
A self-propelled conventional bituminous paver having electronic grade and cross slope
control for the screed shall be utilized. The equipment shall be of sufficient size and
power to spread and lay the mixture in one smooth continuous pass to the specified
section and according to the plans. A 30 foot non-contact averaging beam must be
used on the bituminous paver. To reduce material segregation, the bituminous paver
must utilize a hopper insert.
C. Spmmfst;!
All rollers shall be self-propelled. The number, weight and types of rollers shall be as
necessary to obtain the required compaction. At least one pneumatic-tired roller shall
have a minimum gross operating weight of not less than 50,000 lbs. (22,600 kg).
Pneumatic rollers must have properly working scrapers and water spraying systems. At
least one double drum vibratory steel-wheeled roller shall have a gross operating weight
of not less than 20,000 lbs. (9,000 kg) and a width of 78 inches (1980 mm). Double
drum vibratory rollers must have properly working scrapers and water spraying systems.
V. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five CIR project references that have been completed within the past three years.
Bidders may be required to submit detailed information regarding the staff that they propose
for this project. Contractor shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of this specification
67
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
at the tim
VI. Construction:
A. Xfbuifs!Mjnjubujpot!!
Cold In-Place recycling operations shall be completed when the atmospheric
temperature measured in the shade and away from artificial heat is 500 F (10°C) and
rising. Also, the weather shall not be foggy or rainy. The weather forecast shall not call
for freezing temperature within 48 hours after placement of any portion of the project.
B. Sfnpwbm!pg!Wfhfubujpo;!
Grass, vegetation and other deleterious material shall be removed from the edge of the
existing pavement to prevent contamination of the pulverized bituminous material during
the milling operation.
C. Njmmjoh;!
The existing pavement shall be milled to the required depth and width as indicated on
the plans. Recycling shall be in a manner that does not disturb the underlying material
in the existing roadway. The milling operation shall be conducted so that the amount of
fines occurring along the vertical faces of the cut will not prevent bonding of the cold
recycled materials. Use a small milling machine, if necessary, to mill longitudinally to
the required depth as indicated on the plans along all curbs and gutters, radius returns,
utilities, inlets, around all manholes and any other structures not accessible or practical
to be milled by the milling/mixing machine utilities. The millings produced by the small
mill will be the same as the large mill and of equal gradation to produce a uniform
recycled pavement layer. Inlets/Catch Basins must be covered during the milling and
recycling operation to prevent milled material from entering the catch basin area where
it could contaminate and/or block the storm water system.
D. Qspdfttjoh;!
When a paving fabric is encountered during the CIR operation, the Contractor shall
make the necessary adjustments in equipment or operations so that at least ninety
2
percent (90%) of the shredded fabric in the recycled material is no more that 5 in (3200
2
mm). Additionally, no fabric piece shall have any dimension exceeding a length of 4
inches (100 mm). These changes may include, but not be limited to, adjusting the
milling rate and adding or removing screens in order to obtain a specification recycled
material. The Contractor shall be required to waste material containing over-sized
pieces of paving fabric as directed by the Engineer.
E. Tqsfbejoh;!
The material shall be spread using a self-propelled paver meeting the requirements
under 3121!GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!
431.6/ Heating of the paver screed will not be permitted. The recycled material shall be
spread in one continuous pass, without segregation and to the lines and grades
established by the Engineer.
68
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
F. Dpnqbdujpo;!
Compaction of the recycled mix shall be completed using rollers meeting the
requirements of the 3121!GEPU!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!
Dpotusvdujpo!Tfdujpo!441.21. During initial construction, rolling patterns and sequences
shall be established through the construction of a control strip produced with the CIR
equipment and within the pavement section, to determine the target wet density, using a
nuclear moisture-density gauge in accordance with ASTM D2950, backscatter
measurement mode. In all cases, the longitudinal joint must first be rolled followed by
the rolling pattern established by the test strip. The initial pass for the rolling pattern
established by the test strip should begin on the low side and progress to the high side
by overlapping of longitudinal passes parallel to the pavement centerline. Initial rolling
should not begin until the emulsion has started to break. Rollers shall be operated at
speeds appropriate for the type of roller and necessary to obtain the required degree of
compaction and prevent defects in the mat. Rolling shall be continued until no
displacement is occurring or until the pneumatic roller(s) is (are) walking out of the
mixture. Final rolling to eliminate pneumatic tire marks and to achieve density shall be
done by double drum steel roller(s), either operating in a static or vibratory mode.
Vibratory mode should only be operated at a speed, frequency and amplitude shown
not to damage the pavement. The selected rolling pattern shall be followed unless
changes in the recycled mix or placement conditions occur and the established rolling
pattern is causing damage to the mat or the required degree of compaction is
unachievable. These circumstances require the establishment of new rolling patterns
and sequences through the construction of a control strip produced with the CIR
equipment and within the pavement section. Rolling shall start no more than 30 minutes
behind the paver. Finish rolling shall be completed no more than one hour after milling
is completed. When possible, rolling shall not be started or stopped on uncompacted
material but with rolling patterns established so that they begin or end on previously
compacted material or the existing pavement.
G. Sfuvso!pg!Usbggjd;!
After the completion of compaction of the recycled pavement layer, no traffic shall be
permitted on the completed recycled material for at least one (1) hour. After one hour
rolling traffic may be permitted on the recycled material. This time may be adjusted by
the contractor to allow establishment of sufficient cure so traffic will not initiate raveling.
After opening to traffic, the surface of the recycled pavement layer shall be maintained
in a condition suitable for the safe movement of traffic.
H. Qspufdujpo!boe!Ebnbhf;!
Protect the recycled pavement layer in accordance with the!3121!GEPU!Tuboebse!
Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Spbe!boe!Csjehf!Dpotusvdujpo-!Tfdujpo!441.24. Prime and sand the
recycled pavement layer prior to opening the roadway to traffic. Any damage to the
completed Cold In Place Recycled bituminous material shall be repaired by the
contractor prior to the placement of the hot mix asphalt concrete surface course, or
other applicable surface treatment, and as directed by the Engineer.
I. Gjojtife!Sfdzdmfe!Qbwfnfou!Mbzfs!Tnppuioftt;!
The completed cold recycled pavement layer surface shall not vary more than ½ in (12
mm) from the lower edge of a 10-foot (3-meter) straight edge placed on the surface
parallel and transversely to the centerline at locations selected by the County.
69
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Irregularities exceeding the specified limit shall be corrected at the expense of the
contractor by grinding/cold milling or leveling with cold or hot mix asphalt. The corrected
areas shall be retested to determine compliance with smoothness.
VII. Quality Control
A. Dpousbdups!Sftqpotjcjmjuz;!
The contractor shall be responsible for providing field and laboratory quality control
testing of materials during construction. The County or its subconsultant may conduct
sampling and testing whenever or as often as desired for verification purposes. The
contractor shall acquire an adequate amount of material for each sample to be tested in
the laboratory so that an ample amount of material is left over in case of the need for
resolution testing. Resolution testing will be required and provided at the expense of the
contractor if similar laboratory samples tested by the contractor and the County do not
coincide within reasonable values as determined by the County. The resolution
laboratory will be selected by the County and the testing results provided by this lab will
be used for materials acceptance purposes. All materials testing laboratories shall be
accredited by the AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL) or Construction
Materials Engineering Council (CMEC). The contractor shall submit all documentation of
field inspection and laboratory testing results required herein to the County Engineer
prior to payment and upon request. Copies of all delivery tickets and notes regarding
any materials brought to the project site shall be given to the County upon delivery to
the project site. These tickets shall be signed by an approved representative of the
Contractor at the time of delivery.
B. Dsvtife!SBQ!Nbufsjbm!Tj{joh;!
A sample shall be obtained from the receiving hopper of the paver each ½ mile or as
specified by engineer (0.8 km) and screened using a 2 in. (51mm) sieve (or smaller
sieve if required) to determine maximum particle size requirement compliance. The
resulting gradations shall be compared to the mix design gradations to determine any
necessary changes to emulsion content. Gradation results shall be shared with the
County by the end of the following day. Sampling procedures shall be in accordance
with ASTM D979 or AASHTO T168.
C. Btqibmu!Fnvmtjpo;!
The asphalt emulsion shall be received on the job site within the temperature ranges
specified by the emulsion supplier. The emulsion supplier shall provide testing results
for each shipment indicating the emulsion is in compliance with the criteria specified in
Ubcmf!5. The County Engineer may require the contractor to obtain emulsion samples
control testing if desired. The testing shall meet the following requirements:
Ubcmf!5!!Fnvmtjpo!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
*Residue from distillation, % ASTM D244 64.0 to 66.0 %
*Oil distillate by distillation, % ASTM D244 0.5% maximum
Sieve Test, % ASTM D244 0.1% maximum
**Residue Penetration, 25°C, dmm ASTM D5 -25 to +25%
!
+Npejgjfe!BTUN!E355!qspdfevsf!!ejtujmmbujpo!ufnqfsbuvsf!pg!288±D!xjui!31!njovuf!ipme/!!
!
+Up!cf!efufsnjofe!evsjoh!DJS!eftjho!qibtf!qsjps!up!fnvmtjpo!gpsnvmbujpo!boe!
70
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
nbovgbduvsf!gps!qspkfdu/!!Qfofusbujpo!wbmvf!sbohf!xjmm!cf!efufsnjofe!boe!tvcnjuufe!up!uif!
Dpvouz!Fohjoffs!gps!bqqspwbm!qsjps!up!qspkfdu!tubsu!
D. Btqibmu!Fnvmtjpo!Dpoufou!boe!Zjfme;!
Total emulsion quantity and yield shall be monitored and recorded daily and for each
segment in which the target emulsion percentage is adjusted. This information shall be
gathered from the calibrated emulsion metering device. Emulsion content adjustments
shall be made appropriately when multiple and specific mix designs for different road
segments of varying composition exist.
E. Xbufs!Dpoufou!boe!Zjfme;!
Total water quantity and yield shall be monitored and recorded daily and for each
segment in which the target water percentage is adjusted. This information shall be
gathered from the water metering device. Water content adjustments shall be made
appropriately when multiple and specific mix designs for different road segments of
varying composition exist. Water content adjustments shall also be made based on
mixture consistency, coating, and dispersion of the recycled materials.
F. Njyuvsf!Uftujoh;!
At the discretion of the County Engineer and if the recycled pavement layer quality and
workmanship seem suspect, the contractor may be required to sample, in accordance
with ASTM D3665 and D979, the recycled mixture for determining compliance with
design criteria specified in Ubcmf!2. If samples of the recycled asphalt pavement mixture
are taken after the addition of additives and e emulsion, the specimens must be
compacted within 15 minutes of sampling and tested as required in Ubcmf!2. If the
recycled mixture is sampled prior to the addition of additives and emulsion, the sample
must immediately be transferred to air-tight plastic container to prohibit loss of moisture.
Samples must be mixed in the laboratory with the field additives and emulsion within 24
hours and tested as required in Ubcmf!2.
G. Efqui!pg!Qvmwfsj{bujpo!)Njmmjoh*;!
The depth shall be checked and recorded daily and every 1/8 mile (0.2 km).on both
outside vertical faces of the cut. Measure depth by placing a rigid measuring device
perpendicular to the bottom of the milled surface and near the vertical faces of the cut.
H. Compacted Efotjuz:
Degree of compaction of the recycled pavement layer shall be monitored for compliance
with target wet density established during the initial control strip construction. Wet
density shall be determined every 1/4 mile (0.4 km) using a nuclear moisture-density
gauge in accordance with ASTM D2950, backscatter measurement mode. Ensure that
all nuclear gauges are operated by licensed individuals and have been calibrated within
the last 12 months. The acceptable degree of compaction shall be 96 to 98 percent of
target wet density. Care shall be taken not to over-roll the mat based on visual
observations of check cracking or shoving. A new control strip and target density shall
be established if the consistency of the material being recycled changes. The County
shall be notified prior to the construction of a new control strip.
71
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
I. Dsptt.Tmpqf!boe!Tnppuioftt;!
The recycled pavement layer cross slope shall be checked regularly during spreading.
A minimum 2 % Cross-Slope shall be maintained through the length of the project. The
recycled pavement layer shall be checked for smoothness regularly behind the paver
and after rolling. The smoothness shall not vary more than ½ in (12 mm) from the lower
edge of a 10-foot (3-meter) straight edge placed on the surface parallel and transversely
to the centerline after rolling is completed. The edge of the mat should be rolled first
and progress to the center or high side to prevent excessive edge sloughing.
Ubcmf!6!!Rvbmjuz!Dpouspm!Uftujoh!boe!Jotqfdujpo!Dsjufsjb!
Qspqfsuz!Nfuipe!Mjnju!
RAP Maximum Particle Size ASTM C 136 or Section 334-2.2
AASHTO T27
RAP Particle Size Distribution ASTM C 136 or Determined by Mix Design(s)
AASHTO T27
Emulsion and Water Yield Calibrated Determined by Mix Design(s)
Metering Device
*Mixture Testing Table 1 Table 1
**Depth of Milling Section 334-5.7 Determined by Mix Design(s)
Compacted Density ASTM D2950 96 to 98% of target density
Cross-Slope FM 5-509 Minimum 2%
Smoothness FM 5-509 Maximum 0.5 in (12 mm)
deviation from planeness
!
++Efqui!pg!Njmmjoh!nbz!offe!up!cf!bekvtufe!gps!mpdbmj{fe!vofyqfdufe!qbwfnfou!dpoejujpot!
J. Epdvnfoubujpo!
Delivery Tickets - All delivery tickets and notes regarding any materials brought to the
project site to complete this item shall be given to the County upon delivery. Tickets
shall be signed by an approved representative of the Contractor at the time of delivery.
VIII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Cold-In-Place Recycled Bituminous Paving, and not specifically listed
in another item in the Bid Form, shall be included in this item, including but not limited to
Maintenance of Traffic as specified in TP-102.
IX. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. Prices shall be full compensation for the removal and processing of the existing
pavement; for preparing, hauling, and placing all materials; for all freight involved; for all
manipulations, including rolling and prime and sand for all labor, tools, equipment, quality
control testing and incidentals necessary to complete the work. The Unit price includes all
items listed in the contract, including all General Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical
Provisions pertaining to Cold-In-Place Recycled Bituminous Paving, including all items of work
described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary for the
completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications.
72
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Cold-In-Place Recycled Bituminous Paving Square Yard
Liquid Asphalt Emulsion Gallon
Excavation for Widening or Unsuitable Materials Cubic Yard
Added RAP or Aggregates for Mixing Ton
Cement Ton
END OF SECTION PC-007
73
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-008-A FULL DEPTH RECLAMTION (FDR) WITH PORTLAND CEMENT
I.Description
This work shall consist of the preparation of a stabilized base course composed of a mixture of
the existing bituminous concrete pavement, existing base course material, Portland cement
and other additives. The manufacturing of the stabilized base course shall be done by in-place
pulverizing and blending of the existing pavement and base materials, the introduction of
cement additives, and other additives (if called for in the Mix Design). The process which
results in a stabilized base course, shall be accomplished in accordance with these
specifications and conform to the lines and grades established by the engineer.
Existing asphalt pavement shall be pulverized by a method that does not damage the material
below the plan depth as shown on the appropriate roadway section.
II. Materials:
A. RAP: Materials must meet all requirements specified in the current Florida Department
of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 283-2,
except that 98% of all material is required to pass through a 50 mm (2 inch) sieve.
B. Additional Base Materials: Additional base materials may be needed for adjusting
grade elevations as directed by the engineer, or for widening. When such additional
material is required it shall be among those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as
General Use Optional Base Materials and meet applicable FDOT requirements for such.
C. Portland Cement: Portland Cement shall be type I or II and conform to the latest
standard requirements of ASTM C150 and AASHTO M85, for the type specified.
D. Water: The water for the base course shall be clean and free from sewage, oil, acid,
strong alkalies, or vegetable matter and it shall be in sufficient supply for mixing and
curing. Water of questionable quality shall be tested in accordance with the
requirements of AASHTO T 26.
E. Soil: The soil base to be reclaimed shall be evaluated by a professional geotechnical
engineering laboratory to determine suitability in the stabilization process. The soil shall
be free of roots, sod, weeds, and shall not contain gravel or stone retained on a 1-inch
(25 mm) sieve, or more than 45% retained on a No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve, as determined
by ASTM C 136.
III. Equipment:
A. Road Reclaimer: Shall be originally designed for pavement reclaiming of a size equal to
or larger than a Caterpillar Model RM-350B with comparable specifications including
horsepower and rotor size. The reclaimer shall be capable of pulverizing and mixing
pavement, base materials, and subgrade soil to depth of 16 inches. It shall have the
capability of introducing and metering additives uniformly and accurately and that
positive displacement pumps accurately meter the planned amount of water and cement
material into the mixture. The reclaiming machine shall mix the cement additive
thoroughly with the RAP and soil materials. The pump shall be mechanically or
74
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
electronically interlocked with the ground speed of the machine. The cement metering
system and water metering system shall be capable of continuously monitoring (GPM)
flow, and totaling the quantity of water and cement applied into the mixing chamber.
Additives shall be uniformly distributed and mixed with the pulverized material, any
existing underlying material as specified.
B. Motor Grader: Shall be of sufficient size and horsepower to adequately rough grade the
pulverized base and rough and finish grade the mixed and compacted base. The
equipment shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of maintaining an
accurate grade and cross-slope.
C. Rollers: Shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of compacting the
mix to the requirements of this specification: Vibratory rollers shall be a minimum of 10
tons and capable of rolling in either vibratory or static mode. Three wheel static rollers
shall be a minimum of 11 tons. Pneumatic tire rollers shall have a minimum of 9
oscillating wheels with smooth, low pressure tires (pressure shall be equally matched in
all tires within 5 PSI) and weigh at least 20 tons. Initial compaction shall be
accomplished by either single or dual drum vibratory or three wheel roller static rollers.
D. Cement Delivery Equipment: A calibrated screw-type distributor shall be used with a
curtain to accurately place the amount of cement required by the mix design onto the
roadbed for mixing.
E. Additional equipment: Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations
required by this technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful
completion of projects governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit
costs associated herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight
edge) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Full Depth Reclamation (cement stabilization) project references that have
been completed within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed
information regarding the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of
meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall have the
if found deficient, it shall be the basis for
V. Construction:
A. Layout: The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the
roadway prior to paving. Elevations of the existing road must be referenced at sufficient
intervals to ensure the roadway elevation is not changed in any location after final
surface is placed. Method for layout and line and elevation reference must be approved
by the engineer prior to beginning work. It is imperative that roadway elevations remain
unchanged except cross slope correction or as approved by the engineer.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations: The soil-cement base shall not be mixed or placed
while the atmospheric temperature is below 35 F (2 C) or when conditions indicate that
75
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
the temperature may fall below 35 F (2 C) within 24 hours, or when the weather is foggy
or rainy, or when the soil or sub grade is frozen.
C. Mix Design: Prior to base course construction, a minimum of one (1) core sample must
be taken for every 5,000 square yards of the roadway. Representative samples of the
RAP material, underlying base material and virgin materials, where applicable, shall be
supplied to a nationally accredited laboratory for preliminary testing to determine the
optimum moisture content and proportions of cement needed to produce a finished
base course with a mix design target of 300 PSI and a final in place base compressive
strength of 200 to 400 PSI. Laboratory tests of material to be reclaimed and virgin
materials for use as base shall be performed to determine compliance with 3-day and 7-
day minimum compressive strength requirements of the mixture and the quantity of
cement required in the mix. Test specimens containing various amounts of cement are
to be compacted in accordance with ASTM D558, and the optimum moisture for each
amount of cement is to be determined. Actual application quantities for the Portland
cement will be derived from the mix design. The minimum compressive strength
requirements of the mixture shall be determined by the engineer of record. The mix
design and laboratory testing shall be performed by a geotechnical engineering
laboratory and all reports sealed by a professional engineer.
D. Widening: When the existing base is to be widened, the Contractor shall excavate the
shoulder from the edge of the existing pavement to at least 6 inches beyond the
planned new width of the base prior to pulverization. All costs involved in collecting,
hauling, and disposing of these materials shall be borne by the Contractor.
The bottom of the trench shall be kept free of loose soil and vegetation. Approved base
material (those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed in the excavation uniformly and without loss or contamination.
The Contractor shall correct all areas of irregular grade or deficient thickness and shall
remove and replace material contaminated with soil, organic material, or debris.
After the final pass of the reclaimer, soil shall be drawn up against the widening material to
close the excavation, and the shoulder shall be graded and compacted to produce a
firm, even surface.
E. Additional Material: When additional material is to be added to correct cross slope
deficiencies or change elevation as directed by the engineer, approved base material
(those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed on the roadway prior to final pass for pulverization and mixed
uniformly with the existing material.
F. Pulverization: The existing pavement and base material shall be pulverized and
blended to the depth required so the entire mass of material shall be uniformly graded
to the following gradation:
SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING
98 - 100
1- 95
76
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Material gradation may vary due to local aggregates and conditions. Multiple passes of
the reclaimer may be necessary to achieve the required gradation.
The cement and water shall be introduced into the mix through the reclaimer uniformly
and accurately and metered such that areas are of equal consistency and moisture
content. Alternately, the cement may be introduced by means of a spreader bar with
curtain on the cement distributor. Cement shall not be introduced by means of a
spreader bar or hose from the cement delivery tanker. The reclaimed material, cement
and water shall be combined in place to meet the requirements specified in such
proportions that the reclaimed mixture is of acceptable composition and stability. Before
the start and at the end of each d
must be permitted access to the mixing equipment in order to read the meter to verify
as necessary to the recommended mix design under the guidance of a knowledgeable
and competent technician to obtain a satisfactory reclaimed mixture of consistent
composition and stability throughout the Project.
After the material has been processed, it shall be compacted to the lines, grades, and
depth required. Water may be applied to ensure optimum moisture content at the time
of mixing and compaction.
G. Compaction: Commence rolling with self-propelled rollers as required by this technical
provision at the low side of the course, except leave 3 to 6 inches from any unsupported
edge or edges unrolled initially to prevent distortion. Density readings shall be taken by
A control strip of not less than 500 feet shall be constructed to develop proper
rolling/compaction patterns and methods to obtain desired density. Whenever there is a
change in the reclaimed material or compaction method, equipment or unacceptable
results occur, a new control strip shall be constructed, tested and analyzed.
Rollers shall move at a uniform speed that shall not exceed 8 km/hour (5 miles/hour).
For static rollers, the drive drum normally shall be in the forward position or nearest to
the paver. Vibratory rollers shall be operated at the speed, frequency and amplitude
required to obtain the required density and prevent defects in the mat.
The number, weight and type of rollers furnished shall be sufficient to obtain the
required compaction of the reclaimed material. The field density of the compacted
mixture shall be at least 95 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens
prepared from samples of the cement-treated base material taken from the material in
place. The specimens shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM D 558. The in-
place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2922.
Any pavement shoving or other unacceptable displacement shall be corrected. The
cause of the displacement shall be determined and corrective action taken immediately
and before continuing rolling. Care shall be exercised in rolling the edges of the
reclaimed mixture so the line and grade of the edge are maintained.
77
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
At the end of each day's production, a transverse construction joint shall be formed by a
header or by cutting back into the compacted material to form a true vertical face free of
loose material. The protection provided for construction joints shall permit the placing,
spreading, and compacting of base material without injury to the work previously laid.
Where it is necessary to operate or turn any equipment on the completed base course,
sufficient protection and cover shall be provided to prevent damage to the finished
surface. A supply of mats or wooden planks shall be maintained and used as approved
and directed by the Engineer.
H. Finishing: Finishing operations shall be completed and the base course shall conform
to the required lines, grades, and cross section. If necessary, the surface shall be lightly
scarified to eliminate any imprints made by the compacting or shaping equipment. The
surface shall then be recompacted to the required density. Correct all irregularities
I. Protection and Curing: After the base course has been finished as specified herein, it
shall be protected against drying for a period of 5 to 7 days by the application of a prime
coat as specified in FDOT Standard Specifications section 300 at a rate of not less than
0.15 gal/sy. The curing method shall begin as soon as possible, but no later than 24
hours after the completion of finishing operations. The finished base course shall be
kept moist continuously until the curing material is placed.
At the time the prime coat is applied, the surface shall be dense, free of all loose and
extraneous material, and shall contain sufficient moisture to prevent penetration of the
bituminous material. Water shall be applied in sufficient quantity to fill the surface voids
immediately before the bituminous curing material.
The curing material shall be maintained and re-applied as needed by the Contractor
during the 7-day protection period so that all of the soil-cement will be covered
effectively during this period. Finished portions of soil-cement that are used by
equipment in constructing an adjoining section shall be protected to prevent equipment
from marring or damaging the completed work.
When the air temperature may be expected to reach the freezing point, sufficient
protection from freezing shall be given the soil-cement for 7 days after its construction
and until it has hardened.
J. Thickness: The average thickness of the base constructed during one day shall be
within 1/2 inch (12 mm) of the thickness required, except that the thickness of any one
point may be within 3/4 inch (19 mm) of that required. Where the average thickness
shown by the measurements made in one day's construction is not within the tolerance
given, the Engineer shall evaluate the area and determine if, in his/her opinion, it shall
be reconstructed at the Contractor's expense or the deficiency deducted from the total
material in place.
78
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
VI. Sampling and Testing:
Control Testing for Full Depth Reclamation Field Sampling and Testing
Type of Test Method Frequency Size and Location
Each 3000 SY (not
RAP and Soil Cement Base 20 lb min sampled
ASTM D-136 less than once per
Gradation from hopper
day)
Moisture Density Each 1000 SY (not
33 lb min sampled
Relationship of Soil Cement ASTM D-558 less than once per
from pulverized base
Mixtures day)
Compressive Strength of Each 3000 SY (not 33 lb min sampled
Molded Soil Cement ASTM D-1633 less than once per from pulverized and
Cylinders day) mixed base
Each 250 SY (not Random locations
In-place Field Density ASTM D-2922 less than once per after spreading and
day) compacting
The depth of Reclaimed Bituminous Base Course shall be determined by measuring
uncompacted reclaimed material immediately behind the screed in conjunction with measuring
the milling depth prior to placement of reclaimed material. One depth measurement for each
250 square yards of completed base course shall be made. Any section deficient by 0.5 in (12
mm) or more from the specified depth shall be removed and satisfactorily replaced by the
option, cores may be taken by the engineer in
the finished product to further ensure base thickness meets requirements.
All delivery tickets and notes regarding any materials brought to the project site to complete
this Contract must be given to the Engineer/Inspector upon delivery to the project site.
Additional sampling and testing may be required if major changes in RAP characteristics are
observed, such as a much coarser or finer gradation or a noticeable difference in asphalt
content, or when considerable variability is occurring in the field test results.
VII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Full Depth Reclamation with Cement, and not specifically listed in
another item in the Bid Form, shall be included in the SY Price for Pulverization including but
not limited to shaping, compacting, finish grading, prime coat, sanding prime coat... Cost for
introduction of cement into the mixture shall be included in the per TN cost for Cement. Cost
for excavation for widening will be included in the CY Price for Excavation. Cost for additional
materials needed for widening or adjustment of grade as directed by the engineer shall be
included in the CY Price for General Use Optional Base Material.
VIII. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit prices include all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Full Depth Reclamation
with Cement, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will be
79
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
provided for any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the
specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Full Depth Reclamation (Pulverization) Square Yard
Cement Ton
Excavation for Widening or Unsuitable Materials Cubic Yard
General Use Option Base Material Cubic Yard
END OF SECTION PC-008-3
80
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-008-B FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION WITH ASHPALT EMULSION
I.Description
This work shall consist of the preparation of a stabilized base course composed of a mixture of
the existing bituminous concrete pavement, existing base course material and emulsified
asphalt and other additives. The manufacturing of the stabilized base course shall be done by
in-place pulverizing and blending of the existing pavement and base materials, and the
introduction of asphalt emulsion and additives if called for in the Special Conditions or design
mix formula. The process which results in a stabilized base course shall be accomplished in
accordance with these specifications and conform to the lines and grades established by the
engineer.
Existing asphalt pavement shall be pulverized by a method that does not damage the material
below the plan depth as shown on the appropriate roadway section.
II. Materials:
A. RAP: Materials must meet all requirements specified in the 2015 Florida Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 283-2, except
that 98% of all material is required to pass through a 50 mm (2 inch) sieve.
B. Additional Base Materials: Additional base materials may be needed for adjusting
grade elevations as directed by the engineer, or for widening. When such additional
material is required it shall be among those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as
General Use Optional Base Materials and meet applicable FDOT requirements for such.
C. Asphalt Emulsion: When asphalt emulsion treatment is specified, asphalt emulsion,
type CSS-1h or CMS-2h mod., meeting the requirements of ASTM D2397-98, shall be
utilized.
D. Portland Cement: When a blend of asphalt emulsion and Portland cement is specified
the Portland cement shall be type I or II and conform to the latest standard requirements
of ASTM C150 and AASHTO M85. If cement is added with emulsion no more than 4%
shall be used on the project.
E. Water: The water for the base course compaction and foaming additive shall be clean
and free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, or vegetable matter and it shall be in
sufficient supply for mixing and curing. Water of questionable quality shall be tested in
accordance with the requirements of AASHTO T 26.
F. Soil: The soil base to be reclaimed shall be evaluated by a professional geotechnical
engineering laboratory to determine suitability in the stabilization process. The soil shall
be free of roots, sod, weeds, and shall not contain gravel or stone retained on a 1-inch
(25 mm) sieve, or more than 45% retained on a No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve, as determined
by ASTM C 136.
III. Equipment:
A. Road Reclaimer: Shall be originally designed for pavement reclaiming of a size equal
to or larger than a Caterpillar Model RM-350B with comparable specifications including
81
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
horsepower and rotor size. The reclaimer shall be capable of pulverizing and mixing
pavement, base materials, and subgrade soil to depth of 16 inches. It shall have the
capability of introducing and metering additives uniformly and accurately and that
positive displacement pumps accurately meter the planned amount of asphalt emulsion
into the mixture. The reclaiming machine shall mix the emulsified asphalt additive
thoroughly with the RAP and soil materials. The pump shall be mechanically or
electronically interlocked with the ground speed of the machine. The asphalt metering
system and water metering system shall be capable of continuously monitoring (GPM)
flow, and totaling the quantity of water and asphalt applied into the mixing chamber.
Additives shall be uniformly distributed and mixed with the pulverized material, any
existing underlying material as specified.
B. Motor Grader: Shall be of sufficient size and horsepower to adequately rough grade
the pulverized base and rough and finish grade the mixed and compacted base. The
equipment shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of maintaining an
accurate grade and cross-slope.
C. Rollers: Shall be in good working order free from leaks and capable of compacting the
mix to the requirements of this specification: Vibratory rollers shall be a minimum of 10
tons and capable of rolling in either vibratory or static mode. Three wheel static rollers
shall be a minimum of 11 tons. Pneumatic tire rollers shall have a minimum of 9
oscillating wheels with smooth, low pressure tires (pressure shall be equally matched in
all tires within 5 PSI) and weigh at least 20 tons. Initial compaction shall be
accomplished by either single or dual drum vibratory or three wheel roller static rollers.
D. Additional equipment: Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations
required by this technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful
completion of projects governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit
costs associated herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight
edge) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
E. Cement Delivery Equipment: A calibrated screw-type distributor shall be used with a
curtain to accurately place the amount of cement required by the mix design onto the
roadbed for mixing.
IV. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Full Depth Reclamation (with emulsion stabilization) project references that
have been completed within the past three years. Bidders may be required to submit detailed
information regarding the staff that they propose for this project. Contractor shall be capable of
meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall have the
V. Construction:
A. Layout: The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the
roadway prior to paving. Elevations of the existing road must be referenced at sufficient
intervals to ensure the roadway elevation is not changed in any location after final
82
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
surface is placed. Method for layout and line and elevation reference must be approved
by the engineer prior to beginning work. It is imperative that roadway elevations remain
unchanged except cross slope correction or as approved by the Engineer.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations: The base shall not be mixed or placed while the
atmospheric temperature is below 35 F (2 C) or when conditions indicate that the
temperature may fall below 35 F (2 C) within 24 hours, or when the weather is foggy or
rainy, or when the soil or sub grade is frozen. A high ambient temperature (> 32ºC,
cutting machine.
A. Mix Design: Prior to base course construction, a minimum of one (1) core sample must
be taken for every 5,000 square yards of the roadway. Representative samples of the
RAP material, underlying base material and virgin materials, where applicable, shall be
supplied to a nationally accredited laboratory for preliminary testing to determine the
optimum moisture content and proportions of asphalt emulsion or foamed asphalt
needed to produce a finished base course with a mix design target of 300 PSI and a
final in place base compressive strength of 200 to 400 PSI. Laboratory tests of material
to be reclaimed and virgin materials for use as base shall be performed to determine
compliance with 3-day and 7-day minimum compressive strength requirements of the
mixture and the quantity of asphalt emulsion or foamed asphalt required in the mix.
Test specimens containing various amounts of asphalt emulsion or foamed asphalt are
to be compacted in accordance with ASTM D558, and the optimum moisture for each
amount of either is to be determined. Actual application quantities for the additives will
be derived from the mix design. The minimum compressive strength requirements of the
mixture shall be determined by the engineer. The mix design and laboratory testing
shall be performed by a geotechnical engineering laboratory and all reports sealed by a
professional engineer.
83
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
B. Widening: When the existing base is to be widened, the Contractor shall excavate the
shoulder from the edge of the existing pavement to at least 6 inches beyond the
planned new width of the base prior to pulverization. All costs involved in collecting,
hauling, and disposing of these materials shall be borne by the Contractor.
The bottom of the trench shall be kept free of loose soil and vegetation. Approved base
material (those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed in the excavation uniformly and without loss or contamination.
The Contractor shall correct all areas of irregular grade or deficient thickness and shall
remove and replace material contaminated with soil, organic material, or debris.
After the final pass of the reclaimer, soil shall be drawn up against the widening material
to close the excavation, and the shoulder shall be graded and compacted to produce a
firm, even surface.
C. Additional Material: When additional material is to be added to correct cross slope
deficiencies or change elevation as directed by the engineer, approved base material
(those bases listed in FDOT Design Standards as General Use Optional Base
Materials) shall be placed on the roadway prior to final pass for pulverization and mixed
uniformly with the existing material.
D. Pulverization: The existing pavement and base material shall be pulverized and
blended to the depth required so the entire mass of material shall be uniformly graded
to the following gradation:
SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING
98 - 100
1- 95
Material gradation may vary due to local aggregates and conditions. Multiple passes of
the reclaimer may be necessary to achieve the required gradation.
The asphalt emulsion or asphalt and water (to produce a foamed asphalt) shall be
introduced into the mix through the reclaimer uniformly and accurately and metered
such that areas are of equal consistency and moisture content. The reclaimed material
and additives shall be combined in place to meet the requirements specified in such
proportions that the reclaimed mixture is of acceptable composition and stability. Before
must be permitted access to the mixing equipment in order to read the meter to verify
be made as necessary to the recommended mix design under the guidance of a
knowledgeable and competent technician or superintendent to obtain a satisfactory
reclaimed mixture of consistent composition and stability throughout the Project.
After the material has been processed, it shall be compacted to the lines, grades, and
depth required. Water may be applied to ensure optimum moisture content at the time
of mixing and compaction.
84
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
E. Compaction: Commence rolling with self-propelled rollers as required by this technical
provision at the low side of the course, except leave 3 to 6 inches from any unsupported
edge or edges unrolled initially to prevent distortion. Density readings shall be taken by
A control strip of not less than 500 feet shall be constructed to develop proper
rolling/compaction patterns and methods to obtain desired density. Whenever there is a
change in the reclaimed material or compaction method, equipment or unacceptable
results occur, a new control strip shall be constructed, tested and analyzed.
Rollers shall move at a uniform speed that shall not exceed 8 km/hour (5 miles/hour).
For static rollers, the drive drum normally shall be in the forward position or nearest to
the paver. Vibratory rollers shall be operated at the speed, frequency and amplitude
required to obtain the required density and prevent defects in the mat.
The number, weight and type of rollers furnished shall be sufficient to obtain the
required compaction of the reclaimed material. The field density of the compacted
mixture shall be at least 95 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens
prepared from samples of the base material taken from the material in place. The
specimens shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM D 558. The in-place field
density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2922.
Any pavement shoving or other unacceptable displacement shall be corrected. The
cause of the displacement shall be determined and corrective action taken immediately
and before continuing rolling. Care shall be exercised in rolling the edges of the
reclaimed mixture so the line and grade of the edge are maintained.
At the end of each day's production, a transverse construction joint shall be formed by a
header or by cutting back into the compacted material to form a true vertical face free of
loose material. The protection provided for construction joints shall permit the placing,
spreading, and compacting of base material without injury to the work previously laid.
Where it is necessary to operate or turn any equipment on the completed base course,
sufficient protection and cover shall be provided to prevent damage to the finished
surface. A supply of mats or wooden planks shall be maintained and used as approved
and directed by the Engineer.
F. Finishing: Finishing operations shall be completed and the base course shall conform
to the required lines, grades, and cross section. If necessary, the surface shall be lightly
scarified to eliminate any imprints made by the compacting or shaping equipment. The
surface shall then be recompacted to the required density. Correct all irregularities
G. Protection and Curing: After the base course has been finished as specified herein, it
shall be protected against drying for a period of 5 to 7 days by the application of a prime
coat as specified in FDOT Standard Specifications section 300 at a rate of not less than
0.15 gal/sy. The curing method shall begin as soon as possible, but no later than 24
hours after the completion of finishing operations. The finished base course shall be
kept moist continuously until the curing material is placed.
85
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
At the time the prime coat is applied, the surface shall be dense, free of all loose and
extraneous material, and shall contain sufficient moisture to prevent penetration of the
bituminous material. Water shall be applied in sufficient quantity to fill the surface voids
immediately before the bituminous curing material is applied.
The curing material shall be maintained and re-applied as needed by the Contractor
during the 7-day protection period so that all of the soil-cement will be covered
effectively during this period. Finished portions of soil-cement that are used by
equipment in constructing an adjoining section shall be protected to prevent equipment
from marring or damaging the completed work.
When the air temperature may be expected to reach the freezing point, sufficient
protection from freezing shall be given the soil-cement for 7 days after its construction
and until it has hardened.
H. Thickness: The average thickness of the base constructed during one day shall be
within 1/2 inch (12 mm) of the thickness required, except that the thickness of any one
point may be within 3/4 inch (19 mm) of that required. Where the average thickness
shown by the measurements made in one day's construction is not within the tolerance
given, the Engineer shall evaluate the area and determine if, in his/her opinion, it shall
be reconstructed at the Contractor's expense or the deficiency deducted from the total
material in place.
VI. Sampling and Testing:
Control Testing for Full Depth Reclamation Field Sampling and Testing
Type of Test Method Frequency Size and Location
RAP and Soil Cement Base Each 3000 SY (not less 20 lb min sampled from
ASTM D-136
Gradation than once per day) hopper
Moisture Density
Each 1000 SY (not less 33 lb min sampled from
Relationship of Soil Cement ASTM D-558
than once per day) pulverized base
Mixtures
Compressive Strength of
ASTM D-Each 3000 SY (not less 33 lb min sampled from
Molded Soil Cement
1633 than once per day) pulverized and mixed base
Cylinders
ASTM D-Each 250 SY (not less Random locations after
In-place Field Density
2922 than once per day) spreading and compacting
The depth of Reclaimed Bituminous Base Course shall be determined by measuring
uncompacted reclaimed material immediately behind the screed in conjunction with measuring
the milling depth prior to placement of reclaimed material. One depth measurement for each
250 square yards of completed base course shall be made. Any section deficient by 0.5 in (12
mm) or more from the specified depth shall be removed and satisfactorily replaced by the
be taken by the engineer in
the finished product to further ensure base thickness meets requirements.
All delivery tickets and notes regarding any materials brought to the project site to complete
this Contract must be given to the Engineer/Inspector upon delivery to the project site.
86
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
Additional sampling and testing may be required if major changes in RAP characteristics are
observed, such as a much coarser or finer gradation or a noticeable difference in asphalt
content, or when considerable variability is occurring in the field test results.
VII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Full Depth Reclamation with Asphalt Emulsion, and not specifically
listed in another item in the Bid Form, shall be included in the SY Price for Pulverization
including but not limited to shaping, compacting, finish grading, prime coat, sanding prime
coat... Cost for introduction of asphaltic cement into the mixture shall be included in the per
GL cost for Asphalt Emulsion. Cost for excavation for widening will be included in the CY Price
for Excavation. Cost for additional materials needed for widening or adjustment of grade as
directed by the engineer shall be included in the per TON Price for General Use Optional Base
Material.
VIII. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit prices include all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Full Depth Reclamation
with Asphalt Emulsion, including all items of work described herein. No additional payment will
be provided for any item necessary for the completion of this contract as detailed in the
specifications.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Full Depth Reclamation (Pulverization) Square Yard
Asphalt Emulsion Gallon
Excavation for Widening or Unsuitable Materials Cubic Yard
General Use Option Base Material Cubic Yard
Cement Ton
END OF SECTION PC-008-4
87
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
PC-009 BITUMINOUS FOG SEAL
I.Description
The work consists of applying a bituminous fog seal to an existing pavement surface or to a
newly constructed chip seal surface.
II. Materials:
A. Bituminous Material: Provide a CSS-1 or CSS-1h, bituminous material for fog seal, as
specified in Fl/DOT 916-3.1. The temperature of the bituminous material at the time of
application shall be above the minimum temperature of 120°F.
B. Material Samples:
The County will require the Contractor to sample and test the first load of emulsion prior
to delivery. The Contractor will also provide a sample of the emulsion for every 10,000
gallons, on site, prior to commencing work. The County will require the Contractor to
provide sample containers and a local Independent testing laboratory for the analyzing of
emulsion. The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of the testing. The County
reserves the right to test any shipment of emulsion that is believed to be of substandard.
All samples shall be shipped and stored in clean air tight sealed wide mouth jars or
bottles made of plastic.
III. Equipment
Any equipment which is not maintained in full working order, or is proven inadequate to obtain
the results prescribed, shall be repaired or replaced at the direction of the Engineer.
A. Distributer Tank:
The distributor for spreading the emulsion shall be self-propelled, and shall have
pneumatic tires. The distributor shall be designed and equipped to distribute the
bituminous fog seal uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily determined and
controlled rates from 0.07 to 0.12 gallons per square yard of surface, and with an
allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5 percent of the specified rate.
Distributor equipment shall include full circulation spray bars, pump tachometer, volume
measuring device and a hand hose attachment suitable for application of the emulsion
manually to cover areas inaccessible to the distributor. The distributor shall be equipped
to circulate and agitate the emulsion within the tank.
A check of distributor equipment as well as application rate accuracy and uniformity of
distribution shall be made when directed by the Engineer.
B. Sand Truck:
Sand blotters may be used to allow early opening to traffic, if so determined by the
Engineer. The truck used for sanding shall be equipped with a spreader that allows the
sand to be uniformly distributed onto the pavement. The spreader shall be able to apply
1/2 pound to 3 pounds of sand per square yard in a single pass. The spreader shall be
adjustable so as not to broadcast sand onto driveways or treelawns.
88
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
The sand to be used shall be free flowing, without any leaves, dirt stones, etc. Any wet
sand shall be rejected from the job site.
C. Self-Propelled Rotary Power Broom:
The self-propelled rotary broom shall be designed, equipped, maintained and operated so
the pavement surface can be swept clean. The broom shall have an adjustment to control
the downward pressure.
D. Additional equipment:
Additional equipment will be needed to complete the operations required by this
technical provision. All equipment necessary for the successful completion of projects
governed by this technical provision shall be included in the unit costs associated
herein. Availability of quality assurance devices (such as a 15' straight edge) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
IV. Experience:
All contractors and their subcontractors shall be FDOT prequalified. Bidders must submit a
minimum of five Fog Seal project references in the State of Florida that have been completed
within the past three years. A project superintendent knowledgeable and experienced in
shall submit a written experience outline of the project superintendent. Contractor shall be
capable of meeting all the requirements of this specification at the time of the bid. Staff shall
V. Construction:
A. Layout:
The Contractor will be responsible for the string lining and lay out of the roadway prior to
sealing.
B. Weather and Seasonal limitations:
The surface treatment shall not be applied to a wet surface or when rain is occurring, or
the threat of rain is present immediately before placement. The surface treatment shall
not be applied when the temperature is less than 60 degrees Fahrenheit in the shade,
and humidity should be 50% or lower. When applying emulsions, the temperature of the
surface shall be a minimum of 60°F. No construction is allowed in foggy weather.
C. Resident Notification
The Contractor shall distribute by hand, a typed notice to all residents and businesses on
the street to be treated. The notice will be delivered no more than 24 hours prior to the
treatment of the road. The notice will have a local phone number that the residents may
call to ask questions. The notice shall be of the door hanger type which secures to the
door handle of each dwelling. Unsecured notices will not be allowed. The contractor
shall also place the notice on the windshield of any parked cars on the street. Hand
distribution of this notice will be considered incidental to the contract
D. Field Verification
It is understood that all treatment activities will take place within the paved roadway
surface. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the site of work
89
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
treatment and construction activities are confined to the paved roadway, taking the
necessary precautions to protect the areas outside of the edge of pavement during
construction from damages or contamination.
Should the construction activities or application of the surface treatment cause damages
to the adjoining properties outside of the edge of pavement, the Contractor shall be
responsible for restoring these areas to their original condition or better, at their
expense.
E. Site and Surface Preparation:
The Contractor shall be responsible for clipping back shoulders and removing overburden
or any other vegetation or debris to ensure that the road is free of organic and deleterious
material. The contractor will be responsible for blowing or sweeping the road immediately
ahead of the fog seal operation to make sure the road is free of loose aggregate and
other debris.
All manhole and valve covers, inlets and other service entrances, etc., shall be protected
from bituminous material by placing reinforced waterproof, all-purpose paper or other
suitable material, approved by the Engineer.
The fog seal material shall not be applied until an inspection of the street surface has
been done by the Engineer and determined to be suitable.
F. Application of bituminous material:
Liquid bituminous material shall be applied by means of a pressure type distributor in a
uniform, continuous spread over the section to be treated. The distributor shall be
moving forward at the proper speed when the liquid is discharged onto the pavement to
provide an even and consistent application at the rate prescribed. If any areas are
deficient the operation shall be stopped and corrected immediately. The Contractor shall
ted with
potable water. A dilution rate of 50% (1:1 water to emulsion) is recommended. An
application rate between 0.09 to 0.23 gallons per square yard may be used for open
surfaces. The Engineer shall review the test strip and recommend application rate
adjustments as needed.
G. Progress of Work:
All sand used during the treatment must be removed no later than 48 hours after
treatment of the street. This shall be accomplished by a combination of hand and
mechanical sweeping. All turnouts, cul-de-sacs, etc. must be cleaned of any material to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Street sweeping will be included in the price bid per
square yard for asphalt rejuvenating agent. If, after sand is swept and in the opinion of
the Engineer, a hazardous condition exists on the roadway, the contractor must apply
additional sand and sweep same no later than 24 hours following reapplication. No
additional compensation will be allowed for reapplications and removal of sand.
Interim pavement markings can be placed after the fog seal has cured. Permanent
pavement markings shall not be placed for three days after placing the fog seal.
90
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
When applying to a new chip seal surface, the bituminous chip seal shall be allowed to
cure a minimum of 24 hours under dry conditions and temperatures above 60 degrees
Fahrenheit.
VI. General Performance:
Provide completed pavement which performs to the satisfaction of the engineer without
bleeding, rutting, shoving, raveling, stripping, or showing other types of pavement distress or
unsatisfactory performance.
VII. Traffic Control:
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary traffic control, barricades, signs and flagmen, to
ensure the safety of the traveling public and to all working personnel. Traffic shall not travel on
fresh seal until it has cured. The Contractor shall submit an M.O.T plan indication all facets of
traffic control for the project area. The MOT plan must be approved in writing by the County
prior to commencing any work. All traffic control shall be in accordance with the FDOT
Roadway Design Standards most current edition. M.O.T. and associated devices shall be
checked daily and periodically throughout the project for compliance; and where adjustments
or corrections are needed, prompt revisions shall be made.
Traffic shall not be allowed on the roadway after placement of the fog seal for a minimum of
two hours, or until the Engineer has determined it has cured.
VIII. Method of Measurement:
If a pay item is listed on the Bid Form for work required in this Technical Provision, the quantity
to be paid shall be as specified in the Bid Form including all items of work described herein.
Any item necessary for Fog Seal, and not specifically listed in another item in the Bid Form,
shall be included in this item.
IX. Basis of Payment:
The accepted quantities, determined as provided above for each of the pay items listed below
which is included in the contract, will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of
measurement. The Unit price includes all items listed in the contract, including all General
Conditions, Special Conditions and Technical Provisions pertaining to Fog Seal, including all
items of work described herein. No additional payment will be provided for any item necessary
for the completion of this contract as detailed in the specifications, except that at the direction
of the County.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Bituminous Material for Fog Seal Square Yard
Silica Sand Square Yard
END OF SECTION PC-009
91
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
BID SHEET
The Bid Sheets for this bid are available on the web at
http://www.polk-county.net/boccsite/doing-business/bids/. All Bid
Sheets are in Excel format and are to be submitted on a cd with
your Bid Package along with the hard copy. The CD must be
labeled with the company name and Bid number.
Deviation from the Bid Sheets is strictly prohibited and will
not be accepted. The Bid Sheets are locked and you need only
enter the unit cost in the same column. The Bid Sheet will
automatically calculate the extension, therefore you must enter
the Unit Cost per the Unit Packaging as requested on the Bid
Sheets. Any notes you wish to make are to be made in the
Remarks section below.
REMARKS: __________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
VENDOR NAME
92
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
SIGNATURE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
(SUBMITTAL PAGE)
To Polk County, a Political Subdivision of the State of Florida
Date:
I certify that this bid is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any
corporation, firm or person submitting a bid for the same construction, service or material and
is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid
and certify that I have read and understand the bidding documents. I have completed and
submitted all bid submittal forms, and I am authorized to sign this bid for the bidder. In
submitting a bid to the County, the bidder offers and agrees that if the bid is accepted, the
bidder will convey, sell, assign or transfer to the County all rights, titles and interests in and to
all causes of action it may now or hereafter acquire under the Anti-Trust Laws of the United
States and the State of Florida for price fixing relating to the particular commodities or services
made and become effective at the time the County tenders final payment to the bidder.
VENDOR NAME AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE (MANUAL)
MAILING ADDRESS NAME (TYPED OR PRINTED)
CITY, STATE AND ZIP CODE TITLE (TYPED OR PRINTED)
(AREA CODE) TELEPHONE NUMBER TOLL FREE NUMBER
E-MAIL ADDRESS
This bid may be used by any other Government Agency. \[ \] YES \[ \] NO \[ \] N/A
93
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE FORM
(SUBMITTAL PAGE)
The undersigned vendor in accordance with Florida Statute 287.087 hereby certifies
that does:
(Name of Business)
1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace
and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
2.
policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation
programs, employee assistance programs and the penalties that may be imposed upon
employees for drug abuse violations.
3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
4. In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of
working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee
will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of,
plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of Chapter 1893 or of any controlled
substance law of the United States or any state, for a violation occurring in the
workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
5. Impose a sanction on or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance
employee who is so convicted.
6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with
the above requirements.
__________________________________________
Date!
94
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER
(SUBMITTAL PAGE)
State of )
County of )
, being first
duly sworn, deposes and says that:
1. He/she is of , the
Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid;
2. He/she is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and
of all pertinent circumstance respecting such Bid;
3. Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid;
4. Neither the said Bidders nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents,
representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way
colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other Bidder,
firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with such Contract or has
in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion of communication
or conference with any other Bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in the
attached bid of any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the Bid
Price or the Bid Price of any other Bidder, or to secure through any collusion,
conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the County or
any person interested in the proposed Contract; and
5. The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by
any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder
or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees or parties in interest, including
this affiant.
Signed:
Title:
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20
(Title)
My Commission Expires:
95
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
The successful vendor shall purchase and maintain in force during the contract period the
size category. Polk County,
a political subdivision of the State of Florida, must be named as an additional insured with
respect to liability arising from all work being performed for Polk County, for Automobile and
General Liability policies of insurance. The certificate holder must be Polk County, a political
subdivision of the State of Florida, 330 W Church St, Rm 150
Compensation Insurance is required to provide statutory benefits, including those that may be
required by any applicable federal statute. Any sole proprietor or partner actively engaged in
the construction industry, and any corporate officer of a construction or non-construction
compensation
or a letter stating the exemption status and number of employees (non-construction industry).
For non-exempt vendors, Employers Liability in the amount of $1,000,000. Commercial
General Liability Insurance $1,000,000 combined single limit of liability for bodily injuries,
death, and property damage, and personal injury resulting from any one occurrence, including
the following coverages: Completed Operations, Broad Form CG. Comprehensive Automobile
Liability Insurance $1,000,000; combined single limit of liability for bodily injuries, death and
property damage resulting from any one occurrence, including all owned, hired and non-owned
vehicles. The gene policies shall contain a waiver of
subrogation in favor of Polk County. An original certificate of insurance must be on file in the
Procurement Division before a purchase order will be issued.
96
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
INSURANCE
(SUBMITTAL PAGE)
By signing below the Bidder is stating that they fully understand the insurance requirements for
the project and if awarded the bid will provide all insurance coverage as required in Bid No. 15-
601.
The requirements are as follows:
Bidder is insured with a company licensed to do business in the State of Florida
The insurance company is rated A VIII or better by A.M. Best Rating Company (Workers
Compensation, General and Automobile policies)
Polk County will be named as an additional insured for general and automobile liability
subrogation in favor of Polk County
Company Name
Bidder (signature)
97
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS/REGULATIONS
1.0 All Bidders are required to submit, with their Bid Proposal, the Safety
Requirements/Regulations form. Any questions regarding compliance with the safety
requirements/regulations provision shall be directed to the County Safety Officer, Risk
Management, at (863) 534-5267.
1.1 The Contractor is responsible for observing all OSHA regulations and shall self-inspect to
ensure this is accomplished. The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel are properly
trained and shall be able to provide documentation for their personnel that have attended
training courses. Examples of such training courses are: Hazard Communications, Traffic
Work Zone Safety, Personal Protective Equipment, First Aid/CPR, Permit Required Confined
Space, Lock out/Tag Out of Hazardous Energy. All contractors are required to comply with
OSHA Standards regardless of the number of employees they may have.
1.2 A County representative may periodically monitor work site safety. Should there be
safety and/or health violations, classified as Serious, Willful or Criminal/Willful Violations, the
correct the violation in an expeditious manner. Inspections shall be based on requirements
contained in law. The definitions of serious, willful and criminal/willful violations are as follows:
Serious Violation: A serious violation shall be deemed to exist in a place of employment
if there is a substantial probability that death or serious physical harm could result from
a condition which exists, or from one or more practices, means, methods, operations, or
processes which have been adopted or are in use, in such place of employment unless
the employer did not, and could not, with the exercise of reasonable diligence, know of
the presence of the violation.
Willful Violation: May exist where evidence shows that the employer committed an
intentional and knowing violation of the Act.
Criminal/Willful Violation: A repeat violation of a previously cited willful violation.
Violation of Serious, Willful or Criminal violation may have the following consequences:
First violation: correction may be a verbal warning and the correction shall be
done the same day. Written documentation may be maintained by
the County.
Second violation: may result in work stoppage until the violation is corrected. The
work stoppage shall not entitle the Contractor to additional contract
time or compensation. Liquidated damages provision will remain in
full force and effect.
Third violation: this may constitute a breach of contract for safety violations and
may result in termination of the contract at the sole discretion of the
County.
Note: The County Safety Officer may stop any job to ensure the safety of all concerned.
98
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
1.3 Should the work site be in a hazardous area, the County shall furnish the Contractor
with information concerning hazards such as types or identification of known toxic material,
machine hazards, Material Safety Data Sheets, or any other information that would assist the
Contractor in the planning of a safe work site.
1.4 The Contractor shall be aware that while working for the County, representatives from
agencies such as the United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), and the Division of Safety, State of Florida, are invitees and need not
have warrants or permission to enter the work site. These agencies, as well as the County
Safety Officer, enter at the pleasure of the County.
1.5 The Contractor shall designate a competent person of its organization whose duty shall
unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the County. All communications to
the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.
99
Pavement Management Alternative Methods Bid No. 15-601
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS/REGULATIONS FORM
Bidder must sign and have notarized:
The undersigned bidder hereby certifies that they fully understand the safety requirements/regulation
provisions and will comply.
Dated this day of , 20
Name of Firm
By
Title of Person Signing (SEAL)
SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED BEFORE ME
This day of , 20
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
100
AFFIDAVIT CERTIFICATION
IMMIGRATION LAWS
SOLICITATION NO.: 15-601 PROJECT NAME: Pavement Management Alternative Methods
POLK COUNTY WILL NOT INTENTIONALLY AWARD COUNTY CONTRACTS TO ANY CONTRACTOR
WHO KNOWINGLY EMPLOYS UNAUTHORIZED ALIEN WORKERS, CONSTITUTING A VIOLATION OF
THE EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN 8 U.S.C. SECTION 1324 a(e) {SECTION 274A(e) OF
POLK COUNTY MAY CONSIDER THE EMPLOYMENT BY ANY CONTRACTOR OF UNAUTHORIZED
ALIENS A VIOLATION OF SECTION 274A(e) OF THE INA. SUCH VIOLATION BY THE RECIPIENT OF
THE EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN SECTION 274A(e) OF THE INA SHALL BE GROUNDS
FOR UNILATERAL CANCELLATION OF THE CONTRACT BY POLK COUNTY.
BIDDER ATTESTS THAT THEY ARE FULLY COMPLIANT WITH ALL APPLICABLE IMMIGRATION LAWS
(SPECIFICALLY TO THE 1986 IMMIGRATION ACT AND SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS).
Company Name:
Signature Title Date
STATE OF:
COUNTY OF:
The foregoing instrument was signed and acknowledged before me this ____day of ________, 20___, by
_________________________ _____ who has produced
(Print or Type Name)
_________________________ ____ as identification.
(Type of Identification and Number)
_____________________________________
Notary Public Signature
_____________________________________
Printed Name of Notary Public
_____________________________________
Notary Commission Number/Expiration
101